V -^^3^: _.i^^ :^Ei^: ^v^^. .„„.„„„ ^ c f^^-i / \ -'^ / _ ^^- %. \yi%v,^ s- THE AMERICAN SYSTEM OF EDUCATION. A HAND-BOOK ENGKAFTED WORDS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, EMBRACING THE CHOICE GOTHIC, CELTIC, FREJS^CH, LATIX, MJ) GREEK WORDS ON THE Bajsiff of tt^ f^anir-Boofe of lf)£ Ett^Io-^axon 3aool-SEotlJ5. IN THREE PARTS. FIRST PART.— TR-E. MATEEIALS OF THE ORTHOGEAPHY. 5^C>i^(7Z> P^iJr.— STUDIES IN THE ORTHOGEAPHY. rSTBi) P^iZZ— E N GL I S H ET YMO L G Y. "Whereas our tongue is mixed, it is no disgrace." — Camden. ** We received from tbe Normans the first germs of Romantic poetry."— (7a»i^66?i 21 Ctterarg ^SBonation. KEW YORK : D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 346 & 848 BEOADWAY, AND 16 LITTLE BEITAIN, LONDON. ^ 1854. J ^ t^\ ^^/.<>d^ Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1854, By D. APPLETON & COMPANY, In the Clerk's OflSce of the District Court of the United States for the Southern District of New York. By 6ran»fer fr*m A^fl 1014. I * V* .'tv""*'*> DR. WISDOM GOTHIC, CELTIC, FRENCH, AND CLASSIC ELEMENTS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. The address of Dr. "Wisdom on the Anglo-Saxon part of the English language produced no ordinary sensation in the county. It brought rich mines of thought to vie-w. Teachers and trustees vied with each otlier in carrying out the plans which the Doctor suggested in it. The ministers of the gospel aided the common enthusiasm on the subject, and gave themselves to investigation and effort. The feeling, every where manifested, was some- what like that which a man feels when he visits, after a long travel in foreign parts, his native country and paternal home. So Professor Cadmus informs the Association. After the feeling had somewhat subsided, there was a common desire ta hear Dr. Wisdom on the other elements of the English language. Let us see, said they, how they were engrafted on the Anglo-Saxon. Let us see the English language in the origin, engrafting, resemblance, and growth of its several parts. These feelings were soon gratified. The Doctor cheerfully acceded to their wishes, and addressed them on the Gothic, Celtic, French, and Classic elements of our language. OUTLINE OF THE ADDRESS. Gentlemen, said Dr. "Wisdom, I am happy to meet you here this evenm^. You have honored me almost too much by the respect paid to my views and suggestions. Rather let me say, you have honored both me and youx- selves in honoring the Anglo-Saxon part of our language — our mother- tongue. Gentlemen, allow me to refresh your minds by a reference to my last address. The topic must ever be dear to those who speak the Eng'irsh IV GOTHIC, CELTIC, FKENCH, AND CLASSIC language. You agreed with me in that address that the ANGLO-SAXON is the basis of our language — the stock on which the other elements that compose it have been engrafted. These elements, you wish to know. You desire a knowledge of their engrafture. The desire, gentlemen, is alike natural and honorable. You would not willingly be ignorant of the rich armory of English speech ? You would not be coldly indifferent to the sources from which you have received such rich and varied instruments of thought? You wish to become acquainted with the contributions which have ennobled the English language and made it the glory of the earth. I would not, gentlemen, imduly elevate our native speech. And yet, I must praise it. Like the American nation, it gathers to itself the elements of power from the four, quarters of the globe. It is the asylum of free thought and song. Its various elements are points of union between it and all other languages, and hold out a fresh promise of readily Anglicizing the mind of 'the world. But your wish, gentlemen. I return to it. And yet, I can only gratify it in part. This address is designedly too general and popular in its character to meet fully your wishes. It will serve, perhaps, as a finger-post on the t| cross-ways of thought, and thus fulfil its mission. I mention the GOTHIC element first. Next to the Anglo-Saxon, it claims our earliest attention. It embraces words from the German, Danish, Swedish, and Norwegian languages. As early as A. D. 78^, the people speaking these languages began to make inroads upon England. Conquest brought them to the shores of Albion, War first engrafted their speech upon the Anglo-Saxon stock. Now, gentlemen, it is to be remembered that all these tongues are sisters to the Saxon speech. There was a time when this speech was understood in Central and Northern Europe. But time, culture, climate, new scenes and pursuits, have altered their features. The ancient Goths occupied the island of Gothland and the shores of the Baltic. They lived in contact with our Anglo-Saxon forefathers. They formed the second migration from Asia into Europe about thirteen himdred years before the Christian era. The words from this source relate chiefly to war, common life, and sensible things. The Celtic element of our language is small, and was received from the i lelts — tribes that formed the first migration from Asia into Europe. This occurred about fifteen hundred years before the Christian era. They settled m Spain, Gaul, and Great Britain, bufwere doomed to yield in every place i o the Gothic tribes. They live still in their descendants in France, "Wales, ^Scotland, and Ireland. The words from this source are few in number ELEMENTS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. V Some of them have been retained from the ancient Celtic language ; others haye come to us through the Latin. Some are common to the Celtic aud Gothic tongues ; others still are of late introduction, and have been received from the Welsh and the Gaelic of Scotland and Ireland. Thej refer chiefly to common life, religion, and rude art. The French element of our language is quite respectable. It was intro- duced at the Norman Conquest, A. D. 1066, at which period, it became at once the language of courts,' colleges, and official life. It was spoken in England till the time of Edward the Third, A. D. 132'7. From that time Anglo-Saxon dates its supremacj. But it retained many French words ; and since then, has received many more through the agency of commerce, manu- factures, and the arts. They refer mainly to law, taste, and fashion. The Classic element of the English language, embracing words from the Latin and Greek, is of great importance. A few words from this source were received in connection with the conquest of Britain by C«sar, 55 B. C. During the Christian Anglo-Saxon monarchs, many words were introduced. Tliese referred to the affairs of the Church. A great accession took place at the revival of learning, or about the time of Henry the Eighth. Since this period, the learned have swelled the number to thousands. The work is still progressing. Classic words seem to have a charm for educated mind. Looking over the words from this source, we find that they refer to religion, law, arts, and sciences. These are the main elements of our language. Gentlemen, would you ask why we should study them ? Why ? Oh, it is pleasant to know our ancestry ! It must be agreeable to be made acquainted with exotic words as well as exotic plants 1 Such knowledge is valuable. It is history and philosophy. Words are records, and form the true history of a people — their autobiography. Words are philosophy. Inquiring into their origin, uses, and changes, we see the visible workings of the soul: we trace the progress of a people in knowledge, manners, and the duties of life. More than this : studying them in groups under the leading divisions of thought, we have an opportunity of seeing the character and civilization of the Anglo-Saxon, Gothic, Celtic, French, and Classic nations. "Language is not made, but grows." "The heart of a people is its mother-tongue." Let me conclude this address, gentlemen, in the words of the emi- nent Grimm. Speaking of tte English language, he says: "It possesses, through its abundance of free medial tones, which may be learned indeed, but which no rules can- teach, the power of expression such as never jaer- haps was attained by any human tongue. Its altogether intellectual and singularly happy foundation and development has arisen from a sui-prising VI ELEMENTS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. alliance between tli« two noblest languages of antiquity, the German and Eomanesque — the relation of which to each other is well known to be such, that the former supplies the material foundation, the latter the abstract notions. Yes, truly, the English language may with good reason call itself a universal language, and seems chosen, like the people, to rule in future times in a still greater degree in all the corners of the earth. In richness, sound reason, and flexibility, no modern tongue can be compared with it, not even the German, which must shake oif many a weakness before it can enter the lists with the English." \ THE LITERARY ASSOCIATION TO THE READER. The Literary Association, relying on the Address of Dr. Wisdom, was about to commit the third Hand-Book of English Orthography to the care of the public, without a word of introduction, when it occurred to them that some questions would arise in the mind of the reader, which should be anticipated. The Plan of the WorTc. The plan of the work is, in the main, that of the other Hand-Books. The work is divided into three parts : the first embraces the MATERIALS of the words of Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek origin ; the second, their application in the formation and use of such words; and the third, their etymology, so far as to trace the engrafted elements to the Latin and Greek, and thence to their origin in nature. The same topics are presented, but handled more fully. In pursuing this course, the Association was influenced by the importance of a judicious repetition, and the advanced state of the pupil, which demanded a more thorough treat- ment of the whole subject. The Variations from the second Hand-Booh. In some cases, the Association has seen fit to vary the general plan. There is more system introduced. The terminations, suffixes and prefixes, from the various languages, are pre- sented together, and, as far as possible, arranged in classes. This last feature is one of much interest, and will render the study of the materials of orthography more agreeable and prosperous. The law of mind, by which the child picks up nouns first, then adjectives, and afterwards verbs, is given in full. According to this plan, three exercises will complete each study, and furnish the child with the most desirable words in the language on each topic of thought, and in the order in which they enter into the structure of sentences. The Claims of the "Work ? This third Hand-Book has some original and substantial claims. They are presented in the following particulars : 1. The child is naturally introduced to the study of English Orthography. In this introduction, he is led to see its relations and extent. The field is surveved and bounded. VUl THE LITERAEY ASSOCIATION TO THE READER. 2. The mixed character of English Orthography is noticed and explained. The words of Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek origin, although na- turalized, retain much of their national form and structure. See p. 17. 3. The engrafted elements of the English language, consisting of the dif- ferent national groups of words just mentioned, are carefully estimated. Their history is given. See p. 18, etc. 4. The elements of orthography are pointed out and defined. Such are the sounds and letters of the English language ; syllables, accent and quan- tity. See pp. 33, 39, etc. 5. The subject of etymology is presented fully. The attention of the reader is called to its two forms : the historic and philosophic. They are illustrated. In addition to these, great care has been bestowed on the subject of English etymology. Simple guides are furnished, and the nature of the inquiry clearly stated. This is a point of interest. See p. 44, etc. 6. The subject of double letters has been examined. The doubling forms no part of the spelling of such words as robber, batter, mapping. It is an organic necessity. See p. 92. T. The terminations are separated from suffixes proper. Their office is to express the relations of words. See p. 52. 8. The suffixes have been investigated anew. Their national origin is in- dicated. They are grouped under the things for which they stand. Their form is made more simple, and their number greatly reduced, by distin- guishing between the true suffixes and the letters that connect them with the radical words. See p. 56. 9. The prefixes have been reduced to system. They are classified, and all referred to motion and rest in place and time. This feature is full of in- terest. See p. 73. 10. The relations of suffixes and prefixes to the radical word and to each other are noticed. Radical words are the seeds of language. The prefixes represent their relations in place and time, and the suffixes furnish a history of t\iQ\v growth. See pp. 72, 87. These are the prominent features of the First Part. The Second Part has some additional claims to attention. They are presented in the following particulars : 1. Some seven thousand words, from the various sources from which our language has enriched itself, are arranged under the various topics of thought — a ready and rich vocabulary foi each subject. 2. These words are defined. As far as practicable, the primary meaning is given, and then the secondary. /^ 3. They are arranged in families. The radical word i'=s given in fuU, and THE LITERARY ASSOCIATIOIT TO THE READER. IX in connection with it, the suffixes and prefixes by which the child constructs the derivatives for himself. 4. They are divided into three great groups — nouns, adjectives and verbs. In this division they are presented in connection with each topic, and in accordance with the laws of the mind. The three necessary parts of a sen- tence are furnished. 5. They are arranged under the names of the nations from which they have been received. By this arrangement, we are able to see at every step where the old Saxon was rich and where it was poor. It forms a sort of history. 6. They are also disposed under the things to which they relate. The child, by this disposition, not only acquires a ready and fine assemblage of words for every topic of thought, but also an excellent method of thinking — he passes methodically through the domain of language and nature. The Third Part presents the study of English words in a new and natural light. They are referred to their origin in nature. This is their philo- sophic etymology. The organ of speech gives forth the word. But on examination, it has been found that this organ is acted upon by the other organs of the body, by things without us and the soul within us. All these aid the organ of speech in shaping voice into loords. This discovery has led the Association to group the radical words of our language under the bodily organs and things in nature that gave rise to them. By this arrange- ment, the pupil finds the study of etymology to he the study of the actions of his oion bodily organs. In the beginning of the Third Part this is explained. See p. 800, etc. The Words in the Collection. The words in the third Hand-Book amount to over SEVEN thousand. In selecting them, the Association was guided by the wants of the mind, and the requisites of good taste. Technical terms are sparingly introduced. These will be best learned in connection with the arts and sciences to which they belong. Long abstract terms have been commonly excluded. Economy, as well as good taste, led the Association to overlook them, and select words more portable and effective. The National Origin of the Words. The words, in the collection, are referred to their national origin. In making this reference, the Association experi- enced at first no ordinary difficulties. The word, it was evident, could be traced back^to the Greek, perhaps to the Sanskrit. "Where should we stop ? At that language from which we directly received it. But how was this point to be determined ? By two principles — the form of the word, and the his- tory of the word. Father, for instance, could not be received dii-ectly from the French or Latin, because its form has hot the closest resemblance to the 1* X THE LITERARY ASSOCIATION TO THE READER,' French pere or the Latin pater. Language, on the other hand, is referred at once to the French, and not to the Latin, because its form is agreeable with the French langage. The Mode of Study ? The mode of stndj is the same as that pointed out in the Hand-Book of Anglo-Saxon Derivatives. The Instructions may be recited in oral or written analyses : the Studies may be recited in oral or written exercises, in which the child shall fill up all the blanks, pronounce, define and use each word in the exercise. A model and complete exercise is furnished for the guidance of the child. See p. 111. Wherever it is practicable, the primary meaning should be given ; as, instdt, to leap upon. This being done, the child is prepared to understand the secondary meaning ; as, insult, to strike against, to hurt by act or word. In furnishing the primary meaning of words, the Literary Association have avoided all display of Latin and Greek roots, in the Second Part, feeling that at this stage they would only perplex the mere English pupil, while they could be of little use to the Latin and Greek scholar. The Difficulties of the System and Plan of Study ? Tiie difficulties attending the introduction of the Hand-Book into any school must be imaginary. The system is practicable any where ; the plan is an economy of time. The writing of the exercises on slates, or in blank books, engages the attention, and forbids an afflictive ennui. It secures a correct orthography. The recita- tion is full of interest. It is at once an exercise in reading, pronimciation and composition. Interest waits upon it. As one child after another is called up and reads a part of the exercise, the instances of the use of the words keep up a lively attention to the end. The progress is rapid. The Results of the third Hand-Book ? The results of the third Hand- Book must be desirable. Studied according to the plan laid down, the child wUl have a fine knowledge of the engrafted elements of our language, and a pleasing method of thinking. Words, and what they stand for, will be intimately united, and all that pertains to their orthography, will be under- stood. The materials of sentences, nouns, adjectives and verbs, will be at hand, duly disposed under the leading topics of thought. Combining these results, with those arising from the study of the Hand- Book of Anglo-Saxon Derivatives, the child will be well furnished with the materials of a rich and ready language. More than twelve thousand ELITE words will bc subjcct to his wilL And yet, the study of words is not complete. A Hand-Book of Synontmes, Jaased on the same principles, and embracing a critical view of the orthography and history of words, re- mains to be taken up, and then the verbal study of our native language will be sufficiently thorough for almost any department of life. TABLE OF CONTENTS. jFitst 3Part» THE MATERIALS OF ENGRAFTED WORDS. PAGE Instruction I. — Orthography 15 Inst. II. — Yariettes of Orthography 16 Inst. III. — English Orthography 11 Inst. IV. — History of English Orthography. 18 Inst. Y. — Language 20 Inst. YL — Yariety of Languages 21 Inst. YII. — The English Language 23 Inst. YIII. — Origin of the English Language 23 Inst. IX. — The Elements of the English Language. 24 Inst. X. — The Anglo-Saxon Element 25 Inst. XI. — ^The Gothic Element 26 Inst. XII. — The Celtic Element -. 2*7 Inst. XIII. — The French Element 27 Inst. XIY. — The Classic Element 28 Inst. XY. — English Words 30 Inst. XYI. — Words are the Beginning of Language 31 Inst. XYII. — The Knowledge of Words 32 Inst, XYIXI. — The Sounds and Letters of the English Language. ... 33 Inst. XIX. — The History of the English Alphabet 34 Inst. XX. — Classification of the Alphabet 35 Inst. XXL — How the Forty Sounds are represented by Twenty-six Letters 36 Inst. XXII. — ^Permutation and Transition of Letters 37 Inst. XXIIL— Syllables 39 Inst. XXIY. — Quantity 40 Inst. XXY. — Accent 41 Xll TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE Inst. XXVI. — Orthoepy and Orthography 43 Inst. XXVII. — Etymology 44 Inst. XXVIII. — Two Kinds of Etymology 46 Inst. XXIX. — Guides to English Etymology 48 Inst. XXX. — Composition and Derivation of Words 51 Inst. XXXI. — Terminations 52 Inst. XXXII. — Terminations that mark Number 53 Inst. XXXIII. — Terminations that mark Gender 54 Inst. XXXIV. — Suffixes 56 Inst. XXXV. to XLVII.— Suffixes that denote what is Little or Minute. . 57 the Agent or Doer 58 the Act 60 the Act of Making 60 THE Thing which is made.. . 61 MAY OR CAN BE 63 MADE OF. 64 PERTAINING TO 64 THE Quality 66 THE State or Condition. ... 67 abounding in 68 THE Rlace where 68 LIKE 69 Inst. XLVIII. — Compound Suffixes 70 Inst. XLIX. — Suffixes that have more than one Meaning 71 Inst. L. — Relation of Suffixes to Radical "Words 72 Inst. LI. — Prefixes 73 Inst. LH. to LXII— Prefixes that denote Rest and Motion i7i Time and place 74 within or between Objects in Time and Place. 75 from a Place or Point of Time 76 out of A Place or Point of Time 77 without or beyond a Place or Point of Time. 78 before or after some Place or Point of Time. 79 above or below some Place or Point of Time. 79 about A Place or Point of Time 81 against, in Place or Time 81 through a Place and Point of Time 82 forioarcl and backward, in Place and Time ... 83 TABLE OF CON'TENTS. Xili PAGE Inst. LXIII. — Pbefixes that denote apart or separation in Time and Place 83 Inst. LXIY. to LXVII— * Prefixes that denote together, in Time and Place 84 to or upon, in Time and Place ... 85 destitution of, in Time and Place. . 85 well or ill, in Time and Place. ... 86 Inst. LXVIII. — The Relation of Prefixes to Radical Words 87 Inst. LXIX. — English ORTHOEPr and Orthography 88 Inst. LXX. — Different Sounds of the Same Letter 89 Inst. LXXI. — Medial Sounds, or Vocal Stnontmes 91 Inst. L XXTT. — ^The Doubling of Letters 92 Inst. LXXIII. — Silent Letters 93 Inst. LXXIV. — ^Accent and Orthoepy 94 Inst. LXXV. — Quantity and Orthoepy 94 Inst. LXX VI.— Spelling 95 Inst. LXXVII. — Articulation 99 Inst. LXXVIII. — Enunctation 99 Inst. LXXIX. — Pronunciation 101 Inst. LXXX. — A Survey of the Materials « . 101 Inst. LXXXI. — ^The Collected Materials of the Hand-Book 103 _ Second 3Patt* studies in engrafted words. Chapter I. — The Studies Explained 107 Chap. II. — The Scope of these Studies 108 Chap. III. — The Use of such Studies 110 Chap. IV. — ^The Plan of Study Laid Down ' '. 110 Chap. V. — The Model Laid Down : Ill Chap. VI. — The Course of Stut)ies 113 Chap. VII. — The Plan of Study Applied 114 Chap. VIU.— The Study 115 Chap. IX. — The Recitation 118 Chap. X.— Home 119 Chap. XL— Man 142 Chap. XII.— The Pursuits of Man 186 Chap. XIIL— Is'ature 238 Chap. XIV. — Necessary Things 255 . TABLE OF CONTENTS. XIV PAGE 268 Chap. XV.— God • 214 Chap. XVI.— Knowledge NATUBAL ETYMOLOGY OF ENGRAFTED WOKDS. Chapteb L-English ^^ology . ^. ^^. • • •-- — j^ * iThe* Out- mology. 304 Chap IL— Studies ik Etymology •.•••• Studies : The Studies-A Prepared Study. ■ ^ ^^^^ Misters and Servants-Eood-Clothmg- ^^^ ^ Chap. IV.— Man ••;•*•';" "ti 'p'-Read— The Chest— The Hands— ^fWies.-Man-TheBody-TheHead ^^ti^^__The - The Feet -The Organs oi Speeeh - Muscular a Senses— The Soul. 326 '^''■''S^^^o^^^^^^'^"^''^^ '. SBl ments. 338 Chap. VH-^ATnEE. ...... '----^-::^^[;^^^^ 5fw(^ies: Minerals — Plants J^m ture. 344 Chap VIH— Place and Time • • ' ' ' Studies : Place— Time. 346 Chap. IX-Eokm and Q^^^J^^'T; '^^^^^^ Studies : Form- Quantity— wei^n ^^^ Chap. X.— God •••••••;••: 't;*- ' V-^The*End of the Third Part. Studies : God-Last Thmgs.-ine r ^^^ Pha-p XI —The Retrospect ! •■■'** \ °""- I Eetrospect of the Third HaM-.^ok FIEST PART. MATERIALS OF ENGRAFTED WORDS HAND-BOOK OF ENGRAFTED WORDS O F THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, EMBRACING THOSE OF THE GOTHIC, CELTIC, FRENCH, LATIN, AND GREEK ORIGIN, ON THE BASIS OF THE ANGLO-SAXON. INSTRUCTION I. ORTHOGRAPHY. Orthography, as the name imports, treats of the correct writing of words. Its aim. is to make articulate sounds visi- ble, and teacL. by letters what is taught by sounds. The eye is made to accord with the ear, and convey the same information to the soul. Orthography, as snch, is an important branch of know- ledge. It was brought into notice with written language. While langnage was only spoken, there was no need of it. The child caught the word by ear, as he caught a strain of music, and repeated it in happy imitation. But as soon as man attempted to make speech visible by the use of certain marks called letters, orthography arose, and has ever since been a part of the study of written language. Before that 16 ORTHOGRAPHY. period, it had a kind of existence in pictures and symbols. As these were the forerunners of our present letters, so were picture and symbol- writing the forerunners of our present orthography. (See Lingual Eeader.) INSTRUCTION II. VARIETIES OF OETHOGRAPHY. The first orthography, like the first language, exists only in its thousands of varieties. Its record is found in the giving of the law at Mount Sinai. Its varieties are found every where. Each nation has its own orthography ; and in it, is readily distinguished from all others. As the English- man and Frenchman are easily known by their features, so their languages, even where the words stand for the same things, are known at once by their orthography. So it is with all other nations. An instance will explain this. We select the word, father. Its English, Grothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek orthography is as follows : father, vater and fader ^ athair^ plre^ pater ^ pater. Varieties of orthography, as thus indicated, are to be explained in the same way as varieties of language. The causes are nearly the same, and are, differences of climate, education, pursuits of hfe, objects, and the organ of hearing. The ear has always influenced orthography. The instance given above may serve to illustrate this, and make clear what we mean by them. It may do more. It may direct our attention to their importance. They are guides in the study of languages, and prepare us to look for, and find the same word in different languages, but under different forms. OETHOGRAPHY. 17 INSTRUCTIONIII. ENGLISH OETHOGRAPHY. English Orthograpliy is wanting in regularity. Eules are almost "useless. In vain we look. for a key^ or method. The only key is the eye, fixing attention on the forms of words ; the only method is written exercises^ teaching by the sense of touch. English Orthography is too diverse for rules. A few in- stances will illustrate this remark. * 1. The spelling and speaking of words differ widely. The words, stags^ tripped^ hoxes^ plucked^ loaves^ for instance, are pronounced as if spelled, stagz^ iript^ hocksez^ pluckt and loavz. 2. Letters have different sounds. We spell city with a c and pronounce it with an 5 ; toss and egg double the last letter, but only one of them is heard when the words are spoken. 3. The same combination of letters often has a variety of sounds. This is the case in such words as boiigh, cowgh, enough, plowgh, rowgh, and sowgh. 4. Letters are doubled or dropped without certain rules. This is seen in such words as du?ness, insti?&ng and fuZness, skil- ful ; doe, foe, hoe, and go, so and motto. 5. There are forty sounds in the English language^ and only twenty-six letters to represent them. Four of these, c, cc, q and y, are useless, since they are only substitutes for other letters. So we have only twenty -two characters with which to write the forty sounds. The diversity of English Orthography may be ex- plained. It is OWING MAINLY TO THE MIXED CHARACTER OF OUR LANGUAGE, and its diverse pronunciation. 1. The Anglo-Saxon part of our language was received ^ 18 ORTHOGRAPHY. from different tribes of Angles and Saxons. It has its own laws. 2. When it was developed in England, no less than eight kingdoms of Saxons existed in that country, with local differences, greater than what we find in our own country. 8. The Norman Conquest deluged the whole, and changed the entire face of things. French words were introduced. They have their laws. 4. The mingling of the Saxons and French after the con- quest, led to many changes. The French affected, in some degree, the Saxon; and the Saxon conformed, in many things, to the French. 5. Early English writers paid little attention to spelHng. They were guided solely by the ear ; and this was an uncer- tain guide. The same word was spelled, in some instances, iLO less than fourteen different ways. 6. Our language is mixed ; so is its orthography. It is natu- ral thai words taken from the Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek should retain much of their native form, and he spelled in some degree in a foreign land as they were spelled at home. Foreign words, like foreign people, retain their native char- acter, even when naturahzed. INSTRUCTION IV. HISTORY OF ENGLISH ORTHOGRAPHY. English Orthography arose with the written form ot the Enghsh language. It appeared first in the old Anglo- Saocon, the mother-tongue of our native speech, and differed widely from our present orthography. Since then, it has passed through many changes, and is stiU changing. A few facts, connected with the history of these changes, ORTHOGRAPHY. 19 may serve to shed some light on English Orthography. It arose with the introduction of Christianity into England, A. D. 696. The Anglo-Saxons had written characters or letters before they came to England. 1. The first writers were Anglo-Saxon. They had no guide but their ear, and in following it, were often governed by fancy. There was nothing certain. The same word was spelled in various ways, even by the same author. The laws of EtheTbert were the first native productions reduced to writing. 2. Changes were soon introduced according to the pleasure of the writer. Eules were disregarded. Thus, we have the word Father^ in the Lord's Prayer, spelled Fader ^ Faeder, and Fadir. As late as A.D. 1611, in the same prayer, the words, debts and debtors^ are spelled dettes and detters. 3. The advent of the Danes into England was attended with many changes. They corrupted the old Saxon, and changed the forms of words at pleasure, especially terminations. 4. The Norman Conquest, A. D. 1066, affected the orthog- raphy of the language still more. After a while, there ap- peared a desire on the part of the Saxons to Normanize their words, and conform to French taste. 5. Out of the m^ixiure of Saxon and French arose new changes. Broad vowels and irregular forms were preferred ; as, wop for wept, and dalffor delved. Here we find the ORiGEsr OF OUR PRESENT ENGLISH — between A. D. 1066 and 1327. 6. The dawn of English learning in the fourteenth century brought other changes. The vowels were especially subjected to change. Chaucer, Mandeville and Wickhffe represent this period. 7. The maturity of the English language and learning under Elizabeth, in the sixteenth century, added some changes. These arose from the free introduction of Latin and Greek words. 20' ORTHOGEAPHY. 8. Recent changes. Sinee the time of Elizabeth, in the sixteenth century, the changes in English Orthography have been mostly of a trifling character. The matter is not yet settled. The dispute about the spelling of certain classes of words, still continues. Walker and Webster divide the English mind. And what is it about? About using or leaving out the letters, u, e, h ;■ using a single or double I, an s for a c, a s for an s ; or changing re into er, in certain classes of words. So English Orthography now stands. INSTRUCTION V. LANGTJAG-E. Lang-uage existed long before Orthography. Men talked about the loves and sorrows of the family, life and death, buying and selling, learning and teaching, before they thought of writing about them. They had a spoken lan- guage. It was only when they thought of speaking through the eye, that orthography and written language arose. The word, language, to which we now direct attention, is derived from the Latin word for tongue, and comes to us through the French. It stands for that system of sounds and letters by which we make ourselves known to each other — a system of signs by which we talk to each other through the eye and ear. The letters are nearly the same in all lan- guages : the sounds are very different. Language, as thus viewed, is simple, but wonderful. God and man are its associated authors. It is A mighty WORK, EXCELLING EVERY THING ELSE ON THE EARTH. It is greater than buildings, or- ^machines, or paintings, or music, or poetry. It is a rich treasury, and contains the records of the history, manners, religion and works of man. ORTHOGRAPHY. 21 Sucli is language ; and such it is mainly by orthography. The spoken word perishes : the written word abides for ever. INSTRUCTION VI. THE YAEIETY OF LANGUAGES. The languages of the earth are numerous, amounting to no less than three thousand. This is a wonderful fact. All these languages are yarieties of one original speech, existing now only in sounds and words common to them all. This is easily understood. CHmate, objects, pursuits and circumstances change all things. We find, accordingly, that those animals that spread widest over the face of the earth, present the greatest variety. Man, in this respect, stands at the head of all earthly creatures. Now what is true of himself, is true also of his language. It presents great variety. This view is confirmed by a comparison of languages. Northern tongues are harsh and full of consonants : south- ern tongues are soft and full of vowels. There is every possible grade of expression, varying ever with the country or the people. Our DAT, for instance, is the Saxon daeg and the German tag. If we enter fully into the comparison of languages, we find a thread of unity ^ on which are strung wonderful resem- blances, running through the living and dead tongues of the earth. The English language appears a sister in the G-otliic or Germanic family ; and the whole family appears a sister branch to the dialects of southern Asia, both springing from the Sanskrit, the sacred language of Hindostan. This again is hnked with the Zend^ and through it, with the languages of central and western Asia. ^ 22 OKTHOGRAPHY, History confirms this wonderful unity. Air European, A£:ican and American tongues are readily traced to Asia. In tlie centre of this grand division, and stretching down to the lovely vale of Cashmir, we find the nursery of human speech. There is the Sanskrit, of which we have spoken, and thence went forth the Zend to stock western and cen- tral Asia, and the Coptic to stock Africa. A view of the languages of Europe will explain all. Sixteen hundred years before Christ, the Celts, from cen- tral Asia, entered Europe, which probably up to that time, had remained unoccupied by man. For centuries, there was but one language in Europe, and one religion, the Druidic, with its bleeding sacrifice, like the Christian, and its faith in the immortality of the soul. Some eight hun- dred years before Christ, the Teutones or Groths, from northwestern and central Asia, found their way also into Europe. The Celts fled before them, or were enrolled with the conquerors. The British islands now became the asy- lum of the Celt, and Europe a Gothic nation. To this people, the Anglo-Saxon . belong. Of their language, ours is a member, being the young and promising sister. About the sixth century after Christ, the Slavic people came from northwestern Asia, and spread over Kussia, Poland and Hungary. From these three great waves of emigration have arisen all the nations of Europe, and from a mixture of their languages have been formed all the tongues spoken and written, living and dead, on that wonderful division of the globe. All the European languages are of Asiatic origin. Nothing is more clear than that- Greek and Latin, Anglo- Saxon and German, are varieties, derived alike from some ancient original. OETHOGRAPHY. 23 INSTRUCTION VII. THE ENGLISH L A N a TJ A G E . The English language is one of many. It is strong, rich and beautiful among the three thousand languages of earth. It is not native to any place where it is now spoken, the word, English, being derived from Angles, the name of one of the Saxon tribes that passed over from Germany to England, A. D. 450. The English language is not an original one. It is a de- rived language, and draws its words from many sources. Even its form is not original. It is unlike all others in this respect, heing very simple^ and admitting a very few changes in its words. But these things constitute its greatness. It has shaken off the feebleness of the early languages, and dropped nearly all their irregularity. It is a mixed language. The Saxon speech, introduced into England, A. D. 450, is its basis, or stock. On this stock, the Dane, Swede and Norwegian engrafted much of their native speech. The Norman followed, and put in the scion of French. The English were pleased with these en- graftures. They added strength and beauty to the old Saxon speech. They were pleased, and proceeded with the work of engrafting. "Words from the Latin, Greek and modern languages were freely added ; and the English lan- guage became remarkable as a mixed form of speech. The work is still progressing. Commerce imports words as well as wares from all parts of the world. (See Lingual Eeader.) INSTRUCTION VIII. ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. The name of our language can be traced as far back as 24 ORTHOGRAPHY. the descent of tlie Angles in A. D. 450. But not so the thing. The basis of our language is as old as that date; so are its changes, as seen in our grammar. But the pres- ent English is more recent. It arose out of the mixture of the Saxon and French, between the tenth and thirteenth centuries. It arose on this wise. The Saxon peasants and French nobles were obliged to mingle in the common affairs of life. Self-interest led the Saxon to Normanize his lan- guage, and the French to Anglicize his speech. Then arose wandering poets, and warmed the present English into life. The descent of the English language through the Saxon, can be traced to the continent of Europe. There it appears as a sister of the Gothic family. But Europe is not its na- tive place. It is of Asiatic origin. Its home is to be sought in the northwestern parts of Hindostan, the seat of the far-famed Sanskrit language — sister to the Zend and Coptic. INSTRUCTION IX. THE ELEMENTS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. The word, element^ in this connection, means a distinct part of a language. It is applied alone to mixed languages, like the English, and embraces the words received from any other language, living or dead ; as the French or Latin. The study of the elements of the English language has been too much neglected. A knowledge of them is necessary to a correct knowledge of our native speech. It makes us acquainted with our forefather^ their character and condi- tion. It shows us where ouFmother-tongue was deficient, and where it was necessary to borrow, in order to make up deficiencies. It defines great points of history, preser\ring OETHOGRAPHY. 25 tlie records of the contact of our forefathers with, other nations. The elements of the English language, to which we are now directing attention, are quite numerous. There is scarcely any nation on earth with which we have not been in close contact, and from which we have not received by commerce, expeditions and missions, some words. The chief elements, however, are few. They are the Saxon, Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek. INSTRUCTION X. THE ANGLO-SAXON ELEMENT. The Anglo-Saxon portion of our language is something more than an element. It is our mother-tongue. It was the native speech of the mass of the English nation from the eighth to the tenth century after Christ. For a while, it was subdued by the French^ and survived only among the sturdy peasants. Policy and self-interest favored its introduction again to power. It came forth from retirement, and min^ gled with the French. Commerce restored it : poetry nursed its new existence. The restoration of the Anglo-Saxon gave rise to our present English. The French and Latin words,^ then in common use among the people, were adopted and moulded according to the form and spirit of the Anglo-Saxon. So it became our mother-tongue. As'such it still remains. It is a rich portion of our language, and by far the most important. The words that compose it, are the words of home, of childhood, of nature, of the heart, of domestic life, of business, of definite thought and action. It is the portion of our language test adapted for early education, and should ever 2 6 ORTHOGKAPHY. form the basis of English speech. By it, we are allied to tlie great Gothic or Germanic family of languages, and tlie sacred Sanskrit of Hindostan. INSTRUCTION XI. THE GOTHIC ELEMENT. The Gothic element is very mncli like tlie Anglo-Saxon, and naturally follows it. It embraces words from the German, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian and Icelandic lan- guages. All these are sister speeches to the English tongue, and compose the Gothic family. Nothing certain is known of this family of languages till a short time before the Chris- tian era. We know that the Goths followed the Celts about the year 680 B. C, and drove them to the west and south of Europe. We know also that the name means brave, and was applied by the Eomans to those German tribes best known to them in the latter days of the Empire. The Greeks speak of them in the eighth century before Christ. They dwelt then on the Black Sea. As early as A. D. 787, some of the Gothic tribes found their way to England, and made a conquest of Northum- berland. They were known as Northmen, and in 1003, had possession of the whole of England. In this way, the Gothic element was introduced into Great Britain, and engrafted by war upon the Anglo-Saxon stock. Commerce and social intercourse, since then, have increase-^, the number of words from this source, and made our lan- riuige strong and copious by contributions from its sister hm^u-uoges. The Gothic family-oflanguages, and especially the Gennan and McESO-GoTHic, connect the English with the Sanskrit. OKTHOaRAPHY. 27 INSTRUCTION XII. THE CELTIC ELEMENT. The Celtic element of our language is small, but interest- ing. It was derived from the Celts, tlie earliest inhabitants of Grreat Britain. Thej formed the first emigration from Asia into Europe, some sixteen hundred years before Christ. The words frouL this source have been received into the English language at four different periods. Some of them have been introduced recetftlj from the Gaelic of Scotland and Ireland, and the Cambrian of Wales, branches of the Celtic stock. Some of them were introduced through the Latin, between the Danish and Norman conquests, or be- tween A. D. 787 and 1066. Others are common to the Gothic stocky and were brought into use about the same period. The greater number, by far, are relics of the old Celtic stock which remained alive in England after the descent of the Angles and Saxons upon that island. They refer chief- ly to places, and belong to geography. In this respect, the Celtic bears the very same relation to the English language as the Indian dialects. Both exist in the Enghsh tongue in names of places. INSTRUCTION XIII. THE FRENCH ELEMENT. The French element occupies a large place in our Ian guage. It was received from the Norman-French, a lan- guage spoken on the continent, from the river Loire to Flanders. This language is a mixture of the Latin and the old dialects of Gaul, now called France. These dialects were chiefly Celtic. 28 OliTHOGKAPHY. The French element, as thus explained, was partly intro- duced by intercourse between the Saxons and ISTormans before the Conquest. But its marked appearance in Eng- land dates from William the Conqueror, A. D. 1066. It came in like a flood. The Anglo-Saxon was swept away into the walks of common life. Norman-French was the language of courts and official life. It ceased to be such in A. D. 1827, and the Anglo-Saxon was restored — it ceased, but left many words mingled with the Anglo-Saxon speech. Since then, there have been rn^ny additions. New words have been introduced from time to time by commerce, in- tercourse and the arts. The practice of using French words and phrase's in English speech, although in bad taste, has introduced many words into our language. This practice arose from the intermingling of the Saxons and Normans, and their attempts to understand each other. The words embraced in the French element have enriched our language. They refer chiefly to law, taste and the arts. Poetry owes much to the Norman-French. This element in our language connects with the Latin and Greek and the old Pelasgic of Greece. INSTRUCTION XIV. THE CLASSIC ELEMENT. The Classic element embraces words from the Latin dnd Greek languages. The Latin language was spoken by the ancient Komans, and received its name from Latium, the name of their country. It is aniiixture of the old dialects of Italy, altered somewhat by the Greek. The Greek language was spoken by the ancient Greeks, inhabitants of ORTHOGRAPHY. 29 Grreece, and is a mixture of old dialects of tliat country. Both, are now dead languages. The Latin part of th.e classic element is very important. It began to be introduced by Caesar, 55 B. C. For five bundred years, the Eomans ruled Britain, and the Latin language was spoken by tbe rulers. Only a few words, however, were introduced into tbe language of tbe Anglo- Saxons. Christianity brougbt in many. During tbe time of tbe Christian Saxon kings, rebgious teacbers and lovers of Latin learning, introduced many Latin words. They referred chiefly to tbe cburcb. The revival of learning in tbe fourteenth century brougbt m still more. About this time, ignorance prevailed. Monks kept the keys of knowledge. Its treasures were locked up in tbe Latin tongue. Since that revival, or tbe time of Henry tbe Eighth, tbe work of accession bas gone steadily on. Tbe learned have loved tbe classics, and introduced their thougbts and words freely. In the sixteenth century, during the reign of Ebzabeth, Latin words were largely interwoven into the Engbsb language. Sucb is a view of the Latin part of tbe classic element. Tbe words embraced in it refer to law, rebgion and tbe arts, and are useful in completing tbe Engbsb language. Tbe Greek portion of tbe classic element is not so extensive as tbe Latin. Much of it came into tbe Engbsb througb tbe Latin and French. Much of it was brought in by tbe early rebgious teacbers of England. Other ways remain to be noticed. The lovers of Greek learning have introduced many Greek words. Tbe progress of arts and sciences has brougbt in more. Like tbe Latin, they help to complete 30 ORTHOGEAPHY. the materials of tlie Englisli language, and make it capable of expressing all the thoughts of all men. INSTRUCTION XV. ENGLISH WOKDS. The words of the English language have swelled to eighty thousand, and present a mixed appearance, somewhat like the American nation. "We can almost apply to it the language of wonder used by the Jews on the day of Pente- cost : How hear we every man in our own tongue, in which we were born — Celts, Saxons, Danes, Swedes, Norwegians, Germans, French, Spanish, Italian, Eussian, Jew, Persian, and Hindoo ! The old Eoman and Greek are also repre- sented. Such is the mixed assemblage of words composing the English language. These words naturally arrange themselves in groups, distinguished by native features. They apply to distinct objects of thought. The Anglo-Saxon words refer chiefly to home, the heart, and sensible things ; the Gothic relate mainly to the same ; the Celtic appear in torn fragments ; the French direct us to manufactures, law and taste ; and the classic, to arts, sciences and religion. Such things are worthy of attention. These groups of words retain the spirit of the languages from which they have been received. They have taken the form of the Anglo-Saxon, but preserved their native life. We may look upon them as naturalized words, appearing at home in our native language, bn.t retaining so much of the languages to which they wera^^ative as to remind us constantly of their origin. This is an important feature in our knowledge. At this pointy words hecome history^ and ORTHOGRAPHY. 31 inform us of tlie nations with, wliicli we liave been in con- tact, and from whicli we have borrowed words to make np the deficiencies of Anglo-Saxon speech. Words are history. They stand for things. The words composing the different elements of the Enghsh language record many things about the people who used them first, and now stand in the English language, for things which the Groth, Celt, Frank, Latin and Greek first saw and felt. Such views bring to light the importance of words. Their study is the study of man. INSTRUCTION XVI. WORDS AEE THE BEGINNmG OF LANGUAGE. The whole word formed the beginning of infant speech. Language has not commenced in any instance as we begin to teach it to our children. The alphabet is unknown to the child. Syllables are unnoticed. The whole word caught the ear and early employed the tongue. Adam, we are told, gave names to living things. So the first language began on earth. So every child begins his speech. Words also are the beginning of every new engrafture. Entire words introduced the different elements that com;^se the English language. As the gardener takes a bud from a tree, and buds it upon a new stock, so the Anglo-Saxon has taken words from various languages, and engrafted them upon his own. The letters and syllables are but little regarded. He has always taken the entire word, and intro- duced it entire, or changed its form a little to make it agree with the forms of his mother-tongue. So the various ele- ments have been brou.ght into the Enghsh language. 8^ OETHOGRAPHT, I NSTR UCTION XVI I. THE KNOWLEDGE OP WOEDS, Words are only signs^ and can be "understood best hy see- ing or feeling the things for which they stand. In this consists the true knowledge of words. There is something more. Words are compound things. The spoken word is composed of sounds^ and divisions of sounds, called syllables. The written word is composed of letters^ and divisions of letters, called syllables. These things are to be known. This is not all. Words have a structure^ or mahe. They are buildings, and are composed of sounds or letters. This is true of every word ; but particularly so, of deriva- tive and compound ones. In looking at the structure of words, we must see how they are reared or formed from simple words by prefixes and suf&xes. Words also have a history, and one that is very interest- ing. The origin and changes of words form its records. They are very instructive, and tell us much about our fore- fathers and the nations with whom they lived in intercourse. In studying the history of words, we must not overlook their national origin, but trace them to their Saxon, Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin or Greek source. An instance will illustrate this point. The word, tribulation, now means dis- tress or sorrow. It is derived from the Latin, and at first meant the act of separating the corn from the husks. It may be traced to another word, which is its root, and the name of the roller by which this separation took place. There is still another thing to- be known to complete the knowledge of words. Words are living things. Instead of being skeletons of letters, or forms of empty sound, they ORTHOGRAPHY. 33 are bodied thought — the soul made visible. They are to be known by seeing and feeling this embodiment — ^the idea or thought expressed. INSTRUCTION XVIII. THE SOmJDS AND LETTEES OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. The words that compose the English language are spoken. In speaking them, the ear takes notice of certain sounds. Thus, in speaking the word, man, it distinguishes three sounds, represented by the letters, m, a, n. If we examine, in this way, all the words of our language, we will find that they are all spoken by forty sounds. Some of these are common to all languages on the earth : others are peculiar to our own. * This is found to be the case when we com- pare them with those of the Anglo-Saxon, Grothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek languages. And yet, the sounds of languages, when they differ, are only varieties of the same sounds. The words that compose the English language are writ- ten. In writing them, the eye observes distinct characters or letters. Thus, in writing the word, hope, it observes four letters, h, o, p, e. If we examine, in this way, all the written words of our language, we will find only ivjenty-six letters. These are known as the English alphabet. The word, alphabet, is composed of the names of the first two Greek letters, alpha, beta, which are the same as our a, b. It is the name of the letters of a language orderly dis- posed. The order of our alphabet is not natural. The true order is as follows : h, a, i, u, o, e, lo, p, b, f v, t, d, h, g, s, z, I, m, n, r, j, c, q, x. Our alphabet is not a complete one. It has three great defects. 2* 3i ORTHOGEAPHY. 1. Deficient It has only twenty-six letters to mark forty sounds. 2. Redundant The letters, c, q, x, are of no use. 8. Irregular. It represents some single sounds by double letters ; as in THme, SHme ; and some double sounds by sin- gle letters ; as in pine, jest INSTRUCTION XIX. THE HISTOEY OF THE ENGLISH ALPHABET. The Enghsh alphabet has a history, and one made up of very instructive records. It is pleasant to know where and how we obtained those letters in which we make our hopes and sorrows visible. It is desirable to be able to trace them to their source, and note the changes which have passed upon them. The English alphabet is immediately descended from the Anglo-Saxon. There are points of difference, however, be- tween them. The Anglo-Saxon contained twenty-three letters. Among these, are not to be found the letters, j, h, q, v, w and z. Among these, is found a character representing the sounds of th^ as heard in thin and thine. The Anglo-Saxon alphabet is derived from the Latin. "We know not the precise time. We only know that in the third century, the Latin alphabet was apphed to the Gothic languages, of which the Anglo-Saxon is a branch. The Latin alphabet is to be traced to the Greek, which was introduced into Italy by the Etrurians, about twelve hundred years before the Christian era. The Oreek alphabet is not an origilial one. It was received from the Phoenician, which is the same as the Hebrew. ORTHOGKAPHY. 36 Cadmus introduced it into Greece, some sixteen hundred years before the Christian era. Beyond this, we look in vain for any thing like an alpha- bet. We find symbols^ pictures, and sounds^ but no letters. Such is the history of the English alphabet. It is somewhat remarkable that the first or most ancient alphabet was not an orderly collection of simple sounds, or letters representing them ; but a collection of syllables. Alphabets were first syllabic. INSTRUCTION XX. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ALPHABET. The letters composing the English alphabet have points of resemblance and difference among themselves. These points are of great importance. They differ to the eye, while they are the same to the ear. This is the case with / and pli in the word, Philip. Some of them are simple voice, and can form words or SYLLABLES by themselves. These are vowels, and have all diflat and continuous sound ; as, a, e, i, o, u. Others are unable to form any word or syllable by them- selves. These are called consonants ; as, b, c, d, f, g, h, j, h, I, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, z. Some of the consonants have a close resemblance to the vowels, and are called liquids ; as, I, m, n, r. Their sound is flat and continuous. Others are called mutes, and cannot form any thing like a word or syllable by themselves. They are silent letters ; as, g, d, t. Some of the letters of the alphabet have a smooth sound; as, p, b : others have a rough one ; as, sh, f. S6 ORTHOGKAPHY. Some of them are sharjp, and sound like a whisper ; as, k, s, t: others sue flat, and have a natural sound; as, d, b, z. The alphabet, as thus classified, may be presented at one view. 1. YoWELS, or the letters that have a smooth, flat, continu- ous sound, and form syllables by themselves : a, e, i, o, u. 2. Liquid consonants, or those letters that have a smooth, flat, continuous sound, and form an imperfect syllable by themselves: ?, m, n, r. 8. Mutes, or those letters that have a flat or sharp, smooth or rough sound, but can form no syllable by them- selves ; aS; J9, t, \ 5, 5, c?, g, 2, fl th, \ s\ v. ( 1. Smooth and sharp : jo, t, h, s. ( 1. Sharp and smooth : p, t, k, s. ( 2. Smooth and flat : b, d, g, z. \ 2. Sharp and rough : /, th, k, sh. { 3. Eough and sharp : /, tk, k, sh. ( 3. Flat and smooth : b, d, g, z. \ 4. Eough and flat : v, th, g, zh. \ 4. Flat and rough : v, t\ g, zh. INSTRUCTION XXI, HOW THE FORTY SOUNDS AEE REPEESENTED BY TWENTY-SIX LETTERS. The forty sounds which compose the spoken English language are represented by twenty-six letters. This is done in three ways. 1. By certain letters or marks ; as, c?, &, in the words, did, had. 2. By making one letter stand for two or m^ore sounds ; as a in the words, father, fate, all, 8. By combining two letters; as, sA, cA, and ng, in the words, sMne, cMld, and si?2^. The whole subject may be presented at one view. We give, for this purpose, the fortysounds of the English lan- guage as they are actually represented. ORTHOGRAPHY. 37 I. The Yowel Sounds. There are twelve vowels. 1. a as in father. 2. a as in fate. 8. a as in fat. 4. a as in all, water. 6. e as in mete, feet. 6. e as in bed. 7. i as in pit. 8. as in note. 9. as in not. 10. 00 as in look, book. 11. t^ as in twbe. 12. u as in tw6. II. Diphthongs. There are four diphthongs. 1. oi as in oi\, Z. i as in pme. 2. ou as in lowd. 4. ew as in neta. III. Consonants. There are TWENTY-FOUR consonants 1.2/ as in 2/e. 13. z as in sone. 2. w as in ti;oe. 14. zh as in azure. 8.^ as in ^ipe. 15. li as in Ae. 4. 5 as in &abe. 16. ? as in Zame. 5./ as in /an. 17. m as in man. 6. V as in t;ain. 18. n as in Tiew. 7 ?J. as in ^ape. 19. r as in rap. 8. d as in c?id. 20. cA as in c/dld. 9. >fc as in Hte. 21. i^A as in tlxm. 10.^ as in ^ame. 22. i(/i as in tlmiQ. 11. s as in sin. 28. 71^ as in sin^. 12. 5A as in sAine. 24. j {dzh) as in join. The letters c, g', and x are represented by other letters : c by s or ^; g^ by hw^ and a; by hs or gs. J is represented by dzh. INSTRUCTION XXII. PEEMXJTATION AND TEANSITION OF LETTEES. The sounds and letters of the English language are by SS ORTHOGRAPHY. no means stable. They undergo some clianges in speech and writing, whicli require attention. The ear often takes notice of one sound substituted for another. The sound of u is heard for o and e, in the word, contentment. Days and boxes are pronounced as if written, dayz, hocksez. The letters also undergo some changes. Man becomes men, foot becomes feet, and li/e becomes live. The letter c?, in the prefix, ac?, becomes c, / ^, and n in the words, ac- cent, a/front, appear, annex. These changes are called ;per- mutation. Permutation is the exchange of one letter for another. It takes place among letters of the same, or neighboring organs in the same language. It also takes place in order to se- cure a pleasant sound. Permutation is important, and goes far to explain the great differences that exist in the spelling of words. There is another change in letters to be noticed. "Words, in passing from one language into another, undergo some changes. One letter is exchanged for another of the same class. This is called transition. Transition is the exchange of one letter for another of the same class. It takes place between different languages. Thus, the letter, 5, in brother, is/ in Latin, and^A in Greek: brother^ frater^ phrater. This change arises out of variety of pronun- ciation, and is of much importance. It becomes a guide, and enables us to see the same word in different languages, changed only by the transition of one or more of its letters , as, father^ pater ^ vater^ athair ; the English word, live^ and the German, lehen. ORTHOGRAPHY. 89 INSTRUCTION XXIII. SYLLABLES. There are many words in the English, language which re broken up into parts in sounding them ; as, or-der-ly. These parts are called syllables. The word, syllable, is derived from two Greek words, which mean to take together. If I sound the word, happy ^ I take the sounds of h, a, p in the one case, and p, y in the other case, together, and thus divide the word into two syl- lables. A syllable, in a spoken word, is a word, or so ranch of it as is sounded at once. A syllable, in a written word, is a letter or letters representing a syllable in a spoken word. In the first languages, all words were of one syllable. Syllables are important. Their proper division is by no means an easy matter. I divide the word, agree^ into two syllables, a-gree ; ' but plague is not divided. The word, episcopal, may be divided in two ways, e-pi-sco-pal or e-pis- co-pal. Which is the correct division ? Three things are to be our guide in this matter — ^three simple things. 1. There are as many syllables in a word as there are distinct vowel sounds ; as, man, hu-man-i-ty. 2. Compound words are always divided into the simple ones; as, up-on, false-hood. 3. Derivative words almost always have the terminations, prefixes, and suf&xes separated from the root or radical word ; as, Loy-er^ lin-G-UARD-ec?. The ear often interferes with the third rule, and requires words to be divided so as to secure a pleasing sound ; as, big-a-my, not bi-ga-my. Grood society and a good diction- ary will be our best guides in this matter. 40 ORTHOGRAPHY. The division of words into syllables brings to view a point of interest. In the spoken word, we bear double sounds : in tbe written word, we see double letters ; as, happj, barter. These double sounds and letters are not tbe spelling of snob words as tbej appear in. Tbey are tbe two ele- ments wbicb enter into tbe sound of every letter, and are known as tbe radical and vanish in vowels, and tbe vowel and consonantal element in consonants. Botb appear in tbe written word only in tbe consonant ; as, la^^ter, to^j9ling. In sucb words, tbe sound belongs to botb syllables; as, lac?-c?er, ^in-ning. Words, wben divided into syllables, bave points of re- semblance. Tbey are divided into classes according to tbe number of syllables tbey contain. A word of one syllable is called a monosyllable ; as, child, he. A word of two syllables is called a dissyllable ; as, an-choT, ru-by. A word of three syllables is called a trisyl- lable ; as, wo-man-hood. A word of more than three syllables is called a polysyllable ; as, hu-man-i-ty. Tbe words tbat compose tbe Engbsb language differ in tbe number of tbeir syllables. Anglo-Saxon and Gotbic words are mainly monosyllables; tbe Frencb and classic words are rarely of tbis class. Tbey are cbiefly dissyllables, trisyllables and polysyllables. INSTRUCTION XXiV, QUANTITY. Some syllables require a longer time to pronounce tbem tban otbers, and are said to be long or sbort. If I sound tbe words, ' men and mend, wbicb are words of one syllable, mend is longer tban men by tbe^s^ound of tbe letter, d Tbe lengtb of syllables, as tbus seen, is called quantity. OETHOGEAPHY. 41 The word, quantity, is of Latin origin, and is applied to any thing that can be measured. As such, it can be applied to syllables, since time is required in sounding them. Quan- tity is the length of syllables, as long or short. The quantity of syllables in English depends on the vowels. In every syllable, there must be one vowel, and this is long or short. It is long when it ends a word or syllable: it is short when followed by a consonant. The word, father, is an instance ; . the syllable, fa, being long, and ther, short. The quantity of syllables in Latin and Greek depended on the syllables. The great difference between the English and classical languages on this subject may be thus stated: In Enghsh, quantity is measured by the length of the vowel, and in Latin" and Grreek, by the length of the syllable. Thus, the Eomans would call ar, in arma, a long syllable, while we would call it short. The quantity of syllables, as thus explained, is readily measured by the ear. To guide it, however, it may be well to remember that a syllable with a long vowel is long, and that a syllable with a short vowel becomes long when fol- lowed by a number of consonants ; as, sit, sight. Quantity is of much importance. It gives variety to speaking and reading, and forms the pleasing measure that is felt in the arrangement of words in poetry. like the leaves of the forest when summer is green, That host with their banners at sunset were seen. INSTRUCTION XXV. ACCENT. If I pronounce the word, ty-rant^ there is more elevation 42 OKTHOGRAPHY. and/orce of voice on the syllable, ty^ tlian on rant. THs is called accent. Its sign is \ The word, accent, comes from two Latin words, and means to sing to. It referred, in ancient times, to the pitch of voice in singing or rehearsing. Its meaning now is somewhat dif- ferent. Accent is the elevation and stress of voice on a syllable. Every word of more than one syllable has an accent ; as, a?ichor, barefoot, hereft, dhroad. Words of more than two syllables commonly have two accents, the ^primary and secondary. This is the case in the word, as-pi-ra-tion. The accent on the syllable, ra, is primary : the accent on as is secondary. The position of the accent is not easily fixed in Enghsh. This is owing, in a good degree, to the mixed character of our language. Every nation has its own rules for accenting words. Now, since we have borrowed words somewhat largely from m^ny languages, especially the French, Latin and Greek, our mode of accenting them will naturally be of a mixed character. It will partake somewhat of all these languages. The use of good society and a good dictionary should be our guides. It is commonly placed, however, on the root. The use of accent is now to be pointed out. It is of much importance, and adds much variety to conversation and reading. 1. It changes the meaning of words. Torment means a state of pain ; but torment means to put in a state of pain. 2. It changes nouns, or the names of things, into verbs ; as, rebel, rebel ; convert, convert. 3. It determines the nature of compound words, and binds the single ones composing them together ; as, house- hold-stuff, door -hey. 4. It exerts an influence on the orthography of words. ORTHOGRAPHY. 43 5. It determines tlie nature of Engiisb. poetry. Poetic feet, or measures, depend entirely on accent. INSTRUCTION XXVI. OETHOEPT AND OETHOGEAPHT. The words of the English, language are both spoken and written, and require attention to orthoepy and orthogTaphy. If I pronounce a word, as, welfare^ it is an exercise in or- thoepy : if I write it, it is an exercise in orthography. Orthoepy is derived from two Grreek words, and means correct pronunciation. It relates to the spoken word, and determines its proper sound, accent and quantity. Orthoepy is seldom presented correctly in the speech of any one. Errors are common. Four of these require marked attention. 1. Error of sound. To pronounce the word, neither, as if written nighiher or naytlier, and not neethur^ is an error of sound or articulation. 2. Error of accent. To say perfume when speaking of the odor of a flower, and not perfume^ is an error of accent. 8. Error of quantity. To say orator^ and not orator^ is an error of quantity and accent. 4. Error of indistinctness. To pronounce the word, con- tentment^ as if written cuntintmunt, is an error of indistinct- ness, and one that is very common. This state of things need not discourage us. There are guides. They are found in the usage of good society, a good dictionary, and the etymology of words. The flower anemone is pronounced by some as if written anemmony. Its et3r[nology is Greek, and determines the point. It is pronounced anemone^ as if written anemohny. 44 ORTHOGRAPHY. Orthograpliy is derived from two Greek words, and means correct writing. It relates to tlie written word, and ascer- tains its spelling. It lias ever been an unsettled subject. The speaking and spelling of words do not agree, and tkus tbere is room for different views in matters of orthography. A good dictionary and the etymology of words are our best guides. INSTRUCTION XXVII. ETYMOLOGY. Words have all had an origin and growth. Some of those which we use in daily speech are older than Egypt or Assyria. They were used in the cradle of the human race. In coming down to us from that distant past, they have undergone many changes of form and signification. Indeed, many of them are very unlike what they were once. Words, as thus viewed, present an interesting point of study. It is known as etjrmology. The word, etymology^ is derived from two Grreek words, and means a true account. It requires us to trace a word through all its changes to its origin, and give its exact meaning when first used. Thus, the word, hypocrite, means one who appears to be what he is not. We have received it from the Greek through the French. It is composed of two words, which mean to separate under^ and was applied to those who acted on the Grecian stage under a mask. This is its etymology. ^ The etymology of words is profitable and interesting. Some knowledge of it is necessary, if we would become UPvTHOGKAPHY. 45 familiar with our native tongue. It embraces three par- ticulars : 1. The tracing of a word to its root or roots. The termina- tions, prefixes and suffixes are to be removed, and the rad- ical word reached. In the word, unrighteous, we take away the prefix, zm, and the suffix, eous. The radical word, right^ remains, which means that which is straight, or not inclined. 2. The tracing of a word to its root and the language ivhere it was first used. The word, hypocrite, as presented above, is an instance. 3. The growth of the word from its origin, to its present use. The word, sacrament^ for instance, is now used to denote haptism and the Lordh Supper, or the communion of Chris- tians as they partake of bread and wine in remembrance of Christ's death. It w-as used by the early Christian church to denote any sacred transaction^ as the incarnation of Christ. We pass now to the Eomans ; for the word is of Latin origin. Here it was used for any solemn oath. We pass beyond even this, and find it in use among the Eoman soldiers. It meant the military oath by which each soldier bound himself never to abandon his standard. Once more : We look into Koman law, and find the word used as the name of the pledge given by the plaintiff and defendant in certain suits, the loser devoting his pledge to the use of the temple. This is its origin, and here we see that it meant a sacred thing, because it was devoted to the temple. Such is a view of etymology. It is the study of history as seen in the origin and gro^^^h of words. But a question of some interest arises here. Where shall we stop in tracing the word backward towards its source ? In the word, mother^ where shall we stop ? At the old Saxon, moder ; Grothic, mutter ; Celtic, mathair ; French, 46 ORTHOGKAPHY. mere ; Latin, mater ; Greek, mater^ or Sanskrit, matri? At the old Saxon moder. And why ? Because it has come directly from it, and agrees best with the Saxon name of mother in form. "We trace it only to that language .'rem which we have directly received it. The form and history of the word is our guide, as in the case of mother already given. INSTRUCTION XXVIII. TWO KINDS OF ETYMOLOGY. The et3niiology, or true account of a word, which we have given, is historic. It traces a word, as we trace a river, back to its native source. Arrived at the fount of the river, we may pause, or proceed lo examine and explain the rise of the river at that place. We may do the same thing when we arrive at the primary word. Thus poet is traced to the French, and thence to the Latin and Greek. In the latter language, it seems to take its rise, and means CREATOR. This is historic etymology. There is another and higher kind. It is that which attempts to explain the fount. It seeks the full account of the origin of words. Why did they arise and take the forms which now belong to them ? Or if these are altered forms, what shapes did they take at first, and why did they take them ? This is philosophic etymology^ as it attempts the explanation of the sounds, forms and meanings of words. It consists of two parts. The first is a comparison of words in various languages, in order to find their common origin and original form. IiLjnaking this comparison, we are guided chiefly by consonants, for vowels are of little account, since they are very changeable. Consonants OETHO GRAPH Y. 47 alone can fix the resemblance and form of words, and are to receive the chief care in the comparison. The change of consonants of the same, or neighboring organs, is common, and does not interfere with this principle. An instance will explain all that we have said. The word, father, is familiar. I wish to find its ety- mology. I trace it in the German vater or fader ; Latin pater ; Grreek pater ; Celtic athair ; Spanish and Italian padre ; French pere ; Sanskrit piti^i^ and Hebrew ah. In looking oyer all these forms, I find a wonderful agree- ment. They all have a common origin. All those with two syllables, ending in er, and ri, have taken this syllable from a word which means, man. The re of the French pere is the same. It is a suffix ; and we remove it. Then they all agree in every important particular. Each becomes a word of one syllable, having the open A or one of its modifications, e or ^, and the consonant B, or a consonant of the same organ, v, p, / th. But what is the meaning of this primary word, ah^ pa, fa, ath, pe or pi ? It is the instinctive sound of childhood calling to its source — the father, or man who owns the relationship. Etj^mology, as thus explained, is of great importance. It is not, however, very valuable as a guide to the primi- tive, or seed- words which Grod has sown in all languages. They have experienced so many changes of form, sound and meaning, in the migrations of man over the earth, as to make their study almost hopeless. It is valuable in guiding us in the comparison of words in different languages. It makes their study easy and instructive. So certain is this guide, that we may set it down as a common rule, that words that have the saline consonants, or those of the same organ, are tJie same words, and have a common origin. Thus, our word. 48 OETHOGRAPHY. SISTER, is the same as the German schwester ; Latin soror ; French soeur ; Celtic suir : Sanskrit swasri. INSTRUCTION XXIX. GUIDES TO ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. The English language, as is well known, is a mixed one. It embraces words from the principal languages of the world. Once, it was a simple language. When it was introduced into the Isle of Thanet, it was altogether Anglo-Saxon. It was Anglo-Saxon when, in 827, it became the living speech of England. Since then, a change has passed upon it. The Anglo- Saxon is only the basis of the English language. Some forty thousand words have been adopted from the various European languages, the Latin and the Greek, and natural- ized. It is like our nation. The colonies of Plymouth- rock and Jamestown have grown into a mighty nation ; and one of the forms of growth, has been the adoption of the citizens of other nations. So the Anglo-Saxon has grown into the present English by the free adoption of words from other languages. In looking over the forty thousand words which have be- come English in this way, we wish to know their origin. We wish to know from whence we have adopted them, as we wish to know that Webster came to us from the Enghsh, Andrew Jackson from the Irish, the Buchanans from the Scotch, and the De Witts from the Dutch. This wish is not very easily gratified in all cases. It is attended with toil and some study. In many cases, how- ever, the task is easy. There are many of the adopted , ORTHOGRAPHY. 49 words of our language that can be as readily referred to the languages from AYbich we have directly received them, as many of our citizens can be referred to the nations from which they came to us. Many words are readily referred to the Grothic family ; as, dog, gruff, sod, stop, stout, mighty and sleight. Many words are as easily referred to the French; as, frank, encore, ennui, escort, jolly and depot. Many words can be recognized at once as of Latin, descent ; as, orb, globe, form, quantity, subject, copula and predi- cate. Some words are known at a glance to be of G-reek ex- tract ; as, tome, theology, geology, euphony, anatomy and atmosphere. The greater part of the adopted words of our language are not so easily identified as being of Grothic, French, Latin or Greek origin. And why ? They are common to many languages ; and it is possible that they may have come to us from any one of the G-othic sisterhood, or from any one of the classic languages or their derivatives. To what language, then, shall we refer them ? This is no easy question to answer. We reply, however, to that lan- guage from which they have directly co^me to tcs. This is the only simple and safe principle on which we can classify the adopted words of our language. What, if the word be- longed remotely to the Greek 1 It was adopted by the Eo- mans and naturalized. We have received it as a Latia word, just as we have received the Wallaces of Ireland, although originally Scotch, as Irish, and the Le Clercs of England, although originally French, as English. If we adopt any other principle, there is no reason why we should stop short in the genealogy of languages tiU. we reach the 60 ORTHOGRAPHY, first langaage, or pause in the genealogy of men till we stop at tlie family of Eden. But liow are we to know from wliat languages we liave received the adopted words of our own ? By the applica- tion of two simple principles — ^their form and their history. These are our only certain guides. And they are generally suffi.cient. Words, hke men, have a national form ; and by it, they may be readily identified. Terminations, sufQ.xes and prefixes are as much French, Latin and Greek, as the Frenchman, Eoman and Greek himself. Even where they are the same, they have undergone some change which naturahzes them to the French, Latin or Greek lan- guage. The same is true to a great extent of radical words. They may have come down to us through the Gothic, French, Latin and Greek, from the distant Sanskrit, but in each of these languages, they appear in their national forms. This may be illustrated by the word, night : Anglo-Saxon night; German nacht ; Celtic nochd ; Latin nod; Spanish noche ; French nuit ; Greek nux ; Sanskrit nisa. The form of words will generally enable us to refer them at once to that language from which we have directly adopted them. I find, for instance, the word, centre, in the English language. It is an adopted word. From whence ? I compare it with the Greek hentron ; Latin cen- trum ; and French centre. It agrees with the latter in form, and is naturally referred to the French language. I take again the word, tart^ and ask from whence it has come ? The French tarte and Danish taart are before us. So is the Anglo-Saxon teart. It agrees with each of these in form ; but history refers it to the Anglo-Saxon. Another instance. The word, juice^ agrees very well in form with the Danish OKTHOGEAPHY. 51 juys and tlie French jus. Guided by its history, we refer it to the French language. The word, form^ is one in common use. From what lan- guage have we directly received it ? We compare it with the Grerman form ; French forme ; Spanish forma^ and Latin forma. According to the first principle, it would be referred at once to the Grerman or French, but history requires us to make the reference to the Latin language. The word must have found its way directly into our language in connection with mathematics. Such are the workings of the two principles which we have laid down for tracing the immediate origin of the adopted words of our language. The form of all such words is our common guide. Where this is uncertain, the history of the word under examination will supply the de- ficiency and direct us to the proper source. INSTRUCTION XXX. THE COMPOSITION AND DEEIVATION OF W0ED8. There are in all languages a hmited number of original words from which all others have been formed. Those origi- nals, m many cases, are to be traced up to the first language. As Grod created trees whose seed were in themselves to mul- tiply their kinds upon the earth, so He gave man those names of things that have become the seed-words of all languages. By the aid of these, and in imitation of the actions of things, new original words have been added from time to time. The original words are about three hun- dred in number. From original words, found in all languages, others have 52 OETHOGEAPHY. been formed. The formation lias taken place in two ways : by COMPOSITION and derivation. Composition is the union of two or more words to form a new one ; as, steam-boat. In this instance, the word, steam-hoot^ is a compound one ; and the words, steam and hoat^ are simple ones. Derivation is the drawing or deriving a word from its root or original. It applies only to derivative words. I take the word, affrighted^ and remove the prefix, af and the snffix, ed^ and there remains the original word, fright. This is deri- vation. The derivation of words, as thus viewed, is just the oppo- site of their formation^ and requires attention to termina- tions, PREFIXES and SUFFIXES. Derivative words are formed by the addition of these : their derivation is shown by the subtraction of these. If the formation of words is illustrated by the increase of a river, flowing from a fountain and receiving tributary streams, so the derivation of words is illustrated by following the same river up from its mouth to its head. / INSTRUCTION XXXI. * TEEMINATIONS. Words are related to each other in language. If I say, the hoy's hoo\ the words, hoy and 5c>o^, are related to each other as possessor and thing possessed, and the letter 5, with the apostrophe before it, expresses this relation. It is known as a termination. Terminations are changes inJher forms of words to express their relations. They are found in almost all languages, and are of the greatest importance. They express number^ ler^ case, tense and person. ORTHOGEAPHY. 53 The terminations belonging to tlie Anglo-Saxon part of tlie English, language, have already been given in the Hand-Book of Anglo-Saxon Orthography. There are a few terminations in the English language still remaining to be explained. These belong to the engrafted elements : words of French, Latin and Grreek origin retain their own terminations, and require our attention. The terminations of the English language, derived from the Gothic, Celtic, French, and classic languages, are very few in number. The reason of this may be stated. Ter- minations mark the relations of words to one another, and belong to Grrammar. Now, the relations or grammar of words, in our language, belongs to the Anglo-Saxon part, and is given in the first Hand-Book. INSTRUCTION XXXII. TERMINATIONS THAT. MARK NUMBER. The names of single things, derived from the French, Latin and G-reek languages, are changed into the names of plural things by certain terminations. These are as fol- lows: X, S, ES; A, ^, I, ES, us; A, ES, TA; IM, I. EXERCISE. Beau, a •well-dressed young man. BEAua;, well-dressed young men. More Monsieur, Sir, a title of address to a man. ' than one. MessjExms, Sirs, a title of address to men. jjg_ Madame, a title of address to a lady. MesDAMES, a title of address to ladies. 64 OETHOGEAPHY. A. I. ES. US. Abcanum, a secret thing. AROANa, secret things. Larva, a young insect in its grub state. Larvos, young insects in their grub state. Ji^ore Magus, a wise man of Persia. than, one. M.AGi, wise men of Persia. Basis, the foundation of a thing. BEses, more than one foundation. Apparatus, means to secure an end. Apparatms, more than one means to secure an end. A ES. ■{ TA, Phenomenon, an event that is visible. Phenomena, events that are visible. More Crisis, the turning point of an aflfair. than one. CRises, the turning points of affairs. Dogma, a doctrine, or fixed opinion. DoGMAto, doctrines, or fixed opinions. IM. MISCELLANEOUS. Cherub, the Hebrew name of an angel. CHERUB^m, the name of angels. than one. Virtuoso, one who loves music and painting. VIRTUos^, those who love music and painting. INSTRUCTION XXXIII. TERMINATIONS THAT MARK GENDER. All languages have certain ways by wMch. the names of males and females are distinguished from one another. It is often done by using different words ; as, boy, girl- heau^ helle. It is commonly ^one by terminations. The name of the male is changed into the name of the female by the addition of a letter, or letters ; as, lion, lioness ; poet, ORTHOaRAPHY. 65 poetess. Tlie termination, ess^ so common in English, was received from the Frencli. They borrowed it from the Latin. It was originally Greek. The names of some male persons, derived from the French, Latin and Grreek, are changed into the names of females by the following terminations : ess, m, ine. EXERCISE. FREXCH. ESS.^ IX. AcTOE, a man who acts on the stage. The sign of XcT-Ress, a woman who acts on the stage. name I'^^'^j ^ msin. who makes poetry. PoETes5, a woman who makes poetry. Testator, a man who leaves a will at death, TESTATR^■a;, a woman who leaves a will at death. ^"^^^5'^ ^/Administrator, a man who attends to the affairs of one ^ name. ^ ' ^^^°S without a will. ADiriNisTRATRza;, a woman who attends to the affairs of one dying without a will. SThesignof-Q^^Q^ a man who does deeds in arms. /^_, HJERome, a woman who does deeds in arms. name. m. mK. MISC5ELLANE0US. Carl, the name of a poor old man. CARLm, the name of a poor old woman. The sign o/s^jj^tan, the name of the Emperor of Turkey. ^ nan^ ^ SuLTANa, the name of the Empress of Turkey. Czar, the name of the Emperor of Russia. CzAB.ina, the name of the Empress of Russia. 56 OKTHOGEAPHY. JNSTRUCTiON XXXIV. The things, wMcIl words stand for, are constantly cliang* ing. They appear in new relations and new aspects. In- stead of representing these changes by new words, we commonly represent them by changes in the form of the radical word. I think, for instance, of the action of 'baking, and express it by the word, hahe. I may think also of the agent and the place where this action takes place. I can express them by a change in the form of the word, hahe^ by adding er, ery to it. Thus arise the two words, baker, bakery. These changes take place by suffixes. Suffixes are letters added to the end of a word to form new ones with new significations. They occur in all languages, and are the fragments of original words, now in many cases lost. The suffixes in the English language, like the language itself, are of a mixed character. They have been received from the Gothic, French^ Latin and Greeh tongues. The most of them, however, are the same suffixes under different forms, and may be happily brought together and studied in groups. These groups may be arranged under the objects to which they relate. For instance, the Gothic, er ; the French, ier ; the Latin, or, and the Greek, ist, er, tor, refer to the AGENT, or doer, and may be grouped under this head. In the study of suffixes, the pupil should carefully distin- guish the suffix from the connecting vowel. Thus, Eal, lal and ual, as they appear in the words^^orporea?, dictatorm? and habitual, are not different suffixes from al, in the word iiixal The E, I and u are connecting vowels. Consonants, ORTHOGRAPHy. 67 and even a syllable, as well as vowels, sometimes form the connection between suffixes and the radical words. These, too, mnst be carefully distinguished from sufS.xes. Thus, T in parenTal, and is in artisan, connect the radical words, joarens and ars^ with the suffixes, al and an. The sufl&xes of the engrafted parts of the English lan- guage have been classified in the order of their meaning : thus, those denoting little or minute ; the agent or actor ; the act ; the act ofmaJcing ; the thing made or prodicced by the act; may or can he ; made of; pertaining to ; quality ; state or con- dition ; abounding in ; the place where ; like. Then the com- pound suffixes^ and ism with its various meanings. INSTRUCTION XXXV. SUFFIXES THAT DEXOTE TVHAT IS LITTLE OE MIXTJTE. The names of things are often changed into the names of little things of the same hind by the addition of a letter, or letters. Mall^ for instance, is the name of a large wooden beetle ; mallei is the name of a small one. Additions of this character are called suffixes, and are derived from the Grothic, French, Latin and Grreek languages. They are ling ; et ; ule, cule, cle, el; and ish^ and mean LITTLE or MINUTE. Those of Anglo-Saxon origin have already been noticed. EXEEOISE GOTHIO. T TNP 3 I 'ttlp ^^CK, a water-fowl, named from its ducking. ) Dvcsling, a little water-fowl that ducks. 3* 68 ORTHOGEAPHY. ET. I Little. Mall, a large beetle for driving any thing, Mall^^, a little beetle for driving any thing. ULE. CULE. CLE. EL. LATIN. Globe, a round body. GlobmZ(?, a little round body. Animal, a living creature that breathes. Little, AnimalcmZ^, a very little animal. minute. Corpus, the Latin name for body. CoRPUscZe, a little body, as an atom. Saccus, the Latin name for bag ; not used in English. SATone/, a little base. ■\ ISK. 4 Little. Aster, the Greek name for star; not used in English. AsTER^sA;, a little star. INSTRUCTION XXXVI. SUTFIXES THAT DENOTE THE AGENT, OE AOTOR. The names of agents, in Englisli, are formed from veros and nouns by certain suffixes. They are of Gothic, Frencli, Latin and Grreek origin, and are as follows : er, ar, ard; ier^ 66, ewr, on^ ain; eer, or, an, ant^ ent, ate, ary, ive, zen; ian^ ite, istj ast. All these denote the agent, or actor. ER. AR. ARD. EXERCISE. GOTHIC. Rob, to seize by force. RoBBer, one who robs. ^ , Lie, to stretch ; to utter what is false. ' Liar, one who utters what is false. Cow, to depress ; to humble by fear. Coward, one who is humbled by fear. OETHOGEAPHY. 69 lEE. EE. EUR.' OK AIK One FRENCH. Cash, what is kept in a casket ; money in hand. CAsnier, one who pays out cash in a bank. Pat, to send to ; to give what is due. PATee, one who is to receive what is paid. AMATcwr, one who cultivates an art from taste. Gluttow, one who eats to excess. CniEFtom, the leader of a troop. EEIv. OR. AN". ANT. ENT. ATE. ARY. IVE. ZEN. Auction, the act of increasing ; a public sale. AucTioNeer, one who sells at public sales. Act, to urge ; to do any thing. AcTor, one who does any thing. Art, strength ; the practice of skill. AnTisaw, one who is versed in practical skill. Europe, a large division of the world. EuROPEttw, one who lives in Europe. Assist, to stand by ; to aid. One who. -^s^T^ant, one who aids. Adhere, to stick to. , ADKERcnt, one who adheres. Grade, a step ; a degree. GRADua^ one who takes a degree. Mission, the sending of any one. MissioNary, one who is sent ; a minister to the heathen. CAPiive, one who is taken in war. ¥cGiTive, one who runs away. Cmzen, one who lives in a city. IAN. ITE." 1ST. AST. Arithmetic, belonging to numbers. AEITHMETIC^a?^, one who is skilled in numbers. Christ, the Anointed One ; the Saviour. CBia&nian, one who believes in Christ. One who. j^j,j^^^g^ q^q ^j^q jigg i^ ^ desert. Psalm, something produced by the touch ; a sacred song. PsALMW^, one who composes psalms. ENOOMias^, one who praises. 60 ORTHOaEAPHY. INSTRUCTION XXXVM. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE THE ACT. Many words in the English language stand for the act by which a thing is done. They are nouns, and are formed from verbs by certain suffixes. These are of Latin origin. Such are ion^ sion, ment^ ent^ and escent. All these denote the ACT expressed by the radical word ; as, intrude^ to thrust oneself in ; intrusion, the act of thrusting oneself in. { EXEEOISE. Inspect, to look into j to examine. iNSPECTiow, the act of examining. CoNDEMNAT^o7^, the act of passing sentence; o> Complete, to fill ; to finish. § CoMPLETiow, the act of finishing. ^ Persuade, to urge strongly ; to excite to action. ^ PEBSUAsioTt, the act of exciting to action. Eject, to cast out. EjECTmen^, the act of casting out. r I DEPENDew^, the act of continuing to hang on. • -l "-S i'BENEvoLen^, the act of continmng to wish well. ESCENT. I ?5 ^ 'Piuov.escent, the act of continuing to bloom. lOK SIOK MENT. INSTRUCTION XXXVIII. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE THE ACT OF MAKING. The suffixes, en^ er, fy^ fic^ ate^ ite^ize^ ise^ denote the ACT of making, or simply TO make. They are fragments of verbs, some of which are no longer in use. These suffixes are of Gothic, Latin, and Greek origin. When added to nouns or adjectives^ they change them into verbs. ORTHOGRAPHY. 61 EXERCISE. GOTHIC. Loose, free ; untied. To make. Looscw, to make free, or untie. WAver, to make, or cause to move to and fro. FY. FIC. ATE. ITE. IZE. Ample, large, or roomy. AMPLi/y, to make roomy, SopoRi/?c, making or causing sleep. . Domestic, belonging to the house. To make. DoMEsncate, to make domestic. Untjm, the Latin name for one. XJmte, to make one. Legal, belonging to law ; according to law. liEQALize, to make legal. IZE. ISE. Christian, one who believes in Christ. ^ , CHTisTiANzze, to make or cause one to become a Chiistian. To make. -, . ■, -, /. Ceitic, one who judges works of art. CiUTicise, to make or pass judgment on works of art. INSTRUCTION XXXIX. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE THE THING WHICH IS MADE OR PRODUCED BY THE ACT. The acts of agents are prodiictive, and bring fortli many resTilts. The words whicli stand for tliem are nouns, and are formed from verbs by a large class of suffixes, derived from the Gotbic, French, Latin, and Greek languages. Tliey are chiefly from the Latin and Greek. Such are the suffixes, er, oir; ure^ age, ion, ment, ence, He, ite or it, ive, ism, mony, men, al, ice, t, ade; m, me, ma, tery, omenon, al, sis, sy, se. All these denote the thing which, or the production of the act. ORTHOGRAPHY. EXERCISE. ^ GOTHIC. -,„ 5 The thing Halt, to bind and hold. ' 1 which. HALier, the thing which holds ; a rope. FRENCH. I Reserve, to keep back ; to lay np for future use. OIR. \ which I^^s^^"^*^^^? the thing which is reserved ; the place where I any thing is stored, especially water. LATIN. Create, to make. CREATwre, the thing which is made. Carry, to bear. CARRia^e, the thing which bears. Produce, to lead forth ; to bring forward. Productzow, the thing which is brought forward. Impede, to catch the feet ; to hinder. 'hss'EDiment, the thing which hinders. Occur, to strike against ; to come to mind. OccuRRewce, the thing which occurs. Project, to cast forward ; throw. PROJEcri^e, the thing which is thrown. Ymite, that which is bounded. Depose, to lay aside. DEP0s^^, the thing which is laid aside. Orb, a round moving body. Orbz7, the path of an orb. Narrate, to tell as a story. ISfARRATZve, the thing which is told. Pagan, a peasant ; a heathen. PAGAN^sw^, the things which heathens believe and prac tise. Testament, a will. Testiwzow?/, the thing which is given in proof of any thing. REGimew, the thing which regulates. Rehearse, to recite again; to repeat the words of another. REHEARsaZ, the thing which is rehearsed. Just, straight ; right. JusTec^, the thing which is right. Restrain, to hold back. Restrain^, the thing which holds back. CANNONac?e, the attack with cannons. URE. AGE. lOIT. MENT. ENCE. ILE. riE, or IT. IVE. ISM. MONT. MEN. AL. ICE. T. ADE. ORTHOGRAPHY. es M. ' ME. MA. ■< •s TERY. 1 OMENOK " AT,. SIS. SY. SK ^. PROBLEm, the thing which is to be proved ; a question. TsEme, the thing -which is set; a subject. DoGma, the thing which is thought ; a fixed notion. PsAL^ery, the thing which is touched to make music ; stringed instrument. FsENomenon, the thing which is visible. ScANDo^, the thing which causes us to stumble ; offense. Ba.s2s, that which is set ; the foundation. PoEsy, the thing which is made by the poet. EcLipse, the thing which fails ; obscuration of light. INSTRUCTION XL. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE MAY OE CAN BE. The siif&xes, able, ible, hie, ive and ^7e, are of Latin origin, and denote that wMcli may or oak be. Tlie GotMc word, (Me, meaning strong, is regarded as tlie root of the suffixes, ohle, ible and ble, since it lias shaped their meaning. EXEEOISE. ABLE. IBLE. BLE. ILK IVE. May or can he. Attain, to reach to. ATTAiNaJ^e, that may or can be reached. Access, coming to ; the approach. AGCE&%ihle, that may or can be approached. Docile, that may or can be taught. FEAGi^e, that may or can be broken. Attract, to draw to. ATTUACTive, that may or can attract. Execute, to follow ; to perform. ExECUTiye, the power that performs ; the chief ruler. Create, to form or make any thing. CREATive, that may or can create. 64: OETHOGRAPHY. INSTRUCTION XLI. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE MADE OF. The Gothic suffix, en^ and the Latin suffix, ous^ are added to nouns, and form adjectives. They signify made of. EXEEOISE. GOTHIC. EJS \ Made of ^^^^' *^® ^Skv^ substance of trees. i WooDew, made of wood. LATIN. Fibre, a fine thread. OUS.^ Made of ^^^^^^' ^^ade or composed of fine thread. Cartilage, an animal substance softer than bone. Cartilaginous, made or consisting of cartilage. INSTRUCTION XLII. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE PEETAINING TO. The names of many things in English are changed into adjectives that denote pertaining or relating to, by certain suffixes. These are chiefly of Latin origin, and are as follows : a?, ar, ry, ^7e, me, an^ ian^ lent and ain. Those of Grreek origin are as follows : a?, ac, an^ ic and ine. The suffixes. a?i, ile and ^c, are both Latin and Grreek. AU these suffixes denote PEETAiisriNa to, or of the natuee of. ORTHOGRAPHY. 65 EXERCISE. AL. AR. RY. ILE. AN. IAN. LENT. ALN. i'^ LATIN. Parent, what produces ; a father or mother. PARENTaZ, pertaining to a father or mother. CnioLE, a figure, every point of whose circumference is equally distant from the centre. CmcuLar, pertaining to a circle ; of the nature of a circle. Pi^vNET, a wanderer ; one of the heavenly bodies. PLAXETAry, pertaining to the planets. AMATory, pertaining to love. TxTERile, pertaining to a boy. IxFANTzZe, pertaining to an infant CAsine, pertaining to a dog. PAGan, pertaining to a village ; a heathen. SYLvaw, pertaining to, or of the nature of a wood. Paris, the name of the capital of France. VARJsian, pertaining to Paris. Christ, the anointed Saviour. CBsisrian, pertaining to Christ. Fraud, a cheat ; deception. FRAVDulent, pertaining to a fraud. Pest, a stroke ; a plague. 'PssTilent, pertaining to a pest. . Chapel, a hood, then a tent ; now a place of worship. CHAPLam, pertaining to a chapel ; a minister of a chapel. AL. AC. AN. IC. INE. greek. ScANDa^, pertaining to, or of the nature of an offense. Elegy, a wail ; a mournful poem. Elegioo, pertaining to a mournful poem. Christ, the Anointed One ; the Saviour. CHRisT^an, pertaining to Christ ; a follower of Christ. Type, a mark ; a sign or symbol. Tnpic, pertaining to, or of the nature of a type. Crystal, a clear mineral of a regular form. CaYSTALLine, pertaining to, or of the nature of crystal. 66 ORTHOGEAPHY. INSTRUCTION XLIII. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE THE QUALITT. Theee is a large class of words in Englisli tliat denote the quality of things considered in itself. Many of these are formed by the addition of certain suffixes to verbs or adjectives. Fertile, for instance, means rich or frnitfiil: fertilzYy means the quality of being rich. Suffixes of this character are chiefly Latin. They are the following : ty^ ate, lie, cy, ice^ ry^ y^ or^ ism^ and mony. Such suffixes denote the QUALITY, considered in and by itself. EXERCISE. TY. ATE. ITE. CY. ICE. RY. Y. OR. ISM. MONY Novel, recent ; pertaining to what is recent. NovEL^y, the quality of being recent. Serene, clear or calm. SERENi^y, the quality of being serene. Fortune, an event ; good or bad events. FoRTUNa^e, the quality of having good luck. ^E^VDite, learned ; the quality of being learned. Radiant, emitting rays ; shining. RADiANcy, the quality of shining. Innocent, harmless. ^ ,. Innooenc2/, the quality of being harmless. ^^,J'^ Just, right. Zv&Tice, the quality of being right. Brave, bold ; daring. BRAVEry, the quality of being daring. Modest, restrained; retired. MoDESTy, the quality of being retired. FERvor, the quality of being warm. Hero, a man who follows the pursuit of arms ; a brave man. HERowm, the quality of being brave. Acrid, sharp; severe. KcRvnony, the quality of being sharp or severe. I OKTHOGKAPHY. 67 INSTRUCTION XLIV. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE STATE OE CONDITION. The state or condition of tilings, in English, is often expressed bj adding certain suffixes to names of qualities. Such, are the siifSxes, ce, ude^ age] ry^ ate, ism, cy, and id. These denote the state or conditions', expressed by the radical word. The j are of Latin origin. EXERCISE. CE. UDE. AGE. RT. ATK ISM. CY. ID. YiGiLAXT, -watcliful. ViGiLAXc^, the state of being -watchful. DEPE^■DE^'T, hanging on ; supported. DEPE>T)Eyce, the state of being supported. Arborescext, growing like a tree. AEBOREscExce, State of grooving like a tree. Quiet, at rest. QuiEnide, the state of being at rest. PLExrrm^, the state of being full. Exact, pressed ; precise or correct. ExACTiT^c?g, the state of being exact. BoxD, boTind ; servile. Boyna^f^, the state of being bound. PEEE,-a nobleman. TEERoge, the condition or rank of a peer. Slave, one bonnd to another. Slave/?/, the state of a slave. Doctor, a learned teacher. DocTORaife, the degree of a doctor ; the state or office of i doctor. PROFESSORa^c, the state or office of a professor. SAVAGism, the state of a savage. Captain-cz/, the state, or rank of a captain. FEEvi^ the state of being warm. 68 ORTHOGRAPHY. INSTRUCTION XLV. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE ABOUNDING IN. There are a few sufBixes tliat have tlie sense of fulness or abounding in. They are of Latin origin. Sucli are the suffixes, ous^ and ose. Thej denote abounbing in, or full of. EXEECISE. LATIN. Mountain, a high elevation of land. Mountainous, abounding in mountains. Righteous, abounding in right. Sanguine, red like blood. Sanguineous, abounding in blood. RoBUSTioMS, abounding in strength. Tempestuoms, full of tempests. Argillaceous, abounding in clay ; clayey. Capaciows, of large dimensions. CuTANEows, pertaining to, or affecting the whole skin. Instantaneous, full of the moment ; immediate. Erroneous, abounding in, or having the nature of error. Cementitjows, abounding in, or having the nature of cement. Verb, a word. Verbose, abounding in words. OUS. OSE. INSTRUCTION XLVI. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE THE PLACE WHERE. The agent or person who follows any kind of business must have a place where he pursues it. The words that stand for such a place are formed from the agent by the suf- fix, y. The full suffix that denotes the place where, is ry. It sometimes naturally denotes also the trades or kinds of occupations, and the THINGS contained in the place. Audi- I ORTHOGRAPHY. 69 tor, for instance, is a hearer, and audito?^ is tlie place where lie hears, and the persons in it. EXERCISE. t RT.i AGE. Cutler, one who makes knives and other instrument. CuTLEr?/, the trade, place where, and things in it. Grain, any kind of corn. GnANAry, the place where grain is kept. Place Conservator, a preserver ; one who takes care of. where. CoNSERVATory, ' the place where things are preserved, plants. ARMor?/, the place where arms are kept. NuRser, one who nourishes the young. K'uRSEri/, the place where the young are nourished. AscaoRage, the place where an anchor may be cast. INSTRUCTION XLVII. SUFFIXES THAT DENOTE LIKE. Eesemblakce is sometimes expressed by suffixes ; as, en^ ic, He, ine, ar, ate, y and oid. En is G-othic : oid is Greek. The others are of Latin origin. They did not mean like originally. It is a secondary meaning, and arises from com- parison. En, for instance, means made of, as in brazen, and then like, as in the phrase, brazen face. EXERCISE. GOTHIC. V^ j T .7, Flax, a plant from which linen is made ; fibres of flax. ( FLAxen, like flax, or fibres of flax. 1 Like. IC. ILE LATIN. Cone, a figure like a sugar-loa£ CoNtc, like a cone. HosTiZe, like an enemy. 70 INE. AE. ATR OUS. -1 Y. OID. Like. OETHOaRAPHY. Sebpent, an animal that creeps on its belly. SERPENi^we, like a serpent. LuNar, like a moon. CmcuLar, like a circle. Globe, a round body. Q-LOBate, like a globe. Globows, like a globe. Saponaceous, like soap, or having the nature of Sponge, a porous marine substance. SpoNoy, like a sponge. GREEK. Sphere, a round body, or globe. SpHERO^c?, like a sphere, or globe. INSTRUCTION XLVIII. COMPOUND SUFFIXES. There are often more tlian one snffix found attaclied to a word. We often liave the first^ second and third deriva- tive words by the addition of the first^ second and third suf- fix. Each one requires attention ; but it is the last one that gives the peculiar idea of the word. Alphabet, for instance, is a compound word, formed by the Grecian names of a, h. We add ic to it, and have alphabet^c, like an alphabet. To this, we add, al^ and form the word, alphabetical, pertaining to what is like an alphabet. We add the sufSx, Zy, to this, and form the word, alphabet^ca??y, which means like that which belongs to what is like an alphabet. Such is an instance of a compound suf&x. In examining its formation, we see that it is composed of simple sufQ.xes, the last one always giving the precise meaning of the word ; as, alphabet, alphabet^c, alphabetical, alphabet^ca??y. ORTHOGRAPHY. 71 INSTRUCTION XLIX. THE SUFFIXES THAT HAVE MORE THAN ONE MEANING. Some of the suffixes have more tlian one meaning. Ate, for instance, means one who^ tlie 'act of making^ quality of a tiling, and like or resemblance. Thus, gradual is one wlio has taken a degree ; narrafe, to make or give an orderly account ; temperafe means a low degree of heat, and glohate, like a globe. These different meanings are easily explained. The suffix, in some cases, forms nouns, verbs, and adjectives : in others, the same word is used for the act and the pi^oduct; the state and the quality ; the thing which, and the quality ; the place where, and the practice of some art in it. Two things, then, explain them : they form different kinds of words, or words differently used. AN", one who ; as, America?i ; pertaining to ; as, sjlyan. ANT, ENT, one who; as, vaQTohant : the act of; as, benevolent ; state of ; as, pendent. ATE, one who ; as, potentate ; to make ; as, regulate ; quality ; as, animate ; like ; as, cordage. ITE, one who ; as, ReeliabzYe ; to make ; as, unite : the thing which ; as, re- quisz^e ; quulity ; as, composite. lYE, one who ; as, captive ; the thing which ; as, relative ; that may or can ; as, persuasive. ION, the act ; as, compulsioTi ; the thing which ; as, intimation. MENT, the act ; as, judg?nen< ; the thing which ; as, ejectment. AG-E, the thing which; as, portera^fe ; the state of ; as, orphanage. CE, the thing which ; as, assistance ; the state of; as, vigilance. ISM, the thing which ; as, Calvinism : the state of ; as, savagism ; the act of ; as, criticism. ILE, that may or can he ; as, fragile ; the thing which ; as prqjectiZe , pertain- ing to ; as, infantile ; like ; as, pueriZe. 72 ORTHOGEAPHY. ICE, the thing which ; as, justice ; the quality ; as, cowardice. Y, the quality ; as, dewy : like ; as, bloody/. EY, the qxmlity ; as, braver?/ : state ; as, slavery ; the 'place where ; as, nursery. EI^T, to mahe ; as, whiter^ ; made of; as, oaken : like ; as, golderi. IC, pertaining to ; as, lyric ; like i as, spheric. INE, pertaining to ; as, crystalli?i.e ; like ; as, femini?ic. AR, one who ; as, liar ; pertaining to ; as, solar ; like ; as, tabular. OUS, abounding in; as, dangerows ; made of ; as, fibrows; like ; as, globoMS. ARY, one who ; as, lapidary ; place where ; as, library ; pertaining to ; as, military. The suffix, ism^ lias various meanings, and requires a particular notice. These may be presented in this place. State. BARBARism, the state of barbarians. Qiiality. HERoism, the quality of a hero ; or rather, deeds. I)octrinesJ)Eism, the doctrines of those who believe in God as Cre- ISM. -I ator alone. Idiom, HEBRAism, an idiom, or mode of speech among the He- brews. Art. Criticism, the art or practice of the critic. * INSTRUCTION L. THE RELATION OF SUFFIXES TO RADICAL WORDS. The relation between radical words and suffixes is one of much interest, and should be carefully studied. It is the same relation as that which subsists between a stock and a graft The radical word, it will be remembered, is one that gives rise to other words. Hope, for instance, is a radical word, and gives rise to the words hopeful^ hopeless, hopelessly, and others. A suffix is a letter or letters added to a word to form a new one with a new meaning. Less, for instance, is added to care, and forms careZess, carelessly. OKTHOGKAPHY. 73 The words, hope and care^ in these instances, are stocks ; and the suffixes, ful^ less^ lessly^ are Gkafts, taken from other words and engrafted on hope and care. As the fruit produced in the natural world, is in all cases the fruit of the grafts, so the meanings in the world of derivative words, are in all cases the meanings of the suffixes. This may be illustrated. Love is a radical word, and stands for that feeling which leads us to delight in persons or things. From this, I form the derivative words, lover, loving^ lovingly^ love- less^ by the addition of suffixes. All these words have a new meaning, and this meaning is expressed by the suffixes. Thus explained, the relation of radical words and suffixes is easily understood. It is that of the stock and graft^ or the seed and the hlade^ stalk and ear. It is the growth of language as seen in words. INSTRUCTION LI. PREFIXES. The things about which we think and talk, appear in time and place. The sun, for instance, rises in the morning in the east, and sets at evening in the west. They ever appear at rest or in motion. "We mark their appearance, and express it by words. Accordingly, we speak of the growth of plants. Grass grows. But this growth changes. Now, instead of representing the change by a new word, we represent it by a change in the form of the radical word, growth. The grass overgrows the walk. Over^ in this case, is a prefix. A prefix is a letter or letters added to the beginning of a word^ to form a new one with a new meaning ; as, close, mclose. Prefixes occur in all languages. In some cases, they are 4 74 OETHOGEAPHY. prepositions or adverbs. In other cases, they are fragments of words now no longer in use. English prefixes are numerous. They are also of a mixed character. Some of them are Gothic ; others are French ; some are Latin, and others still are Grreek. They resemble each other. In many cases, the same pre- fix appears in all these languages. The Greek apo, the Latin ab, the French a, and the Gothic o/J or ojf, differ only in form. They are the same prefix. Prefixes agree in another point. They represent KESi and MOTION in time and place, and may be arranged in groups accordingly. The Latin supra, for instance, Greek hyper, French sur, and Gothic over, all signify rest or motion above or over something else in time or place. Thus we shall study them. They are classified thus : Those denoting motion in time and place ; rest and motion within or between objects in time and place ; rest and motion out of a place or point of time ; REST AND MOTION without or beyond a place or point of time REST AND MOTION before or aft^r some place or point of time , REST AND MOTION above or below a place or point of time. INSTRUCTION Lll. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION IN TIME AND PLACE. In and en are the same prefix under two forms. It oc- curs in Gothic, French, Latin and Greek, and denotes rest and MOTION IN time and place. The n, in this prefix, is frequently changed into other letters. In Gothic, it becomes m ; as, embitter : in French, m ; as, empanel : in Latin, I, m, r, g ; as, ^'flude, impose, irrigate, z^noble: and in Greek, m; as, emphasis. It be- OKTHOGKAPHY. 75 comes m before words beginning with m, 6, 'p ; and ?, r, q^ before words beginning witli these letters. E X E R C I S IN, OK In, or Mate, a companion. JwMATE, one who lodges with another in a house. Grave, to carve or cut on wood or stone. ^nGRAVE, to carve or cut into wood or stone. EmsEO, to lay or put into a bed. EN. In, or into. Large, spread out ; extended. ^riLARGE, to spread out into large dimensions. ^mBOTTLE^ to put into bottles. IN. In, or into. JnHABiTANT, ouc who dwclls in a place. /nHABiT, to dwell in a certain place. /mBiBE, to drink in any thing. i^LUMiNE, to shine into ; to enlighten. irRiTATE, to excite heat in body or mind. IcpsTPY, to make into a fire. EN. -j or into. ^wERGY, power m a person or thing ; inherent power. ^ncEMic, iw- a cotmtry or people. jE'mpHASizE, to speak with force in or on certain words. INSTRUCTION Llll. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION WITHIN OR BETWEEN OBJECTS IN TIME AND PLACE. The prefixes, enter, inter and mtro, are different forms of the same prefix, and denote rest and motion within or 76 ORTHOGRAPHY. BETWEEN objects in time and place. Enter is tlie Frencli form, and is derived from the Latin, inter. It sometimes becomes inter. * EXERCISE. ENTER, OR INTER. ^nferiAis, to receive within the house and treat hospi- Within, tably. or InterzAOTn, to weave, or intermix threads within one between. another. InterviEW, a view between persons. INTER, j Within, IntercED-E, to come between parties to reconcile them. INTRO r between ■^'"'^'^^^^^^> ^o lead or bring within a place; to make known. INSTRUCTION LIV. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION FROM A PLACE OR POINT OP TIME. Ah or a, apo, a, and of or off, are prefixes of tlie same sig- nification. Tbej denote rest and motion from a place or point of time. It is from tbe outside of tbe place or object in it. The Grreek apo is the Toot of all the others. Indeed, the Latin ah, French a, and Gothic of or off, are only different forms of it. They nndergo some changes in being placed before some words. P becomes jQh ; as, aphelion : and ah becomes a ; EXERCISE. )Set, to fix or place. From. Qj^^^^ ^^ pj^^g off /row another. OKTHOGRAPHY. 77 ^i Abatb, to beat from or down ; to lessen. ^voiD, to keep awajfrom a thing. Absco^D, to hide from view. J*rom. _455ENT, qm&j from ; as, home. jFVom or -^^'^^^^^' turned from ; disliking. down j^^ART, to go awajfrom. ABS, AB, OR -< A. DE. A.PO, f -4jooLOGY, a discourse /ro/w; an excuse /rowi something. OR < From. ApJimAo-s, from the sun ; the place of a planet most dis- -^H- I tant from the sun. INSTRUCTION LV. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION OUT OF A PLACE OR POINT OF TIME. The prefixes, out, a, ex or e and eJc, denote rest and mo- tion OUT OF a place or point of time. Thej refer to tlie inside. •The Xj in tlie Latin ex, and tlie Jc, in the Grreek eh, are often dropped, and then the prefix is e alone. Sometimes the X becomes/; as, e/fete. EXERCISE. GOTHia C Break, to part or divide. OUT. < Out of. Qjif^^^^ to break out of a place ; to shine forth. FRENCH. A. ] Out of. Afraid, frightened out of mind ; terrified. 78 OETHOGEAPHY. Ex,r E, OB < Out of. EF. EC. I jE'arcLUDE, to shut out of a place Egress, a going out of. JSfFLVx, a flowing out of -fiVjoENTRic, from or out from the centre. EC, OR •< E. J^cLOGUE, a selection out of; a pastoral poem. jScclesiastic, one called out of; a person connected with of. the church. -EbLiPSE, a failing out of; the darkening or obscuring of lighf. INSTRUCTION LVI. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION WITHOni, OR BEYOND A PLACE OR POmT OF TIME. The Latin preiixes, extra and ultra, trans and prefer^ tlie Greek para and meta, and tlie French tres and outre, in com- position, out, denote beyond, rest and motion on the out- side of a place or point of time. Trans becomes tra in some cases ; as, tradition. EXERCISE. OUT, TRES. '\ Beyond, Om^rage, to spoil beyond remedy ; violence. TVespASs, to go beyond ; to transgress. EXTRA. ULTRA. PRETER. TRANS. ^x^raORDiNARY, heyond what is usuaL UltraiST, one who goes beyond what is moderate. Preterm ATjmAL, beyond what is natural. TVansATLANTic, beyond the Atlantic. OKTHOGEAPHY. 79 PAEA. META, OR METH. GREEK. ParoDOx, an opinion beyond what is true, or appears so. -Ts ParopHRASE, an explanation beyond the text ; an explana- gj tion which unfolds fully a passage or book. Bq Jt/efaMORPHOSE, to change beyond, or into another form. MethoD, with, or beyond the way ; manner of arrangement. INSTRUCTION LVII. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION BEFORE OR AFTER SOME PLACE OR POINT OF TIME. The prefixes, ante, pre, pros and fore, denote rest and motion before, and post, after, some place or point of time. EXERCISE. ( Andmo^, the iron before the fire, or brands which support Am).\ Before, ^^^^^ FRENCH. ANTE. -J Before. AntecEAMBmi, the room before the chief apartment ANTE. PRE. POST. LATIN. AntedEDEST, that which goes before another. Before. AnteDXTE, a date before another date. PrecEDE, to go before. ^ After. PosfeoRiPT, something written after. GREEK. PROS ( ProsTHESis, a placing before ; the placing one or more OR I Before. letters before a word ; as, fteloved. ProGRAMME, something written before. PROS,( OR < PRO. ( INSTRUCTION LVIII. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION ABOVE OR BELOW A PLACE OR POINT OF TIME. The Latin prefix, super ; Greek, Jiyper ; French, sur, and Gothic over, denote above or over ; and the Latin sub, and 80 OETHOGEAPHY. subter ; Greek, hypo; Frencli, so or se ; and GotMc under, BELOW or UNDER a place or point of time. One of these undergoes some clianges. aS^wS becomes sue, snf, sup and sue ; as, sttcceed, sii/Fer, suppose and 5wccess. XEEOISE. GOTHIC. OVER UNDER, . \ Over. I. I Under. OverooME to pass over ; to subdue. JJnderEiAX^, to rate under value. miT? { O r 'Siw^cHAEGE, to charge over much. . SuruovKi, to mount above. < /Sojourn, under or through a day ; a temporary abiding in SO, sue. Und^r. ^ place. I jSwccoE, to run under ; to come to one's aid. SUPER. SUPRA. SUB. Above, ;Siw;?erNATURAL, above what is natural. or over. SuprauviiDAN:E, above the world. 5w6marinb, under the sea. Su^cvuB, to sink under. Under. SugQ-Esr, to carry under : to hint any thing. /SUPPORT, to bear up under. /Sustain, to bear under ; hold up. HYPER. (Above. ffyperoRiTic, one who is critical above measure. HYPO. 1 Under. HypocKiii%, one under a mask ; one who feigns to be what he is not. ORTHOGRAPHY. 81 I NSTR UCTIO N LIX . PEEFIXE8 THAT DENOTE BEST OE MOTION ABOUT A I^AOE OR POINT OF TIME. Circum, ?.mh, peri, amphi and coun^ denote rest and mo- tion ABOUT a place or point of time. EXERCISE . FBENOH. r CowMTRT, the land about a city ; a tract of land. COUN. < About CounciL, an assemblage of men called to considt about a [ thing. LATIN. CIRCUM r ^. 1 • A . ^j, CircumjACEiHT, lying about or round. CniCU. ^7 ^ CircwmNAYiGATE, to sail about the world. .-f^r^ < About. ' AmbiEST!, going about, surrounding. ATVf^ AmTVTATE, to cut round; to cut off. PERL P(5r^cARDIUM, a skin round the heart. PericAEP, a skin aSow^ fruit. AMPHT I -4m;)A^THEATEE, the place where one can see around; a kind of circular theatre. INSTRUCTION LX. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST OR MOTION AGAINST, IN PLACE AND TIME. The Latin prefixes, contra and oh ; Greek, anti; French, counter; and Grotliic, gain, denote rest or motion agadtst, in place and time. Ob undergoes some changes of form. It becomes oc, of, and op ; as, occur, o/Tend, oppose. EXERCISE, GOTHIC. GAIN. ■< Against. Gain&AY, to speak against. 4* 82 ORTHOGEAPHY. COUNTER H '^ CounterpAKT, the part opposite or against. I tos Counterpo-[s^ to -weigh against with equal weight. CONTRA, OR CONTRO. OB. ContraDiui, to speak against. ^ ControYTS.B.T, to turn against; to dispute. .§ OBJECT, to cast against ; oppose. ?5s Cccxm, to run against; to happen. O/fense, a striking against ; injury. OPPOSE, to place against. ANTL -I Aaainst -^^^^'-Chbist, one who is against Christ. ( ' AntAs.cnc, against or opposite the Arctic or Forth. CATA, ( Against, OR < or CatoBAPTiST, one who is against a Baptist. CATH. ( down. INSTRUCTION LXI. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AOT) MOTION THROITGH A PLACE AND TIME, The Latin per^ Greek dia, and French par^ denote THROUGH, or thoronglily, in place and time. EXERCISE. FRENCH. f Through Pamon, to give through ; forgive. , Par AMOUNT, through, and above all. LATIN. C PervADE, to go or pass through. PER. -j Through, p^^.^^^ j^^de through, or thoroughly. GBEEK. DLA j Through. DtaMETER, the measure through'a, circle. OETHOGRAPHY. 83 INSTRUCTION LXM. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION FORWARD AND BAOBIWARD, IN PLACE AND TIME. The prefixes, pro^ 'pros^ pur and /ore, denote rest and mo- tion FORWAED ; and retro, re and ana, BACKWARD or again. ■ EXERCISE GOTHIC. FOR. \f^^^Y^l -FbrwARD, to go forth or forward. ^^^^ \ T, , PuTLOTS, to carry forth or forward ; to steal. PUR. {Forward -d ' j- j t^ ^x.- J -rwrsuE, to go forward after a tning. LATIN. PRO. C Forward. P/omote, to move /orwarc?; to advance. RETRO. J Backward. Retroc^^T^, to go backward. •Dw A ■ Eep-EAT, to strike again, or back ; to do a^ain. \ ' iJecEDE, to go back. PROS. (Forward ProsELYTE,, one -wlio comes /orwartf; a convert. J -47iaLYSis, the loosing or separating a thing hack to its ANA|5a.A:. ^^^^^^^ INSTRUCTION LXIII. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE APART OR SEPARATION IN TIME AND PLACE. Dis and se, both. Latin, denote apart or separation in time and place. Dis becomes di before a consonant, and sometimes has s changed into/; as, c?^j^dent. 84 ORTHOGRAPHY. EXERCISE. LATIN. DisTRACT, to draw apart; to diyide the attentioiL - DispEL, to driye apart. Apart. DiGTCEsa, to go apart from the subject. /S^ecEDE, to go apart. SemiaiRCLEi half a circle. f DIS. DIF, OR DI. SE. SEMI. .INSTRUCTION LXIV. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE REST AND MOTION TOGETHER, IN TIME AND PLACE. Con and syn denote rest and motion together, in time and place. Both undergo changes of form. Con becomes CO, cog, col, com, and cor. Syn becomes sy, syl, sym. Juxta may be placed in this group ; it means near, or side by side. EXERCISE. CON. JUXTA. CowvBNE, to come together. Cohere, to stick together. Together^'^^^^™' ^^^^ ^o^'e^Aer. (7oZlect, to gather together. Comiiax, to mix together. (7orROBOEATE, to Strengthen together, with •^^^^^I'OsrnoN, a position near with another. r jSywTHESis, a placing together. SYN. \ Together. /SympAiHY, a feeling with another, or together. I St/lhABLE, letters taken together ; a part of a word. ORTHOGRAPHY. 86 INSTRUCTION LXV. PREFIXES THAT DEXOTE REST OR MOTION TO OE UPOX, IN TIME AND PLACE. The prefixes, ad^ epi^ a and on^ denote rest and motion TO or UPON, in time and place. Ad undergoes many changes, and appears in the forms of ac^ af^ ag^ alj an^ ap, ar, as, at, and a. Para means side by side, but is commonly used for upon. EXERCISE. OJS". \ To or upon, OnwARD, to turn to ; to advance. Adjom, to join to. AccKEDTT, to giye credit to. Afnx, to fasten to. -^^TGREss, to go to or Egainst. AIlot, to assign to. To or upon. AnKEx, to bind to. -4j9PE>-D, to hang on or to. ^rEOGATE, to claim to oneself. Assail, to leap upon, to attack, AtTEST, to bear witness to. ^scEiBE, to mark down to. AB.-l EPL (To or upon. UpitAPB, a writing upon a tombstone. J Upon, FaraswE, one who feeds by the side of another, or who "^ I sifiebyside. lives upon another. INSTRUCTION LXVI. PEEPrXES THAT DENOTE DESTITUTION OF, IN TIME AND PLACE. The prefixes, un, a, an and in, denote destitution of, or WITHOUT, in time and place. Un sometimes appears in the form of in. In takes the form of en, em, il, ig, and ir. 86 . OETHOGRAPHY. EXEEOISE. GOTHIC. ^^^> CTwBiND, to unfasten, and leave without being bonnd. ' } without. C^^HOLT, without, or not holy. IN. NON. SINE. inACTTVE, 710^ active ; without activity. _^q{ /mpLAOABLE, not to be appeased. or TgTNOBLE, not noble ; without nobility. without. i^LEGAL, not legal. JrEEVERENT, not reverent ; without reverence. Not. NonENTTTY, uot au entity, or being. ^meouRB, without care ; an office without care. ■^ ( _^ , ^TOM, that can not be cut ; without divisibility. OR -i Without. A A j^ I ' ^WAROHT, without government or order. INSTRUCTION LXVII. PREFIXES THAT DENOTE WELL OR ILL, IN TIME AND PLACE. Uuj bene, male and dys, denote well or ill, in time and place. Mc and bene denote well ; male and dys, ill or badly. EXERCISE. LATIN, ^cwevoLENOB, a wishing well. JfaZevoLENCE, a wishing ill. Jfa^TREAT, to treat ill. EU. j Well. ^MLOGiST, one who praises well. DYS. \ Badorill.-^y^^^^^' ^^^ ^^ ^^^^ digestion. I i)i/spHONT, a bad or evil voice. ORTHOGRAPHY. 87 INSTRUCTION LXVIII. THE KELATION OF PREFIXES TO EADICAL WOEDS. There is an interesting relation between prefixes and adical words, and one tliat must be understood in order to have a correct knowledge of either. It is the relation of rest and motion in time and place. A radical word, it will be remembered, is one that gives rise to other words. It does so by the aid of suffixes and prefixes. Able, for instance, m this way, gives rise to ablenes5, abl?/, and ttnable. A prefix, as already defined, is a letter or letters added to the beginning of a word to form a new one with a new meaning. i)e, for instance, is placed before part, and forms the word, c^part. The words, able and part^ in these instances, are radical words, and stand for things about which we think and talk. They are representatives of the things, and in language are treated as things themselves. They must accordingly appear at rest or in motion, and in some time and place. Prefixes commonly express these things. They point out the relation of the radical word to rest or motion in time and place. This is simple and interesting. It may be illustrated. The word, alpine^ stands for what pertains to the Alps, a range of mountains in Europe. I place trans before it, and form the word, ^ra^isalpine, which means heyond or on the other side of the Alps : c^^alpine means on this side. Ordinary is any thing that is usual ; ecc^raordinary is what is heyond the usual. Date is the mark of time, or the act of marking it. Antedsi>te is the date before the true one. In these instances, prefixes point out bb ORTHOGRAPHY. the relations of words to each other in place and time, and give us an interesting view of the growth of language. INSTRUCTION LXIX. ENGLISH OETHOEPY AND OETHOGEAPHT. English orthoepy and orthography treat of the spoken and written English word. The former addresses the ear, and deals in the sounds of our language ; the latter ad- dresses the eye, and deals in the letters by which these sounds are written. Orthoepy and orthography, as thus presented, are closely related, and should be almost the same. But this is seldom the case. The speaking and spelling of Enghsh words differ widely. The difference between English orthoepy and orthogra- phy may be explained. It arises out of the following facts : 1. We have only twenty -two distinct letters to represent the forty simple sounds of our language. See Inst. XXI. 2. The words of our language have come to us from various sources, and retain much of their national form or orthography. 3. The early writers on this subject were guided solely by the ear, and were very careless. Many errors have come down to us from this source. 4. Expedients have been devised to mark long syllables, and distinguish words that are sounded alike. The difference between English orthoepy and orthogra- phy, just pointed out and accounted for, has raised some difficulties in the way of their study. These difficulties require marked attention. They may be presented under the following heads or topics : OETHO GRAPH Y. 1. Different sounds of tlie same letter. 2. Medial sounds, or vocal synonymes 3 The doubling of sounds and letters. 4. Silent letters. 5. Accent and orthoepy. 6. Quantity and orthoepy. ^ 7. Spelling. 8. Articulation. 9. Enunciation. 0. Pronunciation. 89 INSTRUCTION LXX. DUTEEENT SOUNDS OE THE SAME LETTER. The same letter in English has often more than one sound. This is a serious difficulty in learning the orthoepy and orthography of our language. Written exercises, and the careful imitation of those who pronounce the English language correctly, alone can overcome it. The letters that impose this difficulty upon us, should be known, and the difficulty itself surmounted by practical exercises. 1. A has four sounds ; as heard in father, mat, fate, fall. 2. E has two sounds ; as heard in me or mete, met. 3. I has two sounds ; as heard in pine, pm. 4. O has two sounds ; as heard in note, not. 5. U has three sounds ; as heard in iuhe, tub, hull. 6. W is sometimes a vowel and sometimes a consonant, and has the sound of weh, as in ^^in ; u in drew, new, and now. When followed by h, the h is pronounced before it ; as, what, hwat ; when, hwen. 8* 90 OETHOGKAPHY.- " 7. Y is both a consonant and vowel, and has the sound of yeh^ as in ^/e, ^/outh; and of e, as in cit?/, society. 8. C has the sound of s before e, i, y ; as in cit j, centre, cymbal ; and of h before a, o, u ; as in cake, cut, cone ; of sh^ as in ocean, spacious ; and of s, in discern, suffice. 9. Ch has the sound of feA, as in church ; of ^, as in chorus, and of sA, as in macMne. 10. D has a flat sound, as in c^eac?; also the sound of t^ as in crackec?, wiped 11. G has the sound of geh before a, o, u ; as in ^ave, ^o, ^un ; and the sound of j before e, i, y ; as in ^em, ^in, 9'yrate. 12. Grh has the sound of geh^ as in ^^ost; of/ in lau^^; of ^ in Yiough ; or is silent, as in plou^A. 13. J has the sound of dzh^ as in /e^t; of y in halleluyah. 14. L has the sound of h at the beginning, and of el at the end of words and syllables ; as in Ml, Zip, traveZ. 15. Q has the sound of hw^ as in gueen. 16 E has the sound of rha at the beginning, and of ar at the end of a word or syllable ; as in rap, far. 17. S has the sound of seh at the beginning, and of ess at the end of a word or syllable ; as, sip, less ; and also the sound of z in days, besom ; sh in sure, and zh in vision, usual. 18. T has the sound of teh^ as in touch ; of sh in partial, and of ch in question. 19. Th has a hard sound, as in ihm ; and a soft one, as in thinQ. 20. Z has the sound of a gliding zeh^ as in ^on, ^one ; and of zh in asure. OKTHO GRAPH Y. 91 INSTRUCTION LXXI. MEDIAL SOITNDS, OE VOOAL STN0NTME8. The forty simple sounds of our language are not always represented by the same letters, or combinations. Other letters, in certain cases, take their place, and have all the features of vocal synonymes. Vocal synonymes are letters or combinations of letters that have the same or similar sounds. They are known also as medial sounds, because they come between the. others. The medial sounds, or vocal synonymes of our language, are quite numerous. They can be learned only by a care- ful imitation of correct speakers. Foreigners rarely can acquire them. 1. A, as in father, has for its synonymes, ea, au, ua and ah; as in heart, awnt, gward, ah. 2. A, as in fat, has for its synonymes, aa, ai^ ua; as in Isaac, pla^d, guarantee. 8. A, as in fate, has for its synonymes, aa^ ai^ ay^ ea, ez, ey^ au; as in J.aron, pam, hay^ great, rez'gn, pre^/ and gauge. 4. A, as in fall, has for its synonymes, aw, au, o, oa, ou ; as in law, caul, cost, broad, owght. 5. E, as in theme, has for its synonymes, ee, ea, ce, ei, eo, ey, oe, le, oi, y and i; as in feet, fear, Coesar, dece^t, people, 'key, fostid, chief, chamois, city, and machme. 6. E, as in them, has for its synonymes, ee, ai, oe, ea, ei, ie, eo, oi, ua, a; as in been, again, Doedalus, head, heifer, firiend, leopard, conversion, victuals, .any. 7. I, as in pine, has for its synonymes, y, ei, ie, ey, oi, ui, uy ; as in iny, height, die, eye, choir, gmde, huy, 8. I, as in pit, has for its synonymes^ y, ai, ei, ie, oi, ui, ee, o, u; as in c?/st, captain, surfeit, sieve, tortoise, guilt, breeches, women, bwsy. 92 OETHOGRAPHY. 9. 0, as in note, has for its sjnonymes, oo, au, eau, eo, ew, oa, oe, ou, ow ; as in door, hawtboj, heau, yeoman, sew, boat, foe, mowld, show. 10. 0, as in not, has for its synonymes, eo, ou, a; as George, co^^gli, what. 11. 00, as in fool, has for its synonymes, o, oe, ou^ wo^ u ; as in move, shoe, sowp, two, pttlL 12. U, as in iruIg, has for its synonymes, eu, eau, ew, teu, lew, ue, ui ; as in fewd, heauXj, dew, ad^ew, Ytew, hice, juice. 18. U, as in but, has for its synonymes, o, oo, eo, ^b, lou, oe, ou; as in love, flood, surgeon, cushion, prec^bws, does, towgh. 14. 01, as in oil, has for its synonyme, oy ; as in hoy. 15. OU, as in house, has for its synonyme, ow ; as in owl. INSTRUCTION LXXII. THE DOUBLmG OF LETTERS. Double consonants sometimes appear in English or- thography. They appear in such words as mossy, batter, stabbing. If we pronounce these words, double sounds will be heard. This doubling of consonants is somewhat interesting. It forms, however, no part of the spelling of such words as it appears in. The doubling of the sound is an organic necessity. It is forced upon us. If I sound the word, map, the organs of voice close at the seat of the consonant, p ; and if I attempt to sound a syllable following this, that begins with a vowel, I am forced to repeat the p, as in mapping. This doubling of the sounds of consonants is represented to the eye in double consonants. These appear in such words as platter, soul- less, tatters, rattle, cattle, pudding, sinning. ORTHOGRAPHY. 93 The doubling of consonants should, be carefully distin- p^uished from double consonants. Double consonants appear in compound and derivative words, when the root ends and the suf&x begins with the same letter. This is the case in the following words : innate, unnatural, adduce, sea-port- town. INSTRUCTION LXXIII. SILENT lETTEES. Orthography, we have said, represents orthoepy imper- fectly. Letters often appear in the written word which are silent in the spoken one. This is most frequently the case in borrowed words — words received from the French and Greek languages. Silent letters form one of the difficulties in orthoepy and orthography. This difficulty yields to written exercises in speUing, and the carefal imitation of those who pronounce our language correctly. In addition to what has already been gathered up on this subject in the last two instructions, a few more particulars may be stated. There are a few silent letters that daim our attention. 1. E is commonly mute or silent at the end of words; as in mine, time, lone, fate. 2. H is sometimes silent at the beginning of words ; as, /lonor, Aour, /lumor. 8. G is sometimes silent ; as in ^naw, phlegm. 4. B is often silent ; as in com5, debtor, lam&. 5. Ch is sometimes silent. It is so in drac/zm. 6. L is silent before k ; as in ba^k, chaZk ; and in some other words ; as, couZd, wouZd. 7. N is silent after m and 1 ; as in hymn, kil7^. 8. P is silent in some words ; as, josalm, empty, pneumatic. 94 ORTHOGEAPHY. INSTRUCTION LXXIV. AOOENT AND ORTHOEPY. If I pronounce tlie word, j^reswme, I lay greater stress upon tlie syllable, sume^ than on ^re. This stress is called accent. Accent is stress of voice on a syllable or syllables of a word. This subject has been presented. See Inst. XXY. In addi- tion to what was said there, a few more things may be added here. 1. The accent may be on the first or second syllable of words of two syllables ; as, argue, worship, foolish, liar, har- poon, invent, rely', attain. 2. The accent may be on the first, second or third sylla- ble of words of three syllables ; as, pitiful, merrily ; en- deavor, replenish, disable ; cavalier, disengage. 8. Words of more than three syllables, may have the accent on the first, second, third, or fourth ; as, incapacity, unfatherly, trigonometry, experimental, aiidibleness. Accent plays an important part in distinguishing a large class of words of two syllables, that may be nouns or verbs. The noun has the accent on the first syllable ; the verb has it on the second. confine, confine. present, present. insult, insult. rebel, rebel. protest, protest. desert, desert. INSTRUCTION LXXV. QUANTITY AND OETHOEPY. The quantity of English syllables requires more atten- tion than is commonly given to it. The time taken up in ORTHOGRAPHY. 9>5 pronouncing them differs. In some cases, it is longer than in others. This is quantity. Quantity is length of time in uttering a syllable^ and is long or short. It depends upon the vowels chiefly. It depends also upon the consonants. 1. Quantity depends upon the vowels. All vowels are long or short. They are long, when they are free to vanish away ; as in so, Cato, father : they are short, when part of their sound is cut off; as in robber, bed, p?)t. LONG VOWELS. 3H0RT VOWELS. A as in father. A as in bat. A as in fate. E as in mete, ) E as in bed. EE as in feet. ) as in note. as in not. 00 as in fool. U as in twbe. U as in ivh. The diphthongs oi and ou are long, as in hoi\ hou^e. All syllables in which a long vowel appears are long ; as, tooth, Iwte, Plato. 2. The quantity of syllables does not altogether depend on the vowels. If it did, short vowels would form short syllables. This is not always the case. The words, bin and fin^ are short. They become long by the addition of d; as, bind^ find. Quantity, then, or the length of syllables, is ascertained in two ways — by the length of the vowels^ or by the vowels and consonants taken together. INSTRUCTION LXXVI. SPELLING. Spelling is representing a word by its proper simple 96 OBTHOGRAPHY. sounds or letters. It may be oral or written. I may, for instance, spell tlie word man^ by uttering the sounds of m, a, n, or by writing the letters in the following order : man. The latter is spelling it by writing the letters that represent its simple sounds. It is the only certain way of learning the orthography of English words. Oral spelling should not, on this account, be neglected. But then it should be oral spelling. The true . sound of each letter should be given, not as it appears in the alphabet, but in the word to be spelled. Instead of spelling chin^ ce, aitch, i, en, the child should spell it thus : cheh, ih, en. Oral spelling, conducted in this way, would have a. mean- ing and a use. The subject of spelling, as thus stated, has its difficulties. These have arisen from the carelessness of early writers on orthography, and the introduction of many foreign words into our language, with much of their national orthography. These difficulties are most readily overcome by written exercises. The eye soon becomes familiar with the forms of words. In these exercises we need some directions. These are furnished in the following rules : 1. No rules can be given for spelling radical words. The ear and eye are our guides. 2. Derivative words are subject to rules, which should be faithfully committed to memory. THE OMISSION OF LETTEES. The final e of a radical word is commonly rejected, when the suffix begins with a vowel ; as, sale, salable. ORTHOGRAPHY. 97 RULE II. The final i of a radical word is rejected, when the suffix begins with i; as alkali, alkahze. RULE III. I The -final 3/ of a radical word, when preceded by the letter t^ is commonly rejected before a suffix beginning with a or ; as, purity, puritan. RULE IV. Words ending in er or or, often reject the e or before a suffix commencing with a vowel ; as, victor, victrix. "Words ending in ?e, preceded by a consonant, reject these letters before the suffix, ly ; as, idle, idly. RULE VI. Words ending in afe, reject these letters before the suffix, cy ; as, private, privacy. Words ending in ant or eni^ reject t before the suffixes, ce sjidcy; as, dependent, dependence; verdant, verdancy. THE DOUBLING OF LETTERS. The final consonant of a word of one syllable, preceded by a single vowel, is doubled before a suffix beginning with a vowel ; as, spot, spotted ; map, mapping. 98 OETHOGEAPHY. RULE II. The final consonant of any word, accented on tlie last syllable and preceded by a single vowel, is doubled before a suffix beginning with a vowel ; as, occur, occurrence. THE CHANGING OF LETTERS. The final y of sl radical word, preceded .by a consonant, is commonly changed into ^, and sometimes into e, before a suffix ; as, happmess, beauteous. RULE II. Words ending in / or fe, commonly change / into v, before a suffix beginning with a vowel ; as, wi/e, wives, mis- cbief, mischievous. THE ADDITION OF LETTEES. Words ending in ble, take ^ between 5 and ?, before the suffixes ity and ities ; as, able, ability. Suffixes frequently take a letter or letters to connect them with the radical. These connecting letters can be learned by careful observation alone. The rules given above will be of some use in acquiring a correct orthography. And yet, the whole subject can be mastered more agreeably in written exercises, the instructor pointing out the principles embraced in them as they are needed, and showing their application. OETHOGEAPHY. INSTRUCTION LXXVI. AETIOULATION. Articulation is the joining of the parts of the organs ofsj to form the meaning sounds of our language. It requires us to attend to the position and action of the tongue, teeth and lips. Articulation requires much care, especially in the Eng- lish language. The mixed'^character of our language, and the various combinations of consonants, render this exercise a difficult one. Articulation requires attention to the following things : 1. A full supply of air in the lungs. 2. The right position of the parts of the organs of speech, before each sound is made. 8. The vigorous expulsion of the air from the lungs. 4. A deliberate, careful and forcible use of each part of the organs of speech — the glottis, palate, tongue, teeth and lips. INSTRUCTION LXXVII. ENUNOIATIOIS'. Enunciation is the act of throwing out the voice from the lungSj and modifying it by the tongue, palate, teeth and lips. It is the mode or way of giving out sounds. Thus, the words, lull and soothe, are enunciated with a smooth glid- ing voice : pierce and perish are enunciated with a severe and impulsive voice. Enunciation deserves our serious care. It gives life and expression to speech. It is commonly attended with errors. Among ' these, we would direct attention to the following 100 . OETHOGRAPHY, three : feebleness^ tlie omission of some letters and the ohscure- ness of others. 1. Feebleness. The air is too often expelled from the lungs without any energy. Feebleness marks the sounds that are made. To remedy this, use the tongue^ teeth and li^s forcibly. 2. Omission of letters. The omission of letters or sounds is a common error. It arises from hurry and feebleness. It may be illustrated. It is common to omit d in and ; / in of the ; e in beheve, delight, every, several, and travel. These are only a few instances. 3. Obscureness of sound. The sounds of the voice are in many cases very obscure. One sound is run into another ; or what is far worse, a sound is uttered which is unknown to our language. . All this arises from carelessness^ hurry and feebleness in the use of the several parts of the organ of speech. E is changed into u^ as, moment ; a into u or ^, as, de- fendmt; o into u^ as in mother; dropping^ in ng^ as, sleepin'; r in far, war ; sounding y like e, as cite, societe, for city and society ; and adding r, as in idear, the lawr of. These are a few of the many errors that attend upon an obscure enun- ciation. Exercises in the deliberate and forcible use of the organ of speech, are useful in this connection. If carefully ex- ecuted, they will remove such errors of enunciation as have been pointed out. "We give, for this purpose, a few combi- nations of consonants : 1. Clime, blame, flew, spleen, slew. 2. Brew, frown, dread, spring, stray, shriek. 8. Bold, hold, gulf, silk, toils, melt. 4. Gleams, screams, bank, once. 6. Barb, hark, scar, mast, corks. 6. Lisp, canst, midst, laughedst, walkedst. ORTHOGRAPHY. 101 7. Able, travel, every, several, memory. 8. Sing'st, sings, singing, weeping, sleeping. INSTRUCTION LXXIX. PEONUNOIATION. Pronunciation is the act of giving the true sound of letters in words, and the true accent and quantity of syllables. It in- cludes the knowledge and practice of all that we have said in the last ten instructions. 1. Pronunciation attends to the exact sounds of letters in words. Letters, as they appear in words, undergo some changes. They have different sounds. J., for instance, may he a, a, aA, or aw ; as in fate, hat, father, law. 2. Pronunciation attends to accent. Accent or stress of voice may be placed on any syllable. It should be on the right one ; as, perfume, scent ; perfume, to scent. 3. Pronunciation attends to the quantity of vowels and syllables. This is a nice point, and adds much beauty to speech. To apply these principles is no easy task. Errors are common. Our best guides are good society and a good dictionary. Good society will educate the ear and supply models for imitation : a good dictionary will be the stand- ard by which we settle all doubts. It should be our table companion. INSTRUCTION LXXX. A SURVEY OF THE MATERIALS OF THE GOTHIC, CELTIC, FRENCH AND CLASSIC "WORDS OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. The materials of the engrafted elements of our language, are now in the possession of the pupil. K he has passed 102 ORTHOGRAPHY over the first part with care, he is ready to pause at this point, and take a survey of his course before he enters npon the second part — the apphcation of all the materials he has gathered np. Part of his course lies behind him. He sees, at the begin- ning, the steps by which he was led into orthography and a knowledge of its elements. Nearer lie the histories of the engrafted portion of his language. The subject of etymology is prominent. Terminations^ suffixes and prefixes rise to view again, arranged in groups, the ready materials by which thousands of words are to be formed from a few roots. According to the computation of some, the entire words of the English language, including all the scientific terms, amount to the prodigious number of one hundred thou^ SAND. Perhaps, it is a better estimate, which makes them SEVENTY or EIGHTY THOUSAND. Some FIFTY THOUSAND of these words are derived from the Latin and Greek lan- guages. In the English language there are not more than two HUNDRED prefixes, sufS.xes and terminations '; and fifty of these, belong to the Anglo-Saxon portion of the language. The whole radical words are not over ten thousand. It is acknowledged that there are in the English language, fifty thousand words of Latin and Grreek extraction ; and that not more than two thousand of these are radical words ; that thirteen thousand of these fifty thousand come from two hundred roots, and two thousand four hundred are derived from only twelve roots. For instance, the Latin word, traho^ to draw, forms TWO hundred and ten words, and /acio, to malce or do^ FIVE hundred words. These statements are too striking to be passed over care- lessly. They point out the great importance of a correct knowledge of suf&xes aud prefixes, and their relations to OETHOGEAPHY. 103 our language. The earnest attention of the pupil should be given to the materials of orthography. INSTRUCTION LXXXI. THE COLLECTED MATEEIALS OF THE HAND-BOOK. The materials of the Hand-Book of the Orthography of the Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek words of our language are now before us. The collection is made. At this point, we may pause and look upon the collec- tion. It consists of some radical words, terminations, suf- fixes and prefixes, of Gothic, French, Latin and Greek origin. With these materials more than forty thousand words in the English language are formed. From the collection, we may look back upon our course in making it. It is a course of discovery. Before we entered upon it, we were in the habit of using words, but knew not from whence they came. Their origin and struc- ture were hidden things. Now it is otherwise. "We know that our language is a mixed one. We know also that the words composing it are of Anglo-Saxon, Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek origin. So are the suflixes and prefixes. And now, when words fall upon the ear about the fireside, or meet the eye on the printed page, we think of their descent. The studies on which we are about to enter will bring to view much knowledge of the same character. The rela- tions of the elements composing our language will be observed. The Anglo-Saxon is the basis. The Gothic follows, and then the French and Classic. So the structure of our language arose, and so it should be studied. The nature of each element will be learned. The Anglo- 104 ORTHOGKAPHY. Saxon, witli tlie kindred GotHc, relates to tlie heart, home, and tlie senses ; the French, to law, products of art and taste ; and the Latin and Grreek to the arts and sciences. The blending of all forms a rich language. These elements await us in groups. They are arranged under leading topics of thought, such as home, the house, farm. At each step we will find assemblages of words. The Gothic, French, Latin and Greek appear in their places. Side by side, and connected with things, they appear on the printed page. At every step, we will see where the Anglo-Saxon, our mother-tongue, was rich, and where poor, and from what sources she borrowed the need- ful word. Comparisons will be made, and the child, before he is aware, will find himself a young philologist. SECOND PART. STUDIES IN THE ENGRAFTED WORDS. STUDIES m THE ENGRAFTED WORDS. CHAPTER I. THE STUDIES EXPLAINED, The studies on wMch. we are about to enter, relate to orthograpliy, or correct writing. Thej respect written vjords of Gothic, Celtic, Frencli, Latin and G-reek origin. Beyond this, in no case, shall they pass. Such studies are not altogether unknown. The child, long before this work is placed in his hand, is somewhat ac- quainted with every thing in orthogTaphy. The sounds of human speech, and the letters that represent them ; words and syllables ; acce-nt and quantity: definition and the use of words, are in some degree known. He can spell and tcrite words, separate them into parts, point out the radical word, prefixes and suf&xes ; and in some cases, at least, trace them to their source. He knows these things. Still, there is more to be known. JoHXSOX, and Walker, and Eeid, in England ; and Worcester and Webster, in America, have brought to view almost all that is important about the 108 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. words of our language. Latham and Trench have added mucli that is valuable. The fruits of these laborers are to be gathered and stored up for future use. CHAPTER II. THE SCOPE OF THESE STUDIES. Study, in all cases, is nearly the same. It is the placing of the mind steadily on a thing for the purpose of examining it. Such it is in orthography. Disarm^ for instance, is to be studied. The mind is steadily placed upon it through the senses of hearing^ seeing and touchy and proceeds to examine it. The word is pro- nounced, written, divided into two syllables and accented on the second. Thus, dis-arm. It is now analyzed, or re- solved into its parts, the prefix, dis^ and the radical word, arm. The sense of these is next determined. Bis means separation, and arm. means a weapon, or to furnish with a weapon. Disarm, then, means to separate, or take away arms or weapons. The general, for instance, disarms the rebels. The word is of Latin origin. In this instance, we have the scope^ or extent of studies in orthography. The particulars may be separately stated. 1. Pronunciation. The word is to be pronounced with due attention to articulation, syllables and accent ; as, dis- drm-ing. 2. Orthography. The word is to be represented by its proper sounds or letters, and the syllables and accent marked; as, tij-rant. 8. Classification. Words are to be divided into radical or derivative^ simple or compound; as, leaf leafless; ship^ shipwreck. STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 109 4. Formation. The formation of derivative words by prefixes, as. wnkLnd ; suffixes, as, mind/%? ; and termina- tions, as, man's ; prefixes and suffixes, as, ungSimly, de- mands marked attention. Compound words are made by tlie union of two or more simple ones ; as, lap-dog, and should be analyzed. 5. Meaning. The sense of the word is to be ascertained. This requires attention to every part ; as, unrighteousness, wMch means in a state not right. 6. Use. Words have a use in forming sentences, which requires notice ; as, The ungodly shall not stand in the judgment. 7. National Origin. Each word is to be referred to the language from which we have borrowed it; as, author, 0. word of Latin origin. 8. History. "Words are history, and should be studied as such. Attention, in this case, is to be given to their origin and growth, and perhaps, decay. Insult, for instance, is a Latin word. It is composed of the prefix, in, which means upon, and suit, a radical word not used in our lan- guage, which means to leap. Insult means to leap upon, then to strike against, and now to give offense in any way. ^' The history of words is the history of trade and com- merce. Our very apparel is a dictionary. They tell us of the 'bayonet,' that it was first made at Bayonne ; 'cam- brics,' that they came from Cambray; 'damasks,' from Damascus ; ' arras,' from a city of the same name ; ' cord- wine,' or ' Cordova,' from Cordova ; ' currants,' from Co- rinth ; the ' guinea,' that it was originally coined of gold brought from the African coast so called ; ' camlet,' that it was woven, at least in part, of camel's hair. Such has been the manufacturing progress, that we now and then send calicoes and muslins to India and the East ; and yet the 110 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. words give standing witness tliat we once imported them thence ; for ' calico ' is from Calcnt, and ' muslin ' from Mosul, a city in Asiatic Turkey." CHAPTER III. THE USE OP SUCH STUDIES. The use of studies in orthograpliy cannot be hidden from any one. By them, orthography is known ; and by orthography, we can make the thoughts and feelings of the soul visible^ and discourse on paper. The transactions of business can be carried on between persons separated by oceans. Time cannot prevent communion. The written word lives from age to age. Nor is this all. Such studies, if pursued in the way laid down, form a most desirable training for the mind. They strengthen all its powers, and afford much instruction about the people, who first used the words which we use, as well as about our forefathers, who borrowed them. CHAPTER IV. THE PLAN OF STUDY LAID DOWN. The studies before us relate to orthography. The wr"'* words of Gothic, Celtic, French and Classic origin a objects to be examined and known. But these are and only usefal, so far as they point out to the mh things for which they stand. Failing to do this, th like unmeaning finger-posts. Things, then, are ever to be kept before the mi- the words which represent them, learned, if posp . STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. Ill their presence. It is proposed accordingly to retrace the steps of the child, as he passed from object to object, and picked np the words that form his oral speech. So let him form his written language. Things are the centres around which words are wisely grouped. In passing from object to object, the mind observes a cer- tain order. Three stages of observation and growth ARE APPARENT. These are expressed by things, quali ties and actions. So the- child observed and formed his oral speech. So let him form his written language. Each study will consist of the thing or topic, and the words that relate to it. These words, as far as possible, will be divided into three exercises : words that stand for things^ words that stand for qualities^ and words that stand for actions. CHAPTER V. THE MODEL LAID DOWN. The child learns to plan best in imitating models. They are to him as originals. His exercises are copies. The model, in the present case, consists of two parts, the study and the jprepared study. THE STUDY. The study consists of groups of words arranged under the thing to which they relate. Three groups, when prac- ticable, appear. The first consists of names of things ; the second, of names of qualities ; the third, of names of actions. Thus, the human mind 'naturally gathers up the words that compose language. In the disposition of these groups, the words are so 112 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. arranged as to present to the eye the formation of deriva- tive and compound words. The radical one is given, and following it, may be seen the offspring. They are pointed out by terminations^ suffixes and prefixes. In addition to this, the child is taught the use of words, and the languages from which they have been borrowed. THE AFFECTIONS. GOTHIC. LATIN. Love, a leaning forward ; delight in AMATory, pertaining to love. any thing. Does the child love his parents ? ly, liness FRENCH. GREEK. AMATewr", a lover ; one who delights Charity, love in alms ; the grace of in works of taste. love. able, ableness THE PREPAEED STUDY AFFECTIONS. Love, a leaning forward; delight in Amatory, pertaining to love. any thing. Amatorial, belonging to what per- A child loves his parents. tains to love. Lovely, like love ; amiable. greek. Loveliness, the state like love. ^^^^^^^ ^^^ 1^^^ ^^ ^^^ . ^j^^ ^^^^ of love. FRENCH. ^ ^, ^ UHARriABLE, that may or can show Amateur, a lover ; one who delights favors. in works of taste. Charitableness, the state of what Amateurs, lovers of works of taste. may or can show favors. By comparing the study and the prepared study, it will be seen at once that the one is an outline^ and the other is this outline filled up. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 113 The exercise by wliicli this is done, is simple, but profit- able. The child begins to copy the study. When he comes to the question by which the use of the first word is shown, he answers it, and shows its use in a declarative sentence. This course might be pursued with great advan- tage in the use of every word in the exercise, the teacher using it in an interrogative form, and the pupil in a declara- tive one. In this way, the two most important forms of sentences would become familiar, and conversation easy. The child proceeds. He joins the terminations, suffixes Siiidi prefixes to their radical words, and forms derivative ones. These he writes out in full, and defines. While doing these things, he attends to the original meaning of words, and the languages from which they have been re- ceived. The study is then prepared, and all that it teaches, impressed upon the mind by the union of three senses — hearing, seeing, and touch. CHAPTER VI. THE COURSE OF STUDIES. The course of studies, now before us, extends over the written words of our language, of Grothic, Celtic, French and Classic origin. It will not embrace all the written words. Many of them are rude. Some of them are far from being agreeable to the ear. Others are too unwieldy for ordinary use. All such words are passed over in silence. We do not hke them, and cannot regard them as proper materials for a chaste language. The aim and scope of the course may now be stated. It is proposed to furnish the child only with comely words. It is proposed to do this under every leading object of 114 STUDIES IN OETHOaEAPHY. thonght, so that he will have an agreeable and sufficient assemblage of words with which to think, speak or write about any prominent subject that is brought before his mind. To secure all this in the most agreeable way, home is selected as the point of departure. From this, the child goes forth to the wide world. His way lies among the works of Art and Kature. About these, he thinks, and gathers up words to express his thoughts. For convenience, and great- er ease in study, the works of man and God are divided into distinct topics. Such are home, MAN", the puesuits OF MAN, natuee, and God. As the child passes over these in the study of the words that belong, to them, he forms a rich language for himself, and at the same time, acquires a happy method of thinking. When the course is ended, he finds "the kindred points of heaven and home" united in his language. CHAPTER VII. THE PLAN OF STUDY APPLIED. The plan of study which the Literary Association has laid down may not be clear to all. In view of this, the Association submits the following remarks, with a model of studying and reciting the exercises in the second Hand- Book. THE WORK TO BE DONE. The pupil is about to enter upon the study of some seven thousand choice words, borrowed from the Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek languages. The radical words are given. The derivative, he must form for himself. He builds up his own words. These are to be defined and used in the formation of sentences. STUDIES IN" ORTHOGRAPHY. 115 THE PREPARATION. The preparation for tliis work must be ample. If tlie pupil has passed carefallj through the first part, he has all the materials for his work — terminations^ suffixes and prefixes. He only needs the radical words and their meanings^ and these are given in each study. THE APPLICATION. The application of those materials may be made in two ways : the oral and the written. In the oral application, the pupil fills up the hlanks in his mind: in the written ap- plication, he writes out on his slate or in copy-books, the whole exercise, filling up the blanks in writing. The plan, in either way, may be carried out in part or wholly. 1. The pupil may fill up the blanks, and be ready to spell and define the words. 2. He may do so, and also be ready to see the use of each word, as the teacher uses it in a question and he also uses it in an answer. 3. The pupil may be thrown more upon his own resources, and furnish instances of the use of each word in carefully prepared sentences. CHAPTER VIII. The study of each exercise will employ the pupil agree- ably. If it is pursued orally, he takes his place and begins with the first radical word, observing its spelling and mean- ing. He then thinks about its use, and applies it. This being done, he proceeds to the formation of the derivative words, filling up the blanks and attending to the spelling, meaning and use of each word. If it is pursued in the written form, he gets his slate or 116 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. blank book, and proceeds to write out the whole exercise, filling up the blanks and attending to the spelling^ meaning and use of each word, if the plan is fallj carried out ; if not, he omits the use. But such an omission should never occur. THE MODELS. The study, when completed, should correspond with one of the following models : GOTHIC. Garden, an inclosed place for tne culture of plants. Dwelling, the place where one lives. er house, CELTIC. -place, Lawn, an open place. FIRST MODEL. GOTHIC. Dwelling, the place where we stay ; Garden, an inclosed place for the a habitation. culture of plants. Dwelling-house, the house where we Gaedeneb, one who takes care of a stay. garden. Dwelling-place, the place where we stay. SECOND MODEL. GOTHIC. Dwelling, the place where we stay ; Teacher. — Has the American a neat a habitation. dwelling-house ? Teacher. — Is a hut a dwelling? Pupil. — ^The American has a neat Pupil. — ^A hut is a dwelling. dwelling-house. Dwelling-house, the house where Dwelling-place, the place of one's we stay. abode. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 117 Teacher. — Should a dwelling place be Tupll. — Eden was the first garden. healthy ? Gardener, one who takes care of a Pupil. — A dwelling-place should be garden. healthy. Teacher. — "Was Adam the first gar- Gakden, an inclosed place for the dener ? culture of plants. Pupil. — Adam was the first gar- Teacher. — Was Eden the first garden ? dener. Thus the pupil proceeds from word to word, studying and reciting each exercise. THIED MODEL. GOTHIC. Lane, a walk or narrow way. ^ IT, A lane bordered with hawthorn is Dwelling, the place where one stays ; -.i , - . . ^ -^ ' agreeable. . a habitation. ttt- t i- i j- j . , ,,. . , , . •, , . Wainscot, a line ot boarding round A dwelling is dear to the inhabit- ,-, _ ■ , , , The wainscot in my father's house Dwelling-house, the house where one . , , is very broad. , Prop, that on which any thing rests. I like a large dwelling-house. r^,^ • ^i. n • x ° ° /. , The prop m the cellar is strong. Dwelling-place, the place of ones abode. Celtic. I prefer a lofty dwelling-place. Gakden, an inclosed place for the ^^^' ^ "^^^" P^^'^ ' ^ 'P^^^ ^^ culture of plants. g^°^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^ ^^^^^• The Lord planted a garden eastward ^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^* *^ * in Eden. ^^^^^- Gardener, one who takes care of a garden. Trellis, a kind of lattice-work used The employment of a gardener is for plants or screens. pleasant. The trellis is made of wire. In this way, the remaining part of the exercise is studied. 118 STUDIES IN OETHOaEAPHY. CHAPTER IX. THE EECITATION. The recitation may be made attractive. The exercise studied according to any of the models, the class is called out. The teacher proceeds. FIRST MODEL. Teacher. — ^Dwelling. Teacher. — ^Dwelling-house. Pupil. — Dwelling, tlie place where Pupil. — Dwelling-house, the house one stays ; a habitation. where one stajs. In this way, the recitation, according to the model, pro- ceeds. A spelling exercise closes it. SECOND MODEL. Teacher. — Dwelling. Pupil. — Dwelling-house, the house Pupil. — ^Dwelling, the place where where one abides. we stay ; a habitation. Teacher. — Has the American a neat Teacher.— Is, a hut a dwelling ? dwelling-house ? Pupil. — ^A hut is a dwelling. Pupil. — The American has a neat IfeacAer.— Dwelling-house ? dwelling-house. So the recitation is pursued according to the second model. A spelling exercise may complete it. THIRD MODEL. Teacher. — Dwelling. Teacher. — Dwelling-house. Pupil. — Dwelling, the place where Pupil. — Dwelling-house, the house one abides ; a habitation. A dwell- where one abides. I like a large ing is dear to the inmates. dwelling-house. In this way, the recitation is continued to the close of the exercise. STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 119 A recitation conducted according to tlie third model is both instructive and amusing. As one pupil after another is called up to take part in the recitation, curiosity and expectation are excited. ISTo one knows when his turn comes, or what part he has to take. And then the in- stances ! The character of each mind is laid open — their associations and habits of thought are seen. The teacher gains clearer views of their minds, and each pupil is mutu- ally benefited by the labors of his class-mates, whether those labors are failures or triumphs over difficulties. Time, too, passes agreeably. Nor is there as much of it required in one of these recitations as in the ordinary ones. The preparation is so thorough as to make the recitation easy and rapid. In addition to all this, it should be re- membered that the recitation is an exercise in reading, and is admirably adapted to cultivate the voice, since the instances are the pupils' own thoughts, and are more hkely to be read with proper inflections and tones than the thoughts of others. CHAPTER X. HOME. The word, home^ in Anglo-Saxon, Gothic, French, Latin and Grreek, has nearly the same meaning — a closed place. It agrees with Eden, the first home of man. Home now commonly means a residence with those we love. As such, it appears in every possible degree, and in all pos- sible circumstances. The homes of our Saxon forefathers were pagan. So were those of the Goths, French, Latins and Greeks. They aU became Christian. The gospel makes true homes. The objects and words of home are now to be taken up, 120 STUDIES IN ORTHOOKAPHY. linked together, studied, and laid up for life in connection with suitable words. FIRST STUDY. The Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek languages contain no word that exactly expresses the meaning of our word, HOME. It means more than a house, or an abode in some settled place. It refers chiefly to the abiding of the soul with what it loveS' — the repose of the affections. For this, we are indebted to the Bible. The Saxon part of our language alone contains words under this head. These have already been given in the Hand-Book of Anglo-Saxon Or" thography. SECOND STUDY. HOUSE. The word, house^ has the sense of covering^ and in most languages affords the first notion of home. Caves, tents and mud- walled huts were the first habitations of men. The city of Eome had its beginning in a village of such huts. The home of the first man is an exception : it was a garden of dehghts. Its name was Eden. EXEEOISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. Garden, an inclosed place for the Dwelling, the place where we stay ; culture of plants. a habitation. er, one who Were caves ever used as dwell- Lane, a walk, a narrow way. ings? Wainscot, a line of boarding round house, the house walls, -place, the place Prop, that on which any thing rests. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 121 CELTia Lawn, a clear place ; a space of ground in front of a house. ■maker, one who -kiln, a place ■house' a house made of Trellis, a kind of lattice-work used for plants or screens. Tank, a pond ; a cistern for water. Warken, an inclosed place for rab- bits. Peomenade, a place for walking. Brick, a mass of clay, shaped and burnt for building. TENEmen^, a place to hold any thing ; a dwelling-house. Fence, a hedge, wall or railing about land. Reswence, a place where one sits or abides ; a dwelling. 'BLASfxation, the act of dwelling ; tha place where one resides. Edifice, a made house ; a building. SXEEOISE II NAMES OF qualities. GOTHia Low, a lioUow ; not high. Is a cabin a low house ? . er, est, ly-, Uness ■ Flat, level, or even surface, er, est, ly, ness Slant, sloping, inclined. Damp, vapor, moist er, est Dank, moist, or damp, er, est LEAKy, admitting water. CoBily, of a high price. FRENCH. Ample, wide, roomy. er, est Large, spread, of great size. er, est Spaciows, wide, having much space or room. Grand, great, splendid. YAcanf, empty, not inhabited. 'KASTnable, that may be dwelt in. InBABTied, occupied by inhabitants. Eu-Gihle, that may or should be cho- sen; fit. StateZ^, like an elevated sight ; noble. THIRD STUDY PAET3 OF A HOUSE. Every part of a house has its use and interest. In olden 6 122 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. times these were very simple. It is so still in many coun- tries. It is also otherwise. The rooms in some buildings in Europe amount to the number of three hundred. E E O I S E NAMES OF THINGS. "Window, an opening to admit air. Had the ancients windows in their houses ? blind, a screen or cover -frame, any structure for a -glass, panes of glass for sash, the frame for Shutter, a defense, or covering for a window. Shingle, a thin hoard for roofing. Rail, a bar ; a piece of timber extend- ing from post to post. Lobby, an arbor ; an opening before a room. Dairy, the room where milk is set for cream. maid, the woman who Vane, something extended; a slip of wood or iron for showing how the wind blows. Garret, a tower ; the room next the roof. Lath, a thin board to support the plaster. Corner, the space between the meet- ing of the walls. Gable, a fork ; the triangular part of the end of a house. Lattice, a covering of lath. Jamb, a supporter ; the side piece of a door or fire-place. Pane, a square of glass for a window Sash, a window-frame. maker, one who ISTiCHE, a nook or recess in a wall. Lintel, the head piece of a door or window-frame. Wicket, a narrow gate or door. Parlor, a room in a nunnery where the nuns spoke ; a reception room. Balustrade, an inclosure for stairs, altars and balconies. Gallery, a covered wing of a house ; a place where works of art are kept. Corridor, an open gallery round a building. Balcony, a platform outside of a win- dow. Panel, a piece of wood inserted into a frame. Chamber, a room in an upper story. maid, a woman Pilaster, a square column, or half one. PoRTaZ, the frame- work of a door. STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 123 Cornice, the projection that borders the ceiling. JjiBRary, a room for books; some- times an entire house. ■ an, one who Turret, a little tower; an elevation on a building. RecesSj an opening out of a room. Cellar, the room under the house. DoRMi^ory, a place or room to sleep in. Closet, a private room or recess. Exterior, the outside. Interior, the inside. FOURTH STUDY. KINDS OF HOUSES. There are various kinds of houses, distinguislied mainly bj magnitude, style and icse. Egypt and India, in ancient times, reared massive structures ; Grreece excelled in beauty. At present, we find in our own nation, the style of all countries. The taste of the Egyptian, Grreek, Saracen, and the age of Ehzabeth, adorns the same neighborhood. A good taste in houses is a means of instructing the nation. EXEKCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Hut, a small covering ; a mean house. Do many of the Irish live in huts ? CELTIC. Booth, a lodging house ; a house built of rough boards. Tent, something stretched; a lodge made of canvas. FRENCH. Cabin, a cone-like hut ; a rude cot- tage. Jail, a cage or cell ; a house for crimi- nals. Prison, a place of confinement jail. Bastile, an old French castle con- verted into a prison. Dungeon, a close, dark prison, for- merly connected with castles. Pillory, a frame of wood where criminals are punished. Manor, a country gentleman's house ; a fine mansion. Chateau, (shat-to,) a castle. Palace, a large house ; the residence of a king or noble. 124 STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY. Kennel, a house for dogs. Office, a house, or room, where busi- CiTADEL, a place of defense in or near ness is transacted. a city. Domicile, a mansion, or dwelling- place. Fortress, a stronghold; a place of Academy, s. a grove at Athens ; a high defense. school. Stable, a fixed place; a house for 'H.osPTial, a house for strangers ; a cattle. house for the infirm and poor. Mansion, a dwelling ; a large house. EXEECISE li. names of qualities. Goxmo. latin. 'NASty, wet, filthy. CbmposiTE, made of parts ; a style of er, est building made up of the Ionian -Gothic, pertaining to the Goth ; hav- and Corinthian. ing pointed arches and clustered ImiRicate, folded in ; full of windings. columns. /S^ple, without folds ; plain. Tight, close, admitting little air. er, est, y ■ er, est GREEK. FRENCH. ttxtis-r-js.. A1R3/, open to air, spacious. Q-KEcian, of the nature or style of Ancient, old, of olden times. Greece. Modern, recent, of late times. CoRiNTH?'aw, pertaining to Corinth; a Noble, stately. delicate order of building. er, est Dorzc, pertaining to the Dorians ; a RoYaZ, belonging to a king. simple and strong style of buUd- PrinceZ^, like a prince, in the style of ing. a prince. Ion^c, pertaining to the lonians ; a Plain, even, without ornament. slender and majestic order of build- er, est ing. FIFTH STUDY. EELIGI0ir8 HOUSES. Eeligious liouses liave received marked attention in all countries and ages. They have stood as sacred things among STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 125 the habitations of men, instructing the world. The temples of India and Egypt were once their glory. The temple of Solomon was splendid. Grreece made the abodes of her gods beautiful. Christians, too, have taste, and have reared excellent buildina:s to the Lord of heaven and earth. Churches are monuments of taste, as well as houses for preaching, prayer and the other ordinances of the Christian religion. A noble edifice is instructive. EXEEOISE I. TAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. Pe-w, an inclosed seat in a church. Had the Saxons churches before they conquered England ? FRENCH. Abbey, a house where monks or nuns reside. Font, a basin containing water for baptism. Mosque, a house where Mohammed- ans worship God. Sepulchbe, a place where the dead repose. Temple, expanse ; a building for worship. LATIN. Chapel, a hood ; a place of worship. Cloister, a house inhabited by monks Tabernacle, a movable building; a place of worship. Content, a place where monks or nuns reside. Vestry, a room attached to a church. Altar, a high place for sacrifice ; a sacred table. PuLPrr, a raised place for reading the Word of God and preaching. Organ, an instrument ; the largest wind instrument of music. ist Fane, a temple; a place sacred to worship. CatsEDiial, belonging to a chair or seat ; the chief church in a diocese. BAPTiSTery, the place in some churches where baptism is administered. XEEOISE II NAMES OF qualities. FRENCH. Sacrec?, separated from what is com- CusmoNec?, furnished with cushions. mon ; holy. Y'EN'EB.able, made sacred by religious ly, ness memories. Monas^zc, pertaining to monks or nuns 126 STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. LATIN. DeT>iCAT%d, devoted to God; conse- crated. Seat^c?, furnished with seats. ^„-r>^^ ProFANEc?, made common ; treated with violence. CssiSTian, pertaining to Christ. Pagan, heathenish, gentile. IJccLEsiAstical, pertaining to the ish, ism church. ConsECRATEc/^ made sacred by rites; MonkwA, monastic, somewhat like a dedicated to sacred uses. monk. SIXTH STUDY. FUENITUEE. The word is of Frencii origin, and means what is put on. It includes all things necessary for the convenience and com- fort of housekeeping. The Saxons called such things house- hold-stuff. Furniture, in ancient times, was very rude. . The mat or stool was the common seat. Now it is rich in the extreme. Country cottages are better furnished than the palaces of many ancient kings. Man is advancing in taste. EXEECISE I NAMES OF THINGS. Jug, s. an earthen vessel for holding liquors. Were jugs used Jb j the Saxons ? Pitcher, s. an earthen vessel with a spout. Tub, s. an open vessel formed with staves and hoops. Hoop, s. a band of wood or metal for binding staves. Poker, s. an iron bar for stirring a fire. RocKEK, 5. the curved wood on which a chair or cradle rocks. Nick, s. a notch cut in any thing. Ladle, a bowl with a handle to lift fluids. Card, a thistle; an instrument for opening or breaking flax or wool. Mattress, s. a bed stuffed with moss or hair. Pkong, s. the tine of a fork. STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 127 Tankaed, s. a drinking vessel with a cover. Gridiron, s. a grated vessel for broil- ing meats. Pin, s. a pointed instrument made of wire. Spoon, an utensil made of wood, horn or metal, with a bowl and handle. Basket, a vessel made of twigs. s. -maker Chaib, a high platform; a kind of seat. man, one who presides in a company. Bureau, a table ; a chest of drawers. X, more than one Skillet, s. a small kitchen vessel. Goblet, s. a drinking vessel without a handle. Basin, s. a hollow vessel like a dish. Pot, s. a metallic vessel for the kitchen. Towel, s. a cloth for wiping the hands. Napkin, s, a cloth used for wiping the hands at table. Cruet, s. a small bottle for holding . vinegar. Caldron, s. a vessel for heating liquids ; a great kettle. Couch, s. a bed. Brush, s. an instrument for cleaning things. CusmoN, s. a stuffed bag for a seat. Table, s. a flat surface ; an article of furniture. beer, cloth, book, bell, land, talk — Match, a combustible body used to light a fire or lamp. Eange, s. a cast-iron apparatus for cooking. Screen, s. any thing that cuts off, as heat. Chalice, a cup or bowl; a sacra- mental cup. Case, s. something closed; a box or covering. harden, to harden the outer side. s, ed, ing Lamp, s. mat which shines ; a vessel ■ used for burning fluid to give light. CHANDEL^er, that which gives candle- light; a frame with branches to hold candles. Furnace, an arched place for fire ; a place where strong fire may be made. LATIN. ScurrZe, s. a dish-like pan. IjTENse^, any vessel made for use. FENDcr, a defense round a fire. CANisTer, a small box or case. Carpet, a covering for floors and stairs. Picture, a painting. frame, -gallery GREEK. Baroscope, that which discovers weight ; an instrument for finding the weight of air. Barojieter, an instrument for mea- suring the weight of the atmos- phere. Thermometer, an instrument for mea- suring heat. -ical 128 STUBIES IN OKTHOGEAPHY. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. DowNy, partaking of down ; soft. Slight, weak, feeble. er, est Clumsy, short and thick, awkward. ly, ness LiMBEB, easily bent, pliable. ness Flimsy, weak, slight. FEENOH. SuLLiedf, soUed or clouded. Wn ^ not Safe, free from danger. ty, ly, ness, -guard, -} Picturesque, the pleasing beauty of a picture. ly, ness LATIN. TABULar, pertaining to a table ; like a table. SoLar, pertaining to the san. Coral, made of corah ine, AsTRaZ, belonging to a star. SEVENTH STUDY THE FAMILY. The family naturally succeeds tKe furnished house. The word denotes an assembly, and is applied to any number of persons living in one house under one head. It is also ap- plied to the nation, church and human race. Marriage gives rise to the family. The gospel sanctifies and elevates it. Wherever the gospel comes, there woman is honored and children trained in virtue. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 129 EXEEOISE I NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. Lullaby, that which quiets; a so: for babes. Has every mother a lullaby ? Scold, noisy censure. Tor, a plaything for children. — — s, -man, -shop. Prattle, much little talk. Prate, much talk to little purpose. HuRLT, noise or confusion. Freak, a sudden start or humor. Babe, a boy, the young of man, i infant. ish, ishly, ishness Boy, a male child. s, ish, ishness, hood BiCKERzrj^, quarrelling, a kind of fight- ing. Prank, a wild caper. "HAPFiness, state of being lucky ; en. joyment of good. Burly, noise, boisterous confusion. Clan, a family ; a race or tribe. ship, the office or rank sman, a man who Fagot, a bundle of sticks used for fuel. FRENCH. Sire, the male parent. Grand , a great Dame, s, a woman of common rank. my 6* Mes s, my DamscI, s, a diminutive of woman ; a miss. Banquc^, a little seat ; a feast. s, er, -room, -house Hobby, a stick, or figure of a horse on which boys ride. horse, a wooden Pet, 5. a little thing, as a babe, dog or lamb. Paterotty, fathership. Maternity, the relation of a mother. Fraternity, the quality of a brother, brotherhood. Uncle, a brother of one's father or mother. Aunt, a sister of one's father or mo ther. Nephew, the son of a brother or sister. Grand , the grand Niece, the daughter of a brother or sister. Grand , the grand C6USIN, the son or daughter of an uncle or aimt, Rehknive, one connected with us by blood or marriage. RezArion, a person connected with us by blood or marriage. Family, a household. Matron, an elderly married woman. ly, hood C7n , not like 130 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. Infant, that which speaks; a little geeek. child. s, He, like, cy Orphan, a child who has lost one or Girl, a female child. both parents. s, ish, ishness, ishly s, age ■ German, a brother ; a first cousin. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHia MATERNaZ, pertaining to a mother, motherly. "Wicked, declining from what is right ; ly - having an evil nature. FRATERNa/, pertaining to a brother, Do wicked persons live out their brotherly. lives ? ly ly, ness Shabby, little, mean and dirty. latin. er, est, ly, ness THRiFTy, prosperous ; also, frugal. Pious, godly, or honoring God. ■ er, est, ly ly, -minded WoRTHy, possessing worth, virtuous. Poor, needy. er, est, ly, ness er, est, ly, -house, -laws — — Opulent, rich or wealthy. CELTIC. ce HoNORaWe, of high rank, much es- Pert, smart, brisk. teemed. est, ly, ness " y, ness ISAiive, pertaining to the place of FRENCH. birth. Rich, wealthy. FAMiLiar, pertaining to a family ; easy es, er, est - in conversation. Foreign, of another nation. — — — ly, ity -er, ness East, smooth and flowing. er, est, ness PATERNa^, pertaining to a father, fa- CsmsTian, pertaining to Christ. therly. Zealows, full of warmth, or ardor. ly ly STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 131 XERCISE III NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIO. "Whimpee, to cry with a low, broken voice. Is it manly to whimper ? -s, ed, ing- Wail, to weep audibly. ed, ing, er Lull, to soothe or quiet. ed, ing, ingly ■ Doze, to take a light sleep. d, ing Pat, to stroke with the fingers. Prate, to talk much, but to little pur- pose. Brag, to swell out ; to boast of one's seK. mg, er Bicker, to fight by throwing any thing. — : ed, ing ing Hush, to still or calm. ed, ing Hanker, to long after ; to desire Banquet, to treat with a feast. ' Chat, to talk in a prattling way. s, ed, ing strongly. -ed, ing Tamper, to meddle lightly with. ed, ing, er Drub, to touch or beat. ed, ing Jeer, to rail at. -ed, ing Cry, to utter a rough sound. es, ed, ing — iSeriRE, to draw back ; to go to bed. s, ed, ing iSeiRENCH, to cut off; to curtail. es, ed, ing, ment Furnish, to supply with what is need- ful. es, ed, ing Fondle, to caress gently. d, ing Dandle, to move up and down, as an Garnish, to adorn, or set off. infant. es, ed, ing d, ing ■ Un ed Bounce, to spring out, or back. Scold, to find fault noisily. s, ed, ing '- Prattle, to talk much on little things. Nurse, to feed with food. s, ed, ing, er -^— — -s, ed, ing Sully, to soil in any way. es, ed, ing Nourish, to feed or tend. es, ed, ing 132 STUDIES IlSr OKTHOGRAPHY. ProvxDE, to see beforehand; to sup- ply coming wants, s, ed, ing ProTECT, to cover over ; to guard. 5, ed, ing, or -4(iMONisH, to give warning to, to teach by warning. es, ed, ing -4(?0RN, to dress, to set off. s, ed, ing GREEK. School, to teach agreeably. s, ed, ing . CateoBiss., to sound down, or teach with the voice ; to instruct by ques- tion and answer. s, d, ing NINTH STUDY. Food is a prime interest. It is the first care of tlie house- hold. In the early ages of the world, it was supplied abundantly in the fruits of the earth. Flesh was not eaten till after the deluge, A. M. 1656. Food is now a luxury. Commerce brings to our tables the productions of all cli- mates. But luxury in food is attended by a dread retinue of diseases. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Cake, a small flat mass of baked dough. Did the Saxons use leavened cakes ? Bun, a kind of cake. Cruller, a curled cake boiled in fat. Slice, a thin broad piece of bread or meat. Dumpling, a mass of boiled dough. Flapjack, a pancake, or apple-puff. Dregs, the sediment of liquors. Muffin, a spongy cake, baked on a griddle, SouRKROUT, cabbage preserved in brine. Pickle, any thing preserved in salt, as a cucumber. Tart, an acid pie. "Wine, the fermented juice of grapes. merchant, -glass, -bibber Game, animals taken in the chase. Snack, a bite ; hasty repast. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 183 Gts, (from Geneva,) a distilled drink scented "with oil of juniper or tur- pentine. Custard, a compound of flour, milk and eggs, sweetened and baked. Flummert, a jelly made from oaten meal. Ptjddixg, that which swells ; food made of flour or bread, milk and Flavor, the quality which we taste. Savor, what affects the taste. y, iness Un , not CoiTEE, a berry used in making a drink ; a certain drink. Chocolate, a paste made of the kernel of the cacao. Sugar, a sweet substance obtained from the sugar-cane or maple. Gruel, food made of boiled meal. Jumble, a ring-shaped cake. Omelet, a pancake of eggs. Taste, the flavor perceived by the tongue. Porter, a dark-brown malt liquor. Grease, animal fat. Cut, a part cut off. s, let Leaven, a mass of sour dough. Flour, the part of ground grain which is eaten. PresEBVEs, fruit or vegetables laid up for future use. Beef, the meat of the cow tribe. Muttox, the flesh of sheep. Veal, the flesh of a calf. Pork, the meat of the swine. Cider, a drink made of apple juice. barrel Batter, that which is beaten ; a mix- ture. Fricassee, a fry; a stew made of cliicken cut in pieces. Claret, clear wine. Champagne, a sparkling wine from this part of France. Salad, raw herbs dressed with vine- gar or oil. Sauce, a mixture eaten with food to improve its flavor. Spice, an aromatic product of some plants used in cooking. y, iness Vitrance, a sq&all allowance. Ragout, a sauce for exciting appetite. PoTA^ion, a drinking or draught. Isvi^iment, that which nourishes. Decoction, drink made by boiling. Inrusion, a drink made by extract- ing, as tea. Concoction, the change that produces maturity. FERMEN^a^zon, a change produced by the atmosphere in any sub- stance, as wine or beer. Crust, something hard ; the outside covering of any thing ; a piece of bread. -y, tness Diet, food ; manner of living as laid down by a physician. Feast, a rich repast partaken with guests. 134 STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY. mortal, the food of the gods ; also IfEOTAR, the drink of the gods ; a any thing pleasant to the taste and pleasant drink. smell. AmBRO&iA, that which makes im- al - EXEEOISB II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. *'°™^<'- LATIN. Scanty, narrow, small, or little. Crude, raw, not. cooked. Was the meal scanty ? ness itv Stale, settled, tasteless from age. PuNGm^, sharp, as an acid. -er, est CELTIC. cy Ckisp, easily crumbled. -er, est, ness Dainty, nice, pleasing to the taste. Sumptuoms, very costly or expensiye. iy~ — FRENCH. Abstemious, withdrawing, sparing in Musty, mouldy or sour. Leavencc?, made light by fermenta- ^' tion. jj- GREEK. Greasy, oily, unctuous. Gastric, pertaining to the digestive ly, ness juice of the stomach. Flavoecc?, scented so as to affect the SACCHARme, pertaining to sugar. taste and smell. BXSBOISB III NAMES OF ACTIONS. in^ Mash, to break into a confused mass. Crumble, to break into crumbs. ed, ing s, d, ing • Can you mash an apple ? Slice, to cut into thin piecea. Lack, to need or want; to be desti s, d, ing tute of. STUDIES IN ORTHOaKAPHY. 135 Roast, to cook in an oven. s, ed, ing FRENCH. Taste, to perceive by tlie tongue. 5, d, ing — Stew, to boil gently. s, ed, ing Leaven to raise, or make light by leaven. 5, ed, ing Gorge, to swallow greedily ; to cram. 5, df, ing Fey, to cook in a pan dressed with fat. Boil, to cook in boiling water. s, ed, ing, er ParsKOTL, to cook over coals. 5, ed, ing Poach, to cook eggs by warm water. es, ed, ing Quaff, to drink o£& s, ed, ing — es, ed, tug, -pan FEBMen^, to change a body by the ac- tion of the air, or any acid sub- stance. s, d, ing Masticate, to chew or bruise with the teeth. ing, ion SctTM, to remove what rises to the sur- Digest, to dissolve food in the sto- face in cooking. mach. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, ion Cut, to part, to separate into pieces. Diet, to live in a certain way as to s, ing food. Season, to make, savory by salt and s, ed, ing spices. Feast, to eat rich provisions ; to dine -s, d, ing sumptuously. s, ed, ing - Spice, to flavor with spice. s, d, ing Decocr, to prepare by boiling. PresERVE, to season with sugar for s, ed, ing future use. Concoct, to digest or turn food into s, d, ing chyle. ZwFUSE, to pour in ; to steep in liquor s, ea, ing without boiling. AbsTMS, to keep from, to forbear. 5, d, ing s, ed, ing TENTH STUDY- CLOTHING. Clothing is a necessary want, and follows hard upon 136 STUDIES IN ORTHOaRAPHY. food. What shall we eat, and wliat sail we drink, and wherewithal shall we be clothed? are daily questions. Clothing was once simple. We read of aprons of fig leaves and coats of skin in Eden. ISTow, we hear of shawls valued at four hundred dollars. Commerce ministers to the tastes and fashions of men in this respect. Clothing has become one of the luxuries of life, and, like all luxuries, brought with it disease and folly. X E,R C I E I. NAMES OF THINGS. Muff, thick gloves ; a cover for the hands made of fur. Are muffs used in warm countries ? Skirt, the lower part of a garment. Shiet, a loose garment worn next the body. Flounce, a narrow band of cloth sewed to a skirt. Jerkin, a coarse jacket. Fob, a pocket for a watch. Flap,' the part of the coat from the hips downwards. Garter, a string or band to tie the stocking. Ruffle, a puckered article of dress. Ribbon, a narrow web of silk. Loop, the doubling of a string. Flannel, wool ; cloth made of woollen yarn. Plait, a fold, as in the bosom of a shirt. Took, a fold made round a skirt. Stocking, a garment for the foot and leg. Trowsees, a loose garment extending from the waist to the ankle. Goggle, a kind of spectacles used to cure squinting. Clog, a wooden shoe. Clasp, a hook for fastening any thing, as clothes. Ruff, a piece of plaited linen worn round the neck. Gown, a woman's outer garment. Apron, cloth or leather worn on the front of the body. Tassc^, a fringe ; a hanging ornament. Festoon, a tie; a garland or head dress. Costume, custom ; a mode of dress. Garb, looks ; and then dress as it ap- pears. GinsE, appearance; and then dress Hke another. STUDIES IN OKTHOGEAPHY. 137 Garment, ornament ; any clothing. Bonnet, a covering for the head. Mitten, a kind of glove for the hand. Coat, that which covers ; an outer garment. Over GAiT(?r, a shoe that extends to the ankle. BusKm, a kind of half boot Scarf, a fragment ; a loose width of cloth hanging from the shoulders. Button, a bud or knob; an article for binding a vest or coat. Buckle, a ring; an instrument to fasten dress. Robe, a long gown. Dress, that which makes us straight ; garments for the body. Ap^KRel, clothing or dress. ^KABXiiment, garments or clothing. Brace^c^, an ornament for the wrist. Fringe, an ornament of loose threads. Plume, a feather worn as an orna- ment. Mask, a cover for the face. Crown, top or roundness; an orna- ment worn on the head by kings. Chaplet, a wreath for the head. Vest, a body or waist garment. ure, garments or clothing. Busk, a piece of steel or whalebone worn in stays. Gusset, an angular piece of cloth. Patten, a wooden shoe worn to keep the inner shoe from the ground. PeriwiG, a small wig or covering of false hair. Collar, the neck; something worn round the neck. FRONT^e^, a band for the brows. Signet, a sign or seal. Cincture, a belt or girdle worn round the body. Y'Esiment, clothing; outer dress. Sack, a square cloak; a loose outer garment. Tiara, a kind of turban or crown. Sandal, a shoe consisting of a sole bound to the foot. Zone, a girdle or waist-band. EXERCISE II. names of qualities. GOTHIC. SlovenZ2/, like what is careless ; loose and disorderly. Stripe^, formed of lines of different Loose, fi^ee, untied. colors. er, est, ness, ly Sable, a black or dark color. Tidy, neat, snug in appearance. Costly, of a high price ; expensive. er, est, ness, ly er, est Un , er, est Clumsy, ill made ; badly formed. Crookcc?, bent or curvedL CELTIC. Flimsy, thin ; of loose texture. 188 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. FRENCH. Fine, thin, delicate. er, est RrsTiC, pertaining to fhe country; simple or coarse. BEAui«>/,liaving qualities that please. Decoroms, decent, or suitable. Neat, clean, not tawdrj. • h er, est, ly ^mtahle, that which becomes a per- son. Ornate, adorned, beautiful. E X E R I OF Crimple, to draw together in close folds. Do ladies crimple their collars ? d, ing Ruffle, to contract into plaits. s, ed, ing, er Muffle, to cover or dress warmly. d, ing Tighten, to make close. ed, ing Ravel, to tear out, or imweave, as a thread. SB, III. actions. Plait, to put in folds. ed, ing Clasp, to fasten with a hook or clasp. — s, ed, ing Un , to unfasten s, ed, ing ' Tassel, to adorn with tassels. s, ed, ing mg Deck, to cover, adorn. s, ed, ing Un — ■ ed Brush, to clean by brushing, as clothes. es, ed, ing Screen, to separate or keep off, as cold. tng Dress, to deck the body. Dangle, to hang loosely. s, ed, ing Garter, to tie with a string or band. s, ed, ing — ? Darn, to mend with a thread. edf ing — — =— ing Mask, 'to cover the face. s, ed, ing Robe, to adorn with a long gown. s, ed, ing ■ En- ed, ing Equip, to furnish, as a soldier. 5, edf ing, ment • STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 139 Crowx, to invest with a crown. s, ed, ing DisGmsE, to conceal by an unnsual Vest, to clothe or cover the body. AtriKEy to dress with elegance. s, ed, ing habit or mask, s, ed, ing -s, ed, ing Di Plume, to set or adorn with feathers. s, ed, ing to take off -s, ed, ing Un- to take off ■ ing ^rRANGE, to set in order. s, ed, ing, ment - Dis s, ed, ing, ment Suit, to fit ; to dress well. s, ed, ing ^cfoRN, to deck beautifully. s, ed, ing, ment ApvAKEL, to dress. s, ed, ing - Fit, to adapt to a person. s, ed, ing Fringe, to adorn a garment or piece AdxsT, to fit one thing to another. of furniture with a fringe s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Un ed, not TWELFTH STUDY. ACTION AND REST. Eest, like sleep, is broken by tlie wants of action. Man is born for action and strife. To do, is the purpose of tlie soul ; and when the dust falls upon the cof&n-lid, this is the experienced watchword of eternity. It is well. ■Action properly directed leads to honor and health, and fulfils the command of God. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Luck, that which falls or happens. Is luck the name of Providence ! /, iness, ily, less Un- not Shriek, a sharp shrill cry of fear. Sleep, relaxing of body and mind. Doze, a light sleep. 140 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. Dump, s. dumb, gloominess. Quiet, rest; state of a thing not in ish, ishly motion. Bounce, a leap or spring. ViGiLawce, state of being watchful. CELTIC. OccuRRence, the act or state of be- coming. Hap, what comes suddenly; fortune. ^,^^^^,^,,^ ^^^ ^.^ or state of be- FKENCH. coming again. AdsEKRuce, the act or state of cleav- Trouble, s. that which disturbs ; an ing to. affliction or sorrow. Cori^iJjence, the act or state of flow- Ease, rest in a quiet state. ing together. 2/, er, est ObsTinacy, the state of fixedness. JJn , not ZoBor, that which wearies ; work. Chance, that which befalls unexpect- edly. GREEK. LATIN. Energy, force, or active power. Acrion, the act of doing ; any thing Pause, a ceasing from action for a done. time. EXERCISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. Eash, hasty, without deliberation. Quiet, still and secure. er, est, ly, ness Un , not Queer, odd, singular. Brave, daring. -er, est, ly, ness • er, est, ly, ery — Harsh, rough, severe. er, est, ly, ness latin. Drowsy, heavy with sleep. _ . . , , . . , ^ ViGiLawc, contmmng to be watchful. •' ' IVy 716SS —————— ^ ^ T .J. J . J.' • i- (?osTma<5, set m opinion. Lazy, not disposed to action, inactive. ,, ' , ^ 7 ^^^^ Mut;|, dumb, without the power of words. ly, ness CELTIC. ^' Public, pertaining to the people; Brisk, lively, spirited. common. -er, est, ly, ness ly, ity STUDIES IN OKTHOGEAPHY. 141 pKiva<S^ojouRN, under or through a day ; a short stay. er Beau, fine and handsome ; a well dressed man. ty Belle, a well-dressed lady. Sir, sire or lord. Monsieur, Mr., my sire. Messieurs, more than one — Dupe, one easily led astray. Fool, blunt or void of sense. — —ish, ishly, ishness Chum, a chamber-fellow. TBAVEL^cr, one who visits countries. Mien, the look, or air. iTiDTTLDval, a single person. ly, ity ' MAS^er, the greater who guides ; man who manages. foreign the 144 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. Mmister, the less who guides ; the Im-m.QV.ant, one who moves back into one who serves. a country. Yorary, one devoted to any service. Boy, a male child ; a youth. -ish, ishness, hood Girl, a female child; a young wo- ^i>osTLE, one sent; a person who man. saw the miracles of Christ. ish, ishness, hood " *> ^^^P Mmic, one who imitates another. Martyr, one put to death for adher- ing: to his cause. Art, strength, practice of skill. ist, isan Idiot, a natural fool. Person, an individual man. «, <^om al, ally, ality Cynjc, pertaining to a dog ; a surly Disci/j^e, a follower ; a learner. vasin. Miser, a miserable or covetous per- Patriot, one who loves his country, son. —ism -ly -4ecoMPLicB, one joined with another E^aGViant, one who quits one coun- m crime, try for another. E X E E I s I I. NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTmO. Odd, singular in manner. Are some men odd? - — er, est, ly, ness ■ Rash, hasty. er, est, ly, ness Spruce, nice and trim. Plump, fat and round. er, est, ness — Gruff, rough and stern. -er, est, ly, ness Bushy, thick and spreading. Curly, of a crispy nature. Meek, mild and soft in temper. Queer, odd and notional. -er, est, ly, ness Paltry, mean and low. Sleek, smooth and even, as the hair. er, est Stout, strong and lusty. er, est, ly, ness — ■ -er, est, ly, ness Slender, thin and delicate. er, est, ness Sluggish, of an idle heavy nature. ly, ness CELTIC. Tall, high in stature. er, est STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 145 Fond, foolishly loving. er, est, ly, ness — Flippant, smooth and flowing, speech. — ly FRENCH. Modest, retired and gentle. ly, y Im- iy,y Amable, worthy of love. — y, ness Vain, empty and showy. ly Jealous, suspicious of rivalry. Frank, free and open. ly, ness Gay, merry and sportive. er, est, ety, ness ■ Jolly, full of mirth. Candid, fair and open. ly Droll, humorous. er, est, ly, ness, ery Sanguine, ruddy with temper. ous MuNiFicew^, greatly generous. Z2/ Pious, godly, honest in honoring God. ly Ira ^ ly MAScuLz?ie, pertaining to a man. FEMIN^^^e, pertaining to a woman. Gluttonows, given to excessive eat- ing. Sentient, having power to notice. Blunt, dull and rude. er, est, ly, ness — Cyn^c, of the nature of a dog. . al, ally CHRisTzaw, of the nature of Christ. like, ly E X E E I III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. Beg, to ask or crave. Need any one beg in this country ? ary, able, ar, ed, ing ■ Rave,' to rage, to wander in mind. s, ed, ing, er Mumble, to speak mutteringly. 5, ed, ing, er Grumble, to make a hollow noise ; to speak with discontent. s, ed, ing, er Y Fumble, to stop, to feel along. s, ed, ing, er Lull, to throw down and quiet. s, ed, ing Loll, to lean, to lie at ease. s, ed, ing, er Loiter, to be late, stay behind. s, ed, ing, er "Wage, to lay, to bet. -s, ed, ing, er Haste, to hurry, to urge forward. s, ed, ing, en 146 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. Squander, to spend wastefuUy. s, ed, ing, er — Raise, to rouse, lift up. —5, ed, ing Hunch, to thrust with the elbow. s, ed, ing Sport, to play or make merry. s, ed, ing Strut, to walk proudly. -s, ed, ing Sit, to rest in a certain posture. s, ing Sat Wall, to cry out, to lament. s, ed, ing Grumble, to murmur or growl with country. Travail, to toil or labor with pain. s, ed, ing i)eMEAN, to behave, to conduct oneselfi s, ed, ing Blame, to censure, find fault. s, ed, ing, able, ably Flatter, to soothe by praise. "= s, ed, ing, er JS'migrate, to quit one country for another. s, ed, ing /^migrate, to move back into one's discontent. -s, ed, ing Blunder, to move blindly, to err. -- — - — s, ed, ing, er Blab, to speak without thinking. Do children blab tales ? — ^—s, ed, ing Censure, to find fault with any one. — s, ed, ing Confide, to put trust in another. s, ed, ing, ent — ^noAGE, to enlist, or hire. ed, ing, ment -s, ed, mg, er ^nRAGE, to excite to fury. — -■ s, ed, ing • GEEEK. Theorize, to speculate about things, iS^ojouEN, to tarry under or through a to guess about truth. day ; to make a short stay. -s, ed, ing ing- (7(WiPRisE, to include, as a discourse in few words. mg Travel, to visit foreign countries. — — — 5, ed, ing — Scheme, to hold, to project designs or ^ ': selfish plans. s, ed, ing Pore, to look steadily, to examine peeringly. — s, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 147 FOURTEENTH STUDY. THE BODY. The body of man is a wonderfiil structure, and requires much care. Pure air, wholesome food, fit clotHng, the free use of water and agreeable employments, are necessary to preserve health. The finest bodily forms are still found in Iran, near the site of Eden. This is a remarkable fact. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Leg, tlie limb by which an animal ^^^^' ^ ^^^^^ ^^'^J' ''^^'^^^ organ. 1, ule, ular, ulous, ulation Do the legs form instrumenta of Spn^the back-bone of an animal motion? ^^ Gait, the manner of walking. ■cordy marrow Groin, the depressed part of the body, ^ui-se, that which is driven, a beating of the heart. °^^™' ation, less "Waist, that part of the body that is Cvnicle, the outer skin. pressed by our clothes; part below Tendon, a bundle of fibres by which the ribs. FEENCH. Jaw, the cheek ; the bones in which the teeth are fixed. bone Muscle, a fleshy fibre, and also the organ of motion. Fibre, a thread; a fine part of the ^ „ ..•,■,• flesh of the body. ^°^' ^ ^^^^ passage in the skin. 'OUS ous Nerve, an organ of feeling. ^^"^N* ous, ously CATiLa^e, a smooth elastic substance, i)iaPHRAGM, the breathing muscle. softer than bone. Agony, anguish of body, or mind. a muscle is joined to a bone. ^JsoEBENT, that which sucks up ; a vessel of the body. JjiQAment, that which binds or unites. SiATwre, the standing height. 148 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. EXEECrSE II, 7AMES OF QUALITIES. ©OTmO. Plump, thick, unhandy or fleshy. Is a healthy child plump ? *iuir, the skull Ijy-EjLment, the outline of the fea- tures. EXEECISE II NAMES OF QrAimZS. Slt, artful or cunning. er, est, ly, ness Sullen, set, silent and gloomy. ly, ness HAGGarrf, lean and rough. Zy Sleek, smooth and even. er, est, ness Glossv, smooth and shiny. er, est, ness Wry, twisted or turned on one side. AusTEBE, stem and rigid. ly, ness, ity SxAPPisA, crusty or peevish. /y. ness Sue??/, like sour, sullen and snappish. ness Sheill, sharp and piercing. — ■- er, est, ly, ness FEZXCH. Hideous, frightful to see. ly, ness Ti5ua7, pertaining to the sight. Pu>-y, small and feeble, Taw>-_|/, of a yellowish dark color. X^fiTURE, sober and downcast ly, ness Pale, whitish, wanting in color. ly, ness, er, est ISMoJ., pertaining to the nose. SQUALi"'i, foul and dirty. DESia?, belonging to the teetL MoLar, having the power to grind, i the molar teeth. 'EvLious, fuU of bile IriA^TE, not fuU, empty or meaningles ity r- AsiDent, burning or warm. ly 152 STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. Dole/mZ, gloomy and sad. Ly^ ness ■ Morose, sour and sullen. SxoioaZ, belonging to a stoic ; not ly, ness moyed by passion. OcuLar, pertaining to the eye. EXEEOISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHio. MuMBLB, to mutter closely. s, ed, ing Smile, to cause tbe features to change Hum, to utter the sound of bees. with pleasure.^ s, ed, ing Do infants smile ? ^ . CELTIC. s, ed, mg T> . J T • j"t. r 'ii. • Shout, to throw out the voice fore- Blush, to redden m the face with joy. ' or shame, ^' es, ed, ing ' ' " Flush, to redden heatedly in the face. ^^''' *^ i""^ ^^ *^^'°^- es, ed, ing ''' '^ *"^^ Glance, to dart a ray of light sud- French. ^enly. . Gargle, to roll water in the throat s, ed, ing with noise. Squint, to look obliquely or cross- -s, ed, ing wise. Frown, to show anger by contracting -s, ed, ing the brows. Freckle, to have the face spotted, as s, ed, ing by the sun. Pout, to push out, as the lips. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er Blear, to make sore and watery. Munch, to chew by large mouthfuls. s, ed, ing es, ed, ing Glare, to look fiercely. DecRY, to cry down. ing es, ed, ing Curl, to twist the hair in ringlets. D/shevel, to suffer the hair to hang s, ed, ing loosely. Un , to take out. -s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Frizzle, to crisp, to curl the hair. Craunch, to crush harshly with the -s, ed, ing — teeth, ■ Grate, to rub or grind, as the teeth s, ed, ing s, ed, ing — STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 153. LATIN. GREEK. MAsncate, to ffrind -with the teeth. m j . « j.-, f . . TRiCK^e, to no-w ffently, as tears. 5, ed, ina, ton . t • -,., ■s, ea, ewo DerovB,, to eat greedily. s, e(/, iw^- SIXTEENTH STUDY THE teune:. The trunk includes all the body, except tlie head and limbs. It incloses the heart and lungs: the former, the fountain of the blood ; the latter, the organ of breathing. These two vital parts are guarded bj a frame of bones. BXEROISEI. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. Tossil, a gland-like body at the open- ing of the throat. Shrug, a drawing up of the shoulders, g^^^^^^^ ^ ^^g.^y^^ ^^^^^1 j^ ^j^^j^ Groin, the depressed part of the ^^^^ -^ digested. body, where the thigh and trunk rru i, ^i, • j • •^ ' ° Trachea, rough ; the wind-pipe. CELTIC Cell, a hollow like a bag, containing some substance, as air. Waist, the part below the ribs, s, ular where the girdle is tied. Spine, the back-bone. coaL -hand al Trunk, the body without the limbs. Sternum, the chest bone. Ie8& iJiapHRAGM, the breathing muscle : it Lobe, a part of the lungs. separates the chest from the belly. Bronchia, two branches of the wind- pipe extending into the lungs. Scapula, the shoulder-blade. al VERTE^ra, a joint of the back-bone. Larynx, a whistle ; the upper part of al, ate the wind-pipe. 164 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. Glottis, the opening of the wind- CsYle, juice; a milk-like fluid, pre* pipe within the larynx where voice pared from chyme, is formed. S-pleen, a spongy viscus under the j^pi , that which covers — lower ribs. CEYjne, juice ; food after digestion. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTmo. FAcial, belonging to the face. Slender, thin and small in the waist. T^ ^^^^^^ ' . ^ ^^S^^S o e o y. Slight, feebly buHt, delicate. ^''^''^' '"^* ^^^ ^^^^• FRENCH. VisoiD, thick and sticky. ity — RiGiD,^ stiff and not easUy bent. Torpid, without power oi motion. tt^, ness Callous, hard and stiff, as an ulcer. Putrid, in a state of dissolution. PECTORaZ, belonging to the breast. iti^ _ GREEK. LATIN. ^ . . . , Gastrzc, pertammg to the stomach. DoEsa^, belonging to the back. CARDiac, pertaining to the heart EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. LATIN. iwHALE, to draw into the lungs. 5, ed, mg i)2GEST, to separate in the stomach. ^^_ ^ ^^ ^^^ -^^^ ^^.^^ tng, ton i^espiRE, to draw air into the lungs. ^^ ^^ 5, ed, ing, ation In Hon PALPiifaife, to beat gently, as the heart. » , . . Chymi/2/, to change into chyme. i)^SLoca^e, toput outof place or lomt. , . i^ . . es, ed, mo;, cation s, ed, mg, ion 'LAC'EB.ate, to tear, as the flesh. s, ed, ing, ion Throb, to drive or beat, as the pulse. s, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 165 SEVENTEENTH STUDY. THE LIMBS. The limbs are the brandies of the trunk, and are divided into two classes, the upper and lower. The lower limbs are formed for motion : the upper limbs are made for action. So wonderful is the structure of the hand, a part of the upper limb, that Sir Charles Bell has written a work on it to prove the existence of Grod. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. HucKLE, the hip ; a bunch. Have you ever known a huckle- back? Sprain, a loosening of the joints. Leg, the lower limb from the ankle to the knee. Tip, the end of any thing, as the finger. Slap, a blow with the open hand. CELTIC. SocKe^, a hollow place, as the socket joint of the thigh. FRENCH. Joint, the joining of two or more bones. Haunch, the thigh or hip. LATIN. Palm, the inner part of the hand. AgilUi/, power of quick motion, nimble. EXERCISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHIC. Hasty, eager, quick, er, est, ly Fleet, swift of pace. er, est, ly, ness - CELTIC. NiMB^e, light and quick ia motion. er, est, y LATIN. Femora^, belonging to the thigh. 156 STUDIES IN ORTHOaRAPHY. Sure, steady, safe. Dextee, the right. er, est, ly ous, al, ity — — '■ — -footed ly, ness AcTive, lively, nimble. Rapid, quick of motion. Zy — — ly^ ity in , not EXEEOISE III NAMES OF ACTIONS. CELTIO. Sprain, to loosen the joints. Clasp, to inclose in the hands. Did you ever sprain your foot ? s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Skip, to leap quickly and successively. French. s, ed, ing Joint, to form with joints. Swing, to move to and fro, as the s, ed, ing arms. Bound, to move forward by leaps. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Swat, to move wavingly with the -Embrace, to inclose in the arms af- hand. fectionately. s, ed, ing 5, ed, ing Twirl, to move round quickly. Pinch, to press hard between the s, ed, ing • fingers. Tramp, to tread with the feet. ■; es, ed, ing — : -s, ed, ing Push, to drive against with pressure. Thrum, to play forcibly on an instru- es, ed, ing ment with the fingers. , . LATIN. — s, ed, mg Plod, to move heavily or slowly. Wmn/tte, to cut off a limb. s, ed, ing — s, ed, ing Fumble, to grope about with the iwFLAME, to set on fire, to heat the hand. * blood-vessels. s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing, ation Trip, to strike the foot and stumble, jBclax, to loosen, as the joints. s, ed, ing es, ed, ing Tip, to strike lightly. Ossi/y, to form bone. s, ed, ing r es, ed, ing, cation • Slap, to strike with the open hand. PerAMBULai(?,towalk through or about s, ed, ing s, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 157 EIGHTEENTH STUDY. STATES OF TKB BODY. HEALTH AND DISEASE. The body exerts a constant influence upon the mind. Our thoughts and feelings are shaped and colored by health and disease. A sound mind commonly inhabits a sound body. To promote health, air, water, food, clothing, action and rest are necessary. , EXERCISE I, NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHio. JjLcer, a sore in the soft parts of the * body. Mumps, a swelling under the ear. rr^ , . . , , , • ^^^ „;i„^^^„^„„9 ruBEKc^ a pimple on the skm; a small tuber. DisEASE, disturbed rest, disturbed health. JjAssmcde, state of losing; a relaxed state of the body. SymPTo-^, what happens with dis- ease, an indication of disease. Spasm, a sudden contraction of a muscle. odie Are mumps dangerous Cough, a loud, convulsive breathing. HiccovGn, a convulsive, catching cough. Measles, spots ; a disease of the body which is infectious. Qualm, that which vexes; sickness of the stomach. Frr, a paroxysm, or painful twisting of the body. ^,j^^ — ful Tumor, a swelling. FEENCH. _ . „ t Bile, an inflamed tumor. Jaundice, yellow; a disease marked -duct, -stone by a yellowness of the eyes and Dropsy, an unnatural collection of skin. water in any part of the body. Fever, a disease marked by great cal, colly heat and high pulse. DemLity, want of power, weakness. ety ish Fistula, a species of ulcer. 158 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. Congestion, an unnatural collection of blood in any part of the body. ZwFLAinMATioN, arcdncss and swelling, attended with a feverish pain. Lethargy, an unnatural sleep. Cure, restored health. ^6scEss, a going from; an opening containing pus. PALsy, a suspension of the use of any part of the body. Pleuris^/, an inflammation of the in- side of the chest. Spasm, a drawing of the muscles. ^odic Rheum, a flowing ; a disease of the mucous glands. Rheumatism, a disease affecting the joints and muscles of the body. tic Asthma, a disease of respiration. tic Gangrene, a mortification of living flesh. Colic, a severe pain in the bowels. Kausea, ship-sickness, sickness of the stomach. EXEEOISE II names of qualities. QuALMis^, somewhat sick at the stomach. Fright/w^, full of alarm, dreadful. Flabby, hanging loose. ly, ness Gaunt, thin and lean. FRENCH. Tender, soft, sensitive to the touch. er, est, ly SENsmwe, easily excited by touch. ly, ness Round, full and plump. LATIN. Curative, tending to cure. CvnAble, that may be cured. In , liAXAxiz^g, tending to loosen. FEBR^7^, that which is feverish. LAOTEaZ, belonging to milk or chyle. ConQ-Esiive, tending to an unnatural collection of blood. /wFLAMMATORY, partaking of unnatu- ral heat and fever. MoRTal, belonging to death. Zy, ity Fetid, offensive to the smell. Fistulous, having the nature of an ulcer. Cadaverows, full of the expression of a dead body, deadly. CavsHc, corroding or burning flesh. CHRON^c, partaining to time, of some duration. Hect«c, habitual, affected with fever. ^iDEMic, upon the people, affecting great numbers. RiCKET?/, diseased with rickets. STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY. 159 EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. DeFORM, to mar or alter the natural shape. Cough, to breathe audibly and con- ^ ^^ ^^- vulsively. JSTAUSEai^^, to become sick at the Is it pamful to cough ? stomach. 5, ed, ing ^^ ^^^ i^g i/iFLAME, to excite heat unnaturally. FRENCH. , . 5, ed, mg Gall, to fret the skin by rubbing. s, ed, ing IjLCEEa^ to turn to an ulcer. s, ed, ing Gash, to cut deep, or wound. greek. s, ed, ing CAtrrEEizE, to sear with fiLre or hot iron. s, ed, ing Cube, to heal, to restore soundness. Ache, to suffer paia. s, ed, ing, able s, ed, ing ■ NINETEENTH STUDY. THE SENSES. The senses are five in nnmber, and may be regarded as the avenues of knowledge. Througli them, the soul and the world are constantly communing with one another. Their education should be carefully conducted. X-EECISE 1 NAMES OF TmNGS. FRENCH. Smell, the sense by which we per- Touch, the sense of feeling. ceive odors. Does touch give us a knowledge of Is smeU a useful sense ? form ? 160 STUDIES m OETHOaKAPHY. Sense, the instrument by whicli ani- YiBRXiion, the act of trembling, that mals notice external bodies. produces sounds. afion, less, ible, ibility, bly Color, a quality of light, the hue PcrFUME, sweet odor. of bodies to the eye. er, ery less, ist Feagranc^, the emitted odor of any LATIN. . , . '' thmg. Yision, the act or faculty of seeing. y Is the vision of man as strong as the Sub&TA^ce^ that which stands under; eagle's? something real. -less, ary, ist greek. Odor, scent or fragrance. Tremblw^,. the shaking or vibrating ous of a body. Scent, that which affects the smell. Does the ear give us the tremblings s, less of sounding bodies ? Form, the outline or shape of any ly — thing. Clang, a sharp metallic sound. EXEEOISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHIC. Delicioms, highly pleasing to the Harsh, rough to the touch or ear. taste. Are the sounds of thunder harsh? ^2^' ^^«« er, est, ly, ness SENsi6/e, that may be known by the ^^^'^^^' SALme, of the nature of salt. Shrill, a sharp piercing sound. Ymible, that may be seen. Is the sound of a steam-whistle y shriU ? Visual, pertaining to the sight er, est, ness SENSuaZ, pertaining to the senses. -ly, ity FRENCH. Acnid, sharp and pungent to the latin. taste. YA-pid, flat and lifeless, Are pickles acrid ? Is saltless food vapid ? ness ly, ness, ity /wsiPiD, not affecting the tasteful, PALATA^^e, that which affects the tasteless. palate or taste agreeably. ly, ity, ness Uh STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 161 FvNGent, biting or pricking to the YiBRATory, that vibrates. taste. FRAGRan^, the strong odor of any TxiiGible, that may be touched. thing. ness ly In , that may not AvDiTory, that has the power of hear- TAOxxra^, belongLng to the touch, ing. tangible. Olfacto/?/, having the power of smell. AxTDible, that may be heard. GusxATory, having the power of taste. y, ness SxiBSTAN^zaZ, belonging to what exists. In , that may not ly, ity Sapzc?, that which affects the taste, tasteful. ^^^^^' ity, ness OpT^c, pertaining to vision, as the BonoRous, having the power to pro- optic nerve. duce sounds. Is the optic nerve delicate ? ness, ly al EXEEOISE III. NAMES OP ACTIONS. Was it believed that kings cured diseases by touch? Gloat, to peep ; to gaze steadfastly. ^^ ^^^ . Does the thief gloat on plunder ? jj^ '-ed -ed, ing PermjME, to scent with sweet odor. Smell, to perceive odors. ^^ ^^^ ■ s, ed, ing LATIN. CELTIC. . Scent, to smell or perfume. Can Indians scent each other? Tingle, to feel a thrilling sound s, ed, ing Does the ear tmgle with trumpet- ,^ _ . ... , - „ vibrate, to tremble, or oseiilate. sounds ? , . s, ec _, ^ ^ J • ^ Quiver, to shake or tremble. Ken, to see at a distance. , . ing s, ed, ing greek. FRENCH. , , , .11 -I Clang, to make a sharp shriU souna Touch, to perceive by the sense of Do cymbals clang? feeling. s, ed, ing 162 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY TWENTIETH STUDY. THE SOUL. The soul-is that part of man that thinks, feels, wills and acts responsibly. It is known by various names, as the mind, spirit, heart, will, and conscience. All souls or spirits are properly divided into two classes: the godly and the ungodly. EXERCISE I. TAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. Dream, something thought out in partial sleep. What is the theory of dreams ? Scorn, proud contempt. -ful, fully, er FRENCH. Beauty, that which pleases and re- fines; an assemblage of graces. Trance, a passing over; a state in which the soul seems to leave the body. GRANDewr, the quality of greatness. Foible, a weakness or whim. iyivENTzow, that which is discovered. Eeverie, a dream ; loose thinking. latin. i^eLiRiUM, a wandering in mind ; a raving. Mania, madness, disorder of mind. who is disordered in -c, one mind. In^-piRAtion, the inbreathing of God ; the operation of God's Spirit on prophets and apostles. Levit?/, lightness of temper. QuERy, a searching into ; an exami- nation. JwQUiRY, a searching ; a question. Notice, observation. Talent, a balance, and then a faculty for any thing. s, ed FACIL^^2/, quality of being easily pur- sued, easily done. Co?iTEMPT, despising, treating with disdain. Quality, what belongs to a substance. ImproYTDcnce, not seeing before, with- out forethought. Temperament, state of the mind as marked by some quality. Opinion, the judgment of the mind. OBLIVION, forgetfulness. CuEDewce, reliance on testimony. Study, a fixing the mind on a sub- ject to examine it. ows, ausly STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 163^ "PATience, continuance in bearing ills. ^ ^^9 s, ed, ing -Astound, to strike dumb with amaze- Is it foolish to wanton ? ment. s, ed, ing FRENCH. Desire, to wish for. s, ed, ing, able Esteem, to think highly of. Paci/*2/, to make peace; to allay anger. es, ed, ing tng latin. 2).sPAiR, to give up hope. I^'^^™' *^ ^^ ^^^^ °t^^^« ^^- ,, ed, ing -'' '^' '"'9, ion PiiT, to feel distress with another. ^'^™^^' *° ^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^ *^ *^^^^1^ s, ed, ing *^^ i^^lmg^.^ Delight, to take great pleasure in *' ' *^^ any thing. ^'' ^ '' ^^' '^'9 g g^ ■ ^a;uLT, to leap out of oneseK; to re- Rage, to rave with anger. joice. s, ed, ing . «' %' '^ iJevENGE, to inflict pain for injury re- Emth^ate. to rival and excel others. ceived. '' '^> '■^^' *'^^ g ^j ^ Humor, to gratify by yielding to one's wish. Cheek, to shout ; to animate -5, ed, ing s, ed, ing Joy, to shout or leap; to be highly ^^^^^ *^ ^^''^^ ^^^ ^^ revengeful , , feelings by iniury. pleased. & j j j 7 . 5, ed, inq - s, ed, mg .\ ■, .^ En— ,8, ed, ing GRATi/y, to make agreea ble. ^?iVT, to feel pain by seeing others' _ ' * ^ , , , i'epLORE, to feel and express deep grief. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ^ppROVE, to assent to a thing. < — s, ed, ing ■ Bis , s, ed, ing iSympATHizE, to share the feelings of ^BASE, to bring low ; to humble. others. GREEK. eld, ing s, ed, ing STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 171 TWENTY-THIRD STUDY. THE WILL. The will is that part of the soul that purposes, and carries out into action all the determinations of the soul. A well-trained will is a noble thing. Upon it, in a great measure, depends prosperity and happiness. EXEEOISEI. NAMES OF THINGS. FEENCH. DeTERun^ation, the act of settling a PwrposE, a setting before ; that thing ; a particular purpose. which is willed. CompxiLsion, the act of urging by i/iTENTioN, ■ a bending of the mind force. upon an object ; a purpose. Consent, agreeing in thought with Choice, the act of choosing. another. LATIN. -zng „ ,' ,1 . i. -IT -I i^esiGNATioN, the act of yielding to Vonhon, the act oi willmff or cnoos- ■,,.,, another s will, insr. T, ^, j^ , . , .. .-, -, , Cons-EQuence, that which follows ; the JUecB.'EE, that which divides ; a deter- • i ^ • mination. result of an action. EXEEOISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. FRENCH. Efe^cyiive, having the power to pro- Prompt, ready to act. duce. -ly, ness ly, ness Dilatory, drawing out ; slow. jDeTEEMiNec?, having a fixed power of Tardy, stopping ; slow and dilatory. choice. -ly, ness Sdf- LATiN. VoLUNTary, having power of choice ; Wmoienf, producing effects. ^^^'""^ ^^^^^^' 172 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. EXERCISE III NAMES OF ACTIONS, FRENCH. DemBMJN^, to Settle or limit ; to pur- PwrposE, to set before ; to will. pose. -s, ec mg ed, ing JwTEND, to bend Ibe mind upon a Comv^-L, to urge by force, tbing ; to purpose. ^> ^^> *^5' ed, ing Consent, to agree in tbougbt with ProposE, to put forward ; to offer for another, acceptance. «, ^d, ing 'S, ed, ing ^esiGN, to yield to another's will. mg SeLmyr, to choose from a number DecEEE, to decide, determine. g ^^ ^^^ s, ed, ing ■ THIET Y-FOURTH STUDY. LANGUAaE. The gift of speecli is social, and fits man for societj! Language, written or spoken, implies a social feeling in man. Its origin is divine : its forms and present state are the result of human culture. Language is many-tongued. There are now about three thousand varieties upon the earth. EXEECISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Stop, a pause; a point to mark a Pitch, a point^^^^le^^on^ voice. . ,. Brogue, a cant word for a bad way pause m readmg. ' / , "^ ^, to pause. ofspe^mg. edging ' / ^^^^s. Xfn , to take away. Lettje^ a mark used as the sign of a Ee- , to stop again. ^^-sbund. STUDIES IN OETHOaRAPHY. 173 SEXTENce, something thought ; sounds that declare something. tial, belonging to JjA^GJjage, the product of the tongue, the medium of making known oui* thoughts. Tone, quality of Yoice. ic, pertaining to Voice, the sound produced by the vibration of air emitted from the lungs. Question, the act of asking ; something asked. s, er, able lASGvist, one skilled in languages. ic, ical Accent, pitch of voice ; force of voice on part of a word. luTLECtion, the act of bending the voice to suit the sense. A^Ticui.&.tion, the uttering of sounds distinctly by joining the organs of speech. ^NUNciA^ion., the uttering of sounds in the right way. Prosv:sciation, the giving the right sound to letters in a word, and the right accent to syllables. QuANTi^y, so much; the length of sound in uttering a vowel or syl- lable. -5'wzpHAsis, speaking upon ; force of voice on certain words in sentences. tic, tical, tically Un , not ParaGRAPH, something written near; a part of discourse or writing. >S_y?LABLE, what is taken up in one sound ; one or more letters sounded at once. Glib, gliding, smooth. ly, ness Quaint, nice, artful. ly, ness XEEOISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. Bombast, soft stuff; high sounding in words. OB.al, pertaining to the mouth ; spoken. li/ Fuppan^, smooth or glib. Zy, cy Pompoms, showy and boastful. ly, ness ■ ARTicuLa^^, joined or united, as sounds. In , not Fhvent, flowing, as a liquid ; ready in the use of words. iy, cy 174 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. Melli , honey-flowing ; ready and YmiBose, full of words. agreeable in the use of words. ity Yohvble, power of rolling out words freely. greek. G-RANDiLOQvent, speaking in a high style ; very verbose. Alphabetzc, pertaining to the letters Z^/, ce of a language. VERBa^, pertaining to the word; -SymBOL, something thrown together; literally. a sign by likeness. h ^^> ^^j ^^h EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. Quote, to cite a passage from an author. Smatter, to smack in speech ; to talk g ed, ing ignorantly. -s, ed, mg, er LATIN. Babble, to throw out words idly; to ^ant, to speak in a whining or sing- talk unthinkingly. j^^ ^^^^^ s,ed,ing,eT- s, , J, m^ Stutter, to stop in speech; to stam- ^^^^^^^ ^^ ^. ^^. ^^ j^^^ ^^^ mer as if hmdered. -, -, . ,, , , per force oi voice on a syllable. s, ed, ing, er •, . ' ' ^' — s, ed, mg — .^T,r^r. "U^ , not AccENTuate, to mark or pronounce Pitch, to raise or set the key-note in "^i*^ accent. music. ^y ^^y *^^' «o^ __ iwFLECT, to bend in ; to suit the voice -es, m, mg • to the sense, mg ^rRANGE, to dispose in order. ^NUNCia^., to give out the voice in s, ed, ing, ment ^^^the^ht way. ProNOUNCE, to utter words in the '^' ^ ' *^^ "^^^^^5^- . GREEK. . s, ed, mg Question, to ask a question. ^mPHASizE, to lay a stress on certain s, ed, ing words in speaking or reading. Ifri , not s, ed, ing * STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. 175 TWENTY-FIFTH STUDY. SOCIETY. Man is a social being, and lias ever been found in so- ciety. Thus, lie began his existence on earth : thus, he is to spend it in eternity. The family existed in Eden, and from it arose all other forms of society. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. Blow, a thrust, or stroke. Is it right to give any one a blow ? Clash, a striking together with noise. Spite, ill-humor, vexation. -ful, fully, fulness Grudge, a broken noise, and then a murmur of envy. Tkifle, a thing of little value. Quarrel, a crying out ; a dispute. Club, a lump ; an association of- per- sons. — -room Cudgel, a short stick. Quip a smart jest. jPwrcHASE, s. something followed and gained ; the thing bought. Strife, a straining for something. Vice, a blot ; bad conduct. ious, iously, iousness Om^rage, s. a spoiling; great injury- done to a person. ous, ously Pledge, any thing given in security. GAYety, sprightly mirth. MANNer, way of handling or doing any thing. s, customs of society. TREACHery, the violation of faith. ^/fiance, a betrothal; promise of marriage. Tocsm, an alarm bell. Placard, a printed paper stuck up in public. Amity, friendship. Rival, one who is in pursuit of the same object as another; a competi- tor. Proposal, that which is offered; a design. DeaiAL, a contradiction. Member, an individual in society. ship latin. Society, a united number of men. 176 STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY. AvDience, a hearing ; an assembly of ComPETiTor, one who seeks the same hearers. thing as another ; a rival. AuDTior, one who hears. Patrow, one who protects or sup- 2/, ship ports another. Colloquy, a discourse between two age or more persons. CircumsTA-sce, that which stands CojwpLiMENT, that which is complete ; about ; an attendant thing. praise. -46sENCE, a state of being away. geeek. AfF^CTATion, the act of assuming an Ln^^^ a torch or Hght appearance ; unnatural. j^^ DoNor, one who bestows any thing. man EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHIC. Petty, small, trifling. VicioMS, abounding in vice, corrupt. Queer, twirling ; odd. t 7 v i • 4. x, 4. • j? ^ ° ' LiBERa/, belonging to what is free ; -er, est, ly, ness Spite/m?, full of spitting, or ill humor. ly, ness ji Dapper, nimble, quick. open and benevolent. ly, ity Boast/w?, vain, fond of show. ly CELTIC. Socia?, belonging to a companion; friendly in intercourse. ly Un , not WARRANTaS^., that may be secured. j^.^^^e, that may be charged with crime. PuBLtrt, pertaining to a people or na- Gay, sprightly. tion. ly, ness ly Treacheroms, full of deceit. Famoms, much renowned. ly, ness In , notoriously vile. CompLiMENTar^/, having the nature of Superio?*, more exalted than another. perfection or fulness ; expressing Hy praise. iNFERior, less than another in rank. AmiAble, that may be loved ; worthy ity of afifection. SubomiNAiE, below another ia power ly, ness or rank. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY 177 GomsviAory, Laving the power of DifsjDiE.^r, distrustful of self, modest, forcing. reserved. Polite, smooth, refined in manners. Convivial, belonging to a feast. ness ity Im HoNORASZe, that should be honored; course. high in rank. FssTaZ, pertaining to a feast, joyous. Bis Jujfior, more young, the younger. -ProFUSE, pouring out ; free to excess. SENior, more old, the older. EXEEOISE III NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTmc. Eail, to jabber; to use insolent lan- Meddle, to mediate or come between ; to intrude. *» ^^' ^^9 Should we meddle with other peo- ^^^^^' ^o growl; to speak in the pie ? throat. 7 .„„ ^^ s, ed. inq -a, mg, er ' ' ^ gether in a society. ed, ing Lag, to stay behind. Club, to form a lump; to come to s, ed, ing Jog, to shake ; to jostle or push. ^ — s, ed, ing Clash, to strike together with noise. es, ed, ing Block, to shut up. s, ed, inq ' ' ^ CELTIC. Grudge, to murmur enviously. s, ed, ing Bicker, to fight ; to quarrel in words. Trifle, to talk or act with levity. s, ed, ing Cudgel, to beat with a stick. s, ed, ing Tarrt, to strike against; to delay. es, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er Quarrel, to cry out loudly ; to fight Scramble, to snatch or seize greedily. in any way. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er, some Gaggle, to make a noise like a goose. Cower, to squat ; to stoop down in s, ed^ ing fear. jBclong, to concern ; to be the prop- s, ed, ing erty of any one. Boast, to toss, and then to brag. -s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er Quack, to cry like a duck. "Warrant, to stop, and then secure. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 8* 178 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. PwrcHASE, to follow and obtain;. to Accuse, to fall against; to blame or buy. charge with crime. s, ed, ing, er ■ s, ed, ing, er, ation OwfeAGE, to spoil beyond measure ; -cIsskbt, to affirm strongly. to do violence. s, ed, ing, ion ing He , s, ed, ing ■ GuARAN^ee, to guard or promise ; to -Rctort, to throw back ; to reply secure. sharply. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ■ S^RENade, to entertain with nightly Elicit, to draw out, bring forth to music. view. ed. mg Guard, to keep, and also defend. /titrude, to thrust in ; to enter unin- s, ed, ing vited. ^yiiANCE, to betroth, or promise to s, ed, ing -. marry. ^^ j ^> ^^> ^''^9 ~~~— ^ s, ed, ing Pro , s, ed,. ing ProoEED, to go before ; to excel. -RecoGNizE, to know again ; to recol- mg lect. Pledge, to give something in secu- Certi/^/, to mak-e certain; to give xMy. information in writing. • s, ed, ing es, ed, ing — - Bttdge, to move off. C7onsuLT, to seek the advice of an- s, ed, ing other in converse. Z>eNT, to contradict. s, ed, ing ing i>eTAiN, to hold back ; to withhold. OompoRT, to bear with ; to agree to. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Per , s, ed, ing Uxpos-E, to set open ; to exhibit. Sus , s, ed, ing ed, ing Succumb, to faU under, yield. ProMENADE, to Walk ; to take a walk. TWENTY- SIXTH STUDY. THE NATION. The nation is a large society of men occupying the same country, and living under the same government. It i STUDIES IX ORTHOGRAPHY. 179 is an assemblage of families. ISTations receive various names from the people composing them and their form of government. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Sway, power used to control. Has a kins much swajs Poll, a ball ; aa election of officers. Block, a large mass of wood or stone. ode, the stopping of a passage at sea. Dock, a place for building or laying up ships. ■ yard Mint, a place where money is coined. Rtjl«", one who governs. Moat, a ditch round a castle. Parliament, the supreme legislative assembly of Great Britain and Ire- land. PoucT, the art of governing or legis- lating. ^mBASSY, the message of an ambas- sador ; persons sent as a legation. ^/lia>-ce, union between nations. V-ESXLty, suffering for crime ; a pun- ishment CoTiTROL, a counter roll, or book ; power to regulate. able, er, ership, ment. Senate, a council of chief men, or En\o^, one sent to settle a treaty. Empeeor, the commander, and then the supreme ruler of a nation. of a legislators. or, orial, -, Mayor, the chief magistrate city. Ambassador, a minister of the highest rank employed by one nation at the court of another. CREsse^, a great light set on a watch- tower. Tariff, a town in Spain where du- ties were formerly collected ; duty on goods. Marque, the ship sent out to make reprisals. GunLOTiN-E, an instrument used for beheading. Cl'rfew, cover fire ; the ringing of the evening bell in the middle ages. GovERX?ne?i^, the exercise of supreme power. Populace, the people. Ballot, a baU cast in voting ; a vot- ing. Statute, a law of the legislative body. Village, a small collection of houses. City, a large or corporate town. zen Causeway, a raised way. latin. LEGKLA^or, one who makes laws. 180 STUDIES IN OETHOGKAPHY. Nation, that which is born ; a body of people under the same ruler. al, ality Presroent^' one who presides over a society or nation. ■ ial, ship, cy —^■^— Magistrate, a director, and then an executive officer. cy Consul, a person who acts as agent for a nation. ate, ship 'REoent, one who governs instead of a king. cy CowGREss, a meeting of individuals or representatives. zonal Re^-KE.sEH'sative, one who appears for another, or a body of people. i2epuBLic, a state where the supreme power is lodged in representatives. TRiBUNaZ, belonging to a judge ; a court of justice. LiBER^y, freedom of action. Colony, a body of people who settle in a new country. Legation, a sending ; an GorvvK^xion, the act of coming toge- ther ; a meeting. — ■■ al, ality Mob, a disorderly crowd. Coin, stamped money. Money, stamped metal or paper. QvKRency, a flowing ; the coin which circulates. Crown, an ornament for the head: there are nine kinds of crowns. Polity, a form of government or su- preme authority in a state. Politics, the science of government. Amnesty, not in memory ; a general pardon of offenders. Monarch, the chief ruler in a nation. y Diadem, that which binds the head ; a crown. E I s E II NAMES OF qualities. Reg^?, belonging to a king. ly, iiy Void, empty ; of no binding force. OPPRESSIVE, pressing against ; severe, unjust. iy NEUTRaZ, not active on either side in Factious, given to raising factions or war. tumults. li^^ ity I-ATIN. Savage, wild, uncultivated. Barbaroms, without a knowledge of LoYa^, faithful to a prince or ruler. the arts. iy, iy ^c Un- Semi -, half- STUDIES IN OKTHOGKAPHY. 181 OniEKial, belonging to the east, east- DesoLate, left alone ; deprived of in- OcciDENTaZ, belonging to the west, western. CiviLized, instructed in the arts. Null, of no legal force ; not binding. Electoral, belonging to an elector- ate. iMPERiaZ, belonging to an empire. habitants. ness ARBiTRary, of the nature of will ; de- pending on will and not on law -46S0LUTE, uncontrolled. CoNsuLar, pertaining to a consul. PATRiARcnaZ, belonging to a patri- FroTEcsive, affording protection. arch ; of the nature of a father's PoPTjLOMS, abounding in people. rule. Seditzoms, tending to excite sedition MoNAEcnicaZ, belonging to a monarch or rebellion. or chief ruler. E X E E c I NAMES OF S E Sway, to wave; to control, as with a sceptre. Do kings sway nations ? s, ed, ing "Whiffle, to turn ; to change opinion. s, ed, ing Clash, to strike against. es, ed, ing Rule, to direct or govern. s, ed, ing Mis , to rule Over- ed, i mg Control, to keep under check; to rule. s, ed, ing Un- —ed, was not Reyouitionize, to roll up again ; to effect a change in government. s, ed, ing Seize, to set upon ; to take by force. s, ed, ing, ure ProROGUE, to continue a legislative body, as Parliament, from one ses- sion to another. I, ing Govern, to direct and rule. s, ed, ing ^epRESENT, to present again ; to stand for another. s, ed, ing Ballot, to cast a ball in voting ; to vote. s, ed, ing DeposE, to put down, as from a throne. ed, ing Usurp, to seize and hold by force. s, ed, ing, er, ation 182 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. -4bolish, to make void or null. ^lect, to choose out of; to select. es, ed, ing s, ed, ing Eatify, to make firm ; to establish. - QvmAze, to instruct in the arts. es, ed, ing s, ed, ing lSAT\m.alize, to make natural ; to make Go'Lomze, to settle a new country a citizen. by colonies. -s, ed, ing s, ed, ing j^^rpjjj^ ProMOTE, to move forward; to ex- PresiDE, to sit over or before, and „ ^^ ^-^ guide an assembly or nation. ^otunge,' to'blot out. s, ed, ing ^^ ^^^ ^.^^ , ConsuLT, to deliberate. .Concur, to run together; to agree. -~s, ed, ing ^_,^ ^^^ ^^g PepEAL, to recall ; to revoke as a law. ij^scuss, to drive apart ; to debate. s, ed, ing .^^ ^^^ ^^^^ -^^ PepRESENT, to appear instead of ProHiBir, to hold for ; to prevent. another. ed, ing -s, ed, i7ig- _ , / , , Ijtter&^CT, to cut .across mutually. ijEGiSLate, to make laws. , . ————5, ed, mg • —s, ed. ing ., , , , - , 1 1 (7onTRACT, to draw together ; to Aoj)icate, to send irom ; to abandon ^ . ^ ^ abridge, an office. =" -s, ed, ing ed, ing -s, ed, mg ProTECT, to shelter. s, ed, ina — -_ .... ..1 ,, i>ecREE, to separate; to ludge or T^-EGOTiate, to treat with another. ^ . ^ "' ° , . ordain. s, ed, mg Vote, to express our wish in electing an officer or ruler. 5, ed, ing TWENTY-SEVENTH STUDY. THE CHURCH. The Churcli is a society of men bound together by faith in some form of the Christian religion. The true Church is a society of men bound together by faith in Christ, and seeking to do his will upon the earth. It is now divided into various branches, named according to their form of doctrine, government, or after their founder. STUDIES EST ORTHOGRAPHY. 183 EXEEOISE I NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. Besoya-sation, a particular religious society. Rant, violent raving ; heated speecn. , FRENCH. Piety, the serving of God. Im Vow, a solemn promise made to God. Ceremony, outward rite or form in Parity, equality in rank and power. religion. Die , difference in rank and ^^i power. SoEiprDRES, writings ; the books of jDiSGRACE, a state of being out of fa- ^]^q Bible. vor. ^ al, ally ^ssEMBLa^re, a collection of men; a Conimno^, the act of bruising; sor- congregation. ro^ for ^rong. Pont, a large vessel for holding bap- Mystery, that which is shut up. tismal water. Choir, a collection of singers. Parish, a near residence ; the terri- Chorus, the persons who sing in eon- tory of a church. cert. jKevrvAL, renewed attention to re- CovEi^ant, an agreement of two or ligion- more persons. EeLiGios, that which binds to God ; er the faith and practice of the Bible. Z^evcTiox, the act of setting apart to ist God. Rite, a form of religion, as baptism. al ual Testament, a will ; the old or new SACB.A7nent, an outward sign ; a re- books of the Bible. ligious ordinance, Comuxrsicant, one who partakes of al the Lord's Supper. SAC^ilege, the taking or stealing sa- Circuincisioy, a cutting around ; a cred things. rite among the Jews. ous, ously Vespers, the evening service in the RrruAL, a book of rites. Roman Catholic Church. Saint, a holy person. SoLiciTa^iori, the act of asking earn- estly; entreaty. ■^'^'"^" ConivuBV-non, the act of giving in Sect, a body of people cut off; a re- company; something given. ligious society. Adoviion, the act of receiving to arian, arianism oneself. 184 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. Censer, a vase or pan for incense. Litany, a form of supplication used AbsoiAjTion, the act of freeing from in worship. guilt. Liturgy, public service ; the form of GREEK. public worship. Bible, a book ; the book of Holy ^jdocalypse, hidden ; the last book Scriptures. of the Bible. - CHRisTia?i, one who believes in Christ. Psalm, something touched ; a sacred Baptise, the rite of applying water song. in the name of Christ. ody -al Hymn, a sacred song. Decalogue, the ten words, or com- Schism, a division in the church. mandments. atic, one who ^wcharist, good grace ; the Lord's Heresy, a holding ; a serious error in Supper. religion. EXERCISE II. names of qualities. FRENCH. VENia?, that may go or pass away; Sacred, devoted to Cod. pardonable. ly j^ggg ConTRiTE, bruised ; deeply affected for sin. ion SuppLiAnt, a folding under, entreat- ing. RiTuaZ, belonging to rites. ConGR^OATional, belonging to the Humble, low and submissive. P^^Pl® > governed by the people. -ly, ness /ric^epENDENT, not hanging on; not PapaZ, belonging to the Pope. ^^^J^^^ *^ ^ superior. Penitent suffering pain for sin. i^eFOEMED, formed again; changed Jnt , not fo^ the better. SpiRiTua?, belonging to spirit, or sa- Tolerant, enduring; allowing free- cred things. dom of opinion. -ly, ity - ^^ ' ^«<^ Lay, of the people ; not clerical. MiLiran^, warring.^ •, Triumphant, rejoicing in victory. CLERicaZ, pertaining to the clergy. ^2/ FoRMaZ, pertaining to form ; depend- i"^TiN. ing on custom. Vena^, that may be bought or sold; ly, ity mercenary. Pasch^^, belonging to the passover. ity —, CnoRa^, belonging to a choir. STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 185 HiERARCHica^, belonging to a liierarch, r, . 7 11 . , or teacher in sacred things, of differ- Eptscoval, belonging to an overseer , ^ _ , 6Ilti rRDJiS. T. . ^ ,1 , r UcczTsisiASTicaL belonging to the PRESBYTERzan, 01 the nature of a pres- ° byter ; parity of rank. Cathohic, belonging to the whole universaL Church. Mystic, obscure, or concealed. al, ally, alness EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. /mpLORE, to call earnestly upon ; to Eant, to rave violently in speech. ^^^^ ^^ ®' . ^ •' "^ s, ed, ing, mgly -S, €0 ing, er- Jeer, to scoff or mock at. , , LATIN. s, ed, mg Loiter, to linger or stay back. CowGREoa^e, to come together in a s, ed, ing, er society. -s, ed, ing, ion i)eDicATE, to set apart to a sacred 7?nMOLATE, to offer in sacrifice. purpose. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, ion Accredit, to give credit to ; to be- Sacrifice, to offer an atonement for lieve. sin. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, ial ^esPASs, to pass over the limits ; to Cotisecrate, to make sacred, or set offend against laws. apart for sacred uses. es, ed, ing s, ed, ing, ion jDisGRACE, to put out of favor ; to Solicit, to ask earnestly. dishonor. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Un — ■ ed i'brFEiT, to lose by some offense. Cot^descend, to descend or stoop in s, ed, ing civility or benevolence. -4s3ehble, to collect in one body ; to s, ed, ing congregate. InterpEB.^, to bring between ; to take ed, ing part in the affairs of others. Vow, to promise solemnly. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing AdoTn, to take into ; to accept sinful /mpuTE, to think on ; to charge to. men as children. s ed, ing, ation s, ed, ing ■ — • 186 STUDIES IN OETHOGKAPHY. Ado^B, to carry to one's mouth ; to salute ; to honor deeply. — s, ed, ing — -46soLVE, to loose from ; to set free, as from sin. -s, ed, ing Beati/2/, to make happy or blest. Co^iTKiBUTE, to give in company with others. .«, ed, ing Co/iFORM, to shape according to; to cause to agree. s, ed, ing Re- ; s, ed, ing Z>evoTE, to set apart by vow, —————s, ed, ing C7omFOB,T, to make strong ; to help. s, ed, ing O/fer, to bring before; to present for acceptance, — s, ed, ing Pro^ER, to present to one for ac- ceptance. — '■ 5, ed, ing PresAGE, to indicate beforehand, s, ed, ing GREEK. Christen, to baptize and name. s, ed, ing Baptize, to devote to God by the use of water in the name of the Fa- ther, Son and Holy Ghost. s, ed, ing Christianize, to make Christian by preaching the gospel. s, ed, ing -4posTATiZE, to start away from ; to renounce the faith. -E'vANGELizE, to aunouncc well; to convert to religion by the gospel. s, ed, ing ProjDHEST, to speak before, to fore- tell : also to teach. tng- -4waTHEMATizE, to cxcommunicate ; to give over to the displeasure of God. s, ed, ing — CHAPTER XII. THE PURSUITS OP MAN. Man is formed for action, and naturally enters upon some pursuit of life. "Wants, circumstances and inclina- tions urge liim to do so. Pursuits arise. They are old as the race. Abel, we are told, was a keeper of sheep, -and Cain was a tiller of the ground. They are now quite nu- merous, and must be grouped in order to bring them before the mind. STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 187 Among tlie methods of grouping the pursuits, the follow- ing is suggested : 1. Producers. 2. Distributors. 8. Carriers. 4. Servants. 5. Protectors. 6. Street-Folk. 7. Yagrants. 8. Almsmen. 9. Teachers. 10. Politicians. 11. Lawyers. 12. Doctors. 18. Amusements. twenty-eighth study. OULTIVATOES OF THE SOIL. The cultivators of the soil are an important class of pro- ducers. Their pursuits are the earliest on record ; and on them, more than all others, depends the prosperity of man. The soil received little attention from the Romans and Greeks. The Saxons early attended to it, and laid the foundation of English and American prosperity. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTEIC. Plough, an instrument to turn up the ground in furrows. Were ploughs ever crooked branch- es merely ? Harrow, a toothed frame of wood to break soils in pieces. Hoe, an instrument to cut weeds and loosen the soil. r AEDENer, one who tills a garden. Lump, a mass of any thing, as of earth. Wisp, a bundle of straw or hay rolled up in the hand. Stubble, the stumps of grain left in the ground. GARDENm^, the practice of tilling the garden. Sled, a carriage that moves on run- ners. 188 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. Whisk, a bunch of hay or straw used Rein, a strap of bridle. as a brush. TiCKet, a pointed stake. Crook, a staff curving at the end, IncLO&ure, that which separates, as a used by shepherds. fence. Gaener, a place for grain. CELTIC. LATIN. Husk, a cover ; the sheath of grain. Stack, a pile of hay or straw. Agriculture, the care of the field ; Harness, the furniture of a draft the practice of farming. horse. cti, ist Tether, a rope to keep an animal HorticvjJiVBM, the care of the garden ; from pasturing too wide. the practice of gardening. al, ist FRENCH. j^^rj,^ strength; practice of human Arbor, a shelter ; a frame for vines. skill. Rowel, a rim or wheel of iron on a ist, isan bridle or in a spur. Fence, a mound ; hedge or defense. Trench, something cut ; a ditch used GRANar^/, a place for grain, for draining. exercise ii. names of qualities. FRENCH. Sterile, barren, unfruitful. -ity Fertile, productivej 'fruitful. ^ • • u* • i. ' .^ ' -rroDVCTive, yielding rich crops. Moist, wet. ^t ' Un- . ure -^( ProsPERous, successful. ^JuNDANT, having in great plenty. PLEASUEA^Ze, that can afford pleasure. ce, ly Arid, dry, wanting in moisture. Plenty, full of, or richly supplied. EXEEOISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. Harrow, to break ploughed land. Plough, to break up the ground in ^^» ^''^9 furrows. Plod, to travel slowly and heavily. Do farmers plough in the spring ? '^"j ^^9^ ^^ STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 189 Slash, to cut by lashing ; to strike AtTACB, to join to. violently. es, ed, ing ed, ing D^ach, to separate from. PouE, to throw ; to cast as a fluid. es, ed, ing ed, ing Trench, to cut ditches. Slake, to quench, as one's thirst. es,ed, ing -d, ing Gaeneb, to store grain. Cumber, to distress ; to obstruct, as s, ed, ing weeds. Plant, to set in the ground for ed, ing, er growth. Spodt, to throw out in jets, as water. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Re- , s, ed, ing Cast, to throw or scatter, as grain. Prune, to lop off branches. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Bud, to insert a bud in another tree. Graft, to insert a scion in another s, ed, ing • tree. s, ed, ing CELTIC. ^n y S' «^. ^^9y ^^« Stack, to pile up hay or straw. latin. s, ed, ing P/ospee, to succeed ; to do well s, ed, ing FRENCH. AboTTSJ), to hayc in great plenty. s, ed, ing SurB.ovsD, to lie on all sides, encom- Cultivate, to take care of, as the pass. soil. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing TWENTY-NINTH STUDY. FISHING AND HUNTING. Fishing and hunting are not, as it is commonly supposed, tlie first pursuits of man. They come into notice after the flood. Nimrod, we are told, was a mighty hunter. 190 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. Gun, an instrument consisting ■)£ a barrel and stock. Tackle, rigging ; an instrument of ^^^ ^^^ ^-^^ ^^^^^^- Bait, any food; food for catching Is tlie fisherman's tackle light ? ggj^ ing, instruments of action. Tethee, to tie an animal at pasture. Wreck, what is driven ; destruction, ^ ^^ ^^^ as of a ship. er, one who seeks French. FowLmg, the practice of shooting or „ ■,,■,.,,, ,,.,., ° Skiff, a small light boat, taking birds. _ , . , ^ , , , , T ,, Falcon, a kind of hawk; a hawk -piece, a light gun , ' Wad, a mass of any thing soft to stop ^^^^"^^^ *« sport. the powder in a gun. ^^' ^^ Race, a going; a running with speed. Harpoon, a spear-like iron used to strike whales. CELTIC. Chase, the hot pursuit of any thing. Angle, a hook, or line and hook to Mesh, the space between the threads take fish. of a net. er — — EXERCISE II. names of QUALITIES. 60THIO. Agile, apt to do; nimble. ity — '■ Haggard, ragged in appearance ; lean and rough. latin. DxusTless, without fear of danger. . . , , . AQUAT^e, belonging to the water. FRENCH. iwTREPiD, uot trembling ; without fear. BrutaZ, pertaining to a brute ; cruel. — ly, ity TRivia?, trifling, of little value. De&vTERAte, without hope ; dreadful Cruel, disposed to give pain. by reason of danger. iwHUMAN, not possessing the kindness ly, ion of man ; barbarous. Exomng, rousing to action. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 191 EXEEOISE II NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. ^SPT, to discei'n suddenly. es, ed, ing Tackle, to rig any thing, as a vessel, ^wdangee, to put in danger or periL Can you tackle a fishing-rod? s, ed, ing -ed, ing ^wbakrass, to impede or perplex. Cast, to send or throw, as an arrow. es, ed, ing ed, ing Chase, to urge hotly or in haste. Splice, to unite by interweaving, as s, ed, ing the ends of a rope. /wveigle, to blind ; to entice away. -ed, ing • s, ed, ing Scramble, to scratch ; to move or Harpoon, to strike with a harpoon. climb by holding on with the hands. s, ed, ing d, ing Angle, to fish for with hook and line. Daunt, to check by fear of danger. s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing jTr avERSE, to cross over ; to go Un ed, ing through. Snare, to catch with a snare. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Molest, to disturb. En .s, ed, ina — s, ed, ing Plan, to form a design. 5, ed, ing FRENCH. Fashion, to make or form any thing. latin. s, ed, ing Square, to form with four equal sides. CoyiSTRucT, to put together ; to build. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Joint, to smooth and unite boards at Plane, to make smooth with a plane. the edges. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ^ojcel, to go beyond ; to outdo others. Glue, to unite with glue s, ed, ing s, ed, ing iJesiGN, to mark the form or figure ; Mortise, to join timbers by tenon. to plan. s, ed, ing — ■— *, ed, ing CfflsEL, to pare or mortise with a Configure, to form with or according chisel. to a model. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Gouge, to mortise with a gouge. ^rect, to rear upright, as a buildings s, ed, ing s, ed, ing THIRTY-FIRST STUDY. WORKERS IN METALS AND MINERALS. The cultivators of tlie soil and workers in woo^ are de- pendent on the workers in metals for instruments. Sucli workers are among tlie most important producers. They arose early in the history of the race. We read of workers in bj-ass and iron in the family of Lamech. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. SMELT^r, oue who melts ore to obtain the metal in it. M.mer, one who digs for metals ov Wire, a thread of metal, as of cop- minerals, per. ArB miners a useful class of men? drawer, one who -^— — STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 195 Bell, a hollow body used for making sounds. hanger, one who Crank, a bend ; and then an axle to move things. Cast, a moidd or shape. Flag, a broad flat stone for paving. stone. Bolt, a large pin of iron. Spout, a pipe, or mouth of a vessel. Link, a single ring of a chain. Plate, a flat piece of metal. CELTIC. TiNKer, one who mends kettles and such things. Tin, a white yellowish and soft metal. - — ner, one who ■ BsAzier, one who works in brass. Pack, a small nail. Funnel, an instrument for convey- ing fluids into close vessels. Lathe, the machine of a turner. FRENCH. AssAYer, one who examines metallic ores. " Jewel, a precious stone, as a diamond. er, one who LAPiDrtr?/, one who cuts and polishes precious stones. Plumb, lead attached to a line to fiind an upright position. Forge, a furnace, or place where metals are wrought into shapes. Lever, a bar of metal or wood used for lifting. Coil, cord, rope, or wire gathered into a ring. Pivot, a pin on which any thing turns. Mason, one who works in mortar. s, ry Brick, a mass of burnt earth. — ■ bat, -clay, -dust, -kiln, -maker, -layer — -work, -yard Engine, a compound machine. Steam Vice, an iron press with a screw for holding things. Piston, that which drives; a cylinder. Ins>TB.vment, that which is prepared ; a tool. al, ally. Machine, any thing used to increase or direct power. Foundry, the place where metals are cast. Ordnance, great guns. Lustre, gloss, or brightness. Type, a stamp ; a printing letter. Tube, a pipe. Trowel, a mason's tool for spreading mortar. Foil, a thin plate of metal. latin. Pendulum, a suspended body that moves about a centre. FARRier, one who shoes and doctors horses. Fusion, the act of melting. /mpREss, the stamp or mark made by pressm-e. ion, ihle Press, a machine for pressing. Feictzow, the act of rubbing one body against another. CorROStoTi, the act of eating away, as metals. Plummet, lead attached to a line. Vhxm.Ber, one who works in lead. 196 STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY. EXBKCISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTmo. ' Fvsible, that may be melted by heat. Blunt, dull on the edge. Sonorows, giving out sound when ly^ ness struck. Huge, great in size. MxyrAble, changeable. 1^/, ness ^^ — ' ^o* CorEosivE, eating away, as metals. FBENCH. Mvnal, pertaining to a wall. CHAse^f, embossed, or adorned with Focal, pertaining to a point. fig^es. Fervent, hot or boiling. Bossec?, studded with knobs. MALLsaSZe, that may be beaten out. Urn Dvctile, that may be drawn out into Beonzcc^ made to resemble bronze. wire. i,ATiN. LAMiNATfiJ, Consisting^ of plates; SoLuSZe, capable of being dissolved. p a e . EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. Clatter, to make a rattling sound. Weld, to unite metals by hammering. *^^' *^^ Do blacksmiths weld iron ? S^^^^^' ^^ g^^^P ^^'^J' ^d, ing, er ^ *^5' Smelt, to separate metals from the ^^^' ^^ connect, as a chain. ore by fire. -ed, ing ing Un Mine, to dig for minerals. C"«^' *« strike; to make a small d, ing sharp noise. Bang, to beat heavily. " ^' ^^'/^-^ , . Clink, to ring with a sharp noise. ' ^ " -J ing Clinch, to fasten by bending, as a nail. ■ed, ing Blunt, to dull on the edge. s, ed, inq ^ .1 o . •i.i.vu Plate, to overlay with metal. Bolt, to bar or fasten with bolts. , , , *' . s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Tin , 5, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 197 LATIN. Creak, to crash ; to make a sharp ProPEL, to drive onward. grating sound. s, ed, ing -ed, Ing Fuse, to melt by heat. Tinkle, to make a sharp sound by s, ^d, ing striking on metals. Press, .to squeeze by pressure. ing es, ed, ing Roast, to separate volatile matter Com , es, ed, ing from minerals. Irti ^ es, ed, ing — -s, ed, ing Cownect, to join together. 5, ed, ing Dis , s, ed, ing Braze, to solder with brass and zinc. J.6rade, to rub and wear off by fric- -d, ing tion. Forge, to form metals by heating and s, ed, ing, sion hammering. Mend, to repair, or set right. s, ed, ing, er s, edy ing Burnish, to polish metals by friction. Foliate, to beat into a thin leaf. s, ed, ing • s, ed, ing Coil, to gather into a ring. jE'^jpand, to spread out ; to enlarge. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing — Un , s, ed, ing Solder, to unite the surfaces of met- Lique/3/, to change a solid into a als. fluid. s, ed, ing es, ed, ing THIRTY- SECOND STUDY. MATsniFAOTTTBEBS. Cultivators of tlie soil, and workers in wood and metals, give rise to another class of producers — to manu- facturers. Sucli are tliose who produce food and drinks, goods for clothing, clothing^ articles for housekeeping^ hardware and instruments and machines. Publishers and printers belong to this class. 198 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. EXEEOISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. 60THI0. Hat, a cover for the head. Are hats made of beaver's hair ? ter, one who Ball, a round body. Plush, a cloth with a velvet nap on one side. Kersey, a coarse woollen cloth. Hank, two or more skeins of thread tied together. Snarl, a knot, as of thread. Strip, a stripe, or narrow piece. Thrum, the ends of weavers' threads. Wafer, a thin paste for sealing let- ters. Rasp, a kind of file whose roughnesses are made bj- punching. Clink, sharp sound made by striking metals. Snuff, powdered tobacco. Flask, a kind of bottle. Screw, a cylinder with a winding grooved thread. Sluice, a frame of wood or stone by a mill. Dam, a mound to obstruct water. "Wadding, soft stuff used in quilting. Label, a strip of paper fixed to a thing to mark its contents. Whisket, water; a spirit distilled from grain. Bran, the coating of grain removed in turning it into flour. Tartan, woollen checked cloth. BuTcner, one who stabs; one who kills animals for food. Tailor, one who cuts up and makes cloth into garments. MiLLiNer, one who makes head-dresses and bonnets. MANTUAmaA;er, one who makes gowns for ladies. PERFUMer, one who makes or sells perfiunes. CuTLer, one who makes cutting in- struments. y, the practice of Machine, an instrument to increase force or motion. ist, one who Muslin, fine thin cotton cloth. Fringe, something broken ; an orna- mental border of loose threads. Bobbin, a pin or spool ; round tape. BoBBiNe^, lace wrought by machine. Buckram, coarse linen cloth made stiff by glue. Drugget, coarse figured woollen cloth used over carpets. Tinsel, a spark ; something very shiny. Bronze, a compound of copper and tin. Vellum, a kind of parchment. Bottle, a hollow vessel with a nar- row mouth. Button, a bud, or small body used to fasten any thing. STUDIES IN ORTHOaRAPHY. 199 Pump, an engine used to raise water. Serge, twilled woollen stuff. Faucet, a pipe for draining liquid . \ LATIN. from a cask. Drab, a thick woollen cloth of a dun CouY-Kction, any thing prepared with color. sugar. Journeyman, a day man ; a hired er, ery tradesman. DisTiLLer, one who extracts spirits Calender, a hot-press for laying the by evaporation. nap of cloth. y, the place TAPEs^r?/, woven hangings. MANUFACTURer, one who makes any Check, cloth varied with stripes. thing with the hand ; one who Type, letters formed in metal. works up raw materials into wares -founder, one who fit for use. Paste, a composition for sticking MANUFACiory, the place where things together. Linen, cloth made of the fibres of Crape, gauze-like cloth, made of raw flax. silk gummed. Fabric, a frame ; the structure of any Satin, glossy silk cloth. thing. Fustian, coarse twilled cotton cloth. HEXTure, that which is woven ; the Taffety, smooth silk of wavy lustre. quality of a web. EXEEOISB II. NAMES OF QUAUTIES. GOTHIC. /wGENioMS, posscsscd of invcutive skill. Stripe^, having lines of different ^2/> ^^^^ ^QlQj.g_ Curious, inquisitive ; rare or singular. Glossy, bright and shiny. 2/ -?tess /wTRicATE, enfolded, complicated. SpANGLEcf, set with spangles or bril- ^^' ^^^^ Hants. ProYiiahle, that which brings gain ; FRENCH. advantageous. Fine, thin, delicate. ' V^ ^^^^ ness ^^ CHECKER.C?, diversified with cross- VARiEGATe^diversifiedjmany-colored. bars like a chess-board. ^^«^^^^' ^^^^f^ ' ^^°^^^^ ^'^^ ^S ures or designs. i-^TiN. Simple, plain. Rare, unusually fine. 200 STUDIES m OETHOGRAPHY. EXEEOISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. Stamp, to impress a mark. FRENCH. Pat, to discharge a debt. Do manufacturers stamp their Bkonze, to imitate bronze. wares ? ■, . s, ed, %ng mg - ^ ^ Crush, to squeeze or bruise. Spangle, to sprinkle with anj thing ^^^ ^^^ Pump, to swell ; to raise water. s, ed, mg j . Click, to make a sharp quick sound, p^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ i^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^ ^^11- es, ed, ing ed, mg Calendeb, to press between hot roll- Wabdle, to move from one side to ers. *^^ ^<^^^^' s, ed, ing d, ing LATIN. CELTIC. Variegate, to diversify in colors. s, ed, ing Daub, to smear with soft matter ; Distil, to extract spirits by evapor to paint coarsely. ation from grain. ed, ing, er s, ed. Dapple, to mark with spots. Manufacture, to form any fabric s, ed, ing with the hand. Poise, to throw down ; to weigh. s, ed, i\ ng Pr; aark by impressions. — ing Im s, ed, ing Print, to mark with impressions. Print, to mark by impressions. s, ed, ing THIRTY-THIRD , STUDY. ■ FINISHERS. Many things produced bj workers in wood and metals, and manufacturers, need to be polished. A finisMng toucli is to be added. Thus, a new division of producers arise, known as finishers. STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 201 EXEEOISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Goxmo. uses varnish to give -wood or other GjLDer, one who overlays things material a gloss. with gold. PAiNTer, one who uses a coloring Were gilders known in ancient substance called paint. f,imps ? ' EuAJdEL, something melted in ; a sub- UpHOhsterer, one who finishes houses ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^ S^^^^ ^^^ 1^^^' with beds, curtains, and such things. FRENCH. VABNiSHcr, one who varnishes, or -er BsoTDERer, one who adorns with a needle. Em EXEEOISE II. NAMES OF QUAUTIES. GOTHIC. C/wiQUE, unequalled; singular m its kind. Gilt, covered with gold. ly^ ness MriBOssed, decked with raised figures. CELTIC. LATIN. TASBmxed, adorned witji tassels. Unado^sed, not decked with orna- FEENCH. ments. Decoea ed, adorned, beautiful. BepmEd, freed from dross. PerFECT, finished, complete. Un , not Im Fimmedy complete. (7ompLETE, full, perfect Unr- In EXERCISE III. names of ACTIONS. GOTHIC. FRENCH. GuD, to cover with gold. Beoidee, to darn ; to adorn with the s, ed, ing needle. Deck, to cover ; to array in beauty. s, ed, hig 5, ed, ing Em , s, ed, ing 8* 202 STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. Cushion, to cover with a stuffed bag or covering. s, ed, ing -E'wAMEL, to lay on enamel, a sub- stance of glass and lead. s, ed, ing Varnish, to coat with varnish. es, ed, ing Polish, to make smooth ; to refine. es, ed, ing -E'mBELLisH to make beautiful. es, ed, ing BEAUTi/'y, to make fair, es, ed, ing Furbish, to rub, to brighten. es, ed, ing Burnish, to make bright by friction. es, ed, ing -BeFiNE, to clear from dross. — s, ed, ing ■■ — Finish, to make perfect. es, ed, ing ^/wBoss, to adorn with raised figures* es, ed, ing DECORa^e, to adorn or embellish. s, ed, ing uicfoRN, to deck, to ornament. s, ed, ing PerrBCs, to make throughout ; to finish. mg CompLETE, to make full ; to finish. s, ed, ing THIRTY-FOURTH STUDY. DISTEIBUT0E8. In the early ages of the world, producers, when they had more than they needed, disposed of the surplus themselves. This was found to be inconvenient, and a new division of labor took place. Distributors arose, whose object was to distribute the fruits of producers. Clerks and merchants soon formed an interesting class of society. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. HucKS^er, one who carries goods on his back ; a retailer of small wares. Are hucksters common in large cities ? Pack, a bundle of any thing, as goods or wares. age, a small Sloop, a vessel with one mast. Schooner, a vessel with two masts. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 203 RuDDEB, the instrument by wliich a ship is steered. Flook, the arm of an anchor. Bowsprit, the spar extending over the stem of a ship. Store, large ; a great quantity. house^ -keeper, -room Cost, the price of a thing. Boom, a long pole to spread out the cine of a studding-saiL Skipper, the master of a small trad- ing vessel. Leak, a hole in a vessel that admits ■water. GEOcer, a trader in teas, spices, and other things. CELTIC. Babe, a vessel with thi*ee masts, but without a mizzen-topsaH. Dock, a place by a river where ships are built and repaired ; space be- tween wharves. Funxel, a hollow cone to convey liquids into close vessels. Bargain, a contract in busiaess. MERcnaw^, one who buys; a dealer in goods. Cutter, a small vessel like a sloop. Cable, a strong rope or chain to keep a vessel at anchor. Packet, a vessel used to convey per- sons, letters, or merchandise. Frigate, a ship of war of a large size. Corvette, a sloop of war carrying twenty guns. Value, the worth of any thing. able, less YoY age, a passing by water from one place to another. Fur, the down of certain animals. FuRRzer, one who deals in Pilot, one who steers ships into ports. Raisin, dried grape. Spice, a fragrant pxmgent vegetable production. Bale, a package of goods. JouRxa^, a day-book of entries. Coffer, a chest or box for money. Prow, the fore part of a ship. Bill, a kind of writing in law or commerce. Quay, a mole or bank at which ves- sels are loaded or unloaded. iwvoicE, a thing sent ; a bill of parti- culars ia commerce. Account, a registry of debts. ComiERCE, intercourse in buying and selling. —ial Bargain, an agreement. Clerk, one who has a lot ; one who keeps accounts. Anchor, an instrument to hold a ves- sel at rest in water. PEDL ^^^^ PRACTicaZ, pertaining to active use. Honest, honorable ; fair in dealing. ly -ly, y Im- -^^^ — Fortunate, successful. Judicious, according to sound judg- ly , ment; wise. Xf^ ■iy — LiBERaZ, free ; bountiful. In 11 Princely, like a prince ; magnificent. BENEFicewif, doing good. HAZABDowa, dangerous. EXEROISEIII. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. Smuggle, to bring into or out of port Swindle, to cheat or defraud one of forbidden goods, his right. ^' ^^^' ''' Is it wicked to swindle any one ? C^^^^' *<> ^^^^^ ^'^ ^^^fr^^^' ^, ing, er— *> < '""S, <^g^ STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. ' 205 Wreck, to shatter and destroy, as a Baegain, to make a contract, ship. s, ed, ing mg, er Traffic, to trade in goods. Leak, to drop; to admit water, as a 5, ed, ing vessel. s, ed, i Value, to find out the price ; to set latin. Peddle, to travel about and sell ing ■P * . ^a;TORT, to twist from; to obtain any > J y thing unlawfully. Luff, to turn the head of a ship to 7 • ' . , ^ s, ed, xng the wind. ing Furl, to wrap or roll up a sail. Contract, to draw together ; to make a mutual agreement. 8, ed, ing s, ed, ing SxiPULa^e, to settle terms, or bargain. Un , s, ed, ing — ,s, ed, ing Gain, to get in any way. Compensate, to give something agree- s, ed, ing able for services. Me , s, ed, ing s, ed, ing -Account, to reckon or value. i^eMUNERATE, to pay back ; to reeom ■ — s, ed, ing .^— — pense. iri^ercHANGE, to give and take mu- s, ed, ing tually. jBecoTWPENSE, to pay again ; to satisfy. . s, ed, ing s, ed, ing THIRTY-FIFTH STUDY. CABRIEES. The work of producing and distributing what was pro duoed, could not be perfected without another class of men, carriers. „ Their business is to convey goods and persons from place to place. At the present time, they form a large and useful class of men. 206 • STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. GOTHIO. Switch, a movable part of a rail- road track. man^ the man Mate, a companion; an officer in a ship. Herald, one who carries messages for -ric, ry, Rail, a bolt ; a bar. road, a road made of Brake, an instrument attached to wheels of cars to retard the mo- tion. man, the man CARRicr, one who conveys goods or persons. Car, a small vehicle moved on wheels. man, the man Cart, a carriage with two wheels. man, a man EimwEer, one who manages engines. MESSENoer, one who is sent on er- rands. Captain, a head-man ; the commander of a ship. Pilot, one who guides or leads; the head-man. age BAGoa^e, the clothing and other things necessary in travelling. News, recent account; fresh inform- ation. -paper, -hoy • SiGNaZ, a sign of notice. MEssa^re, that which is sent. Engine, a machine for increasing human power. Route, the course or way to be passed. MARiNer, one who follows the sea ; a sailor. CouRier, one who runs ; a public mes- senger. PASsa^e, a passing by land or water ; the time of passage. Journey, the travel of a day. PoRTer, one who waits at a gatCj one who carries burdens for hire. (7owDUCTor, one who directs or guides, as the agent of a rail-road. Canal, a passage made for water. man, a man Locomotive, moving in place ; steam- engine placed on wheels. Exp-KE&&, a person or vehicle sent on an errand. CommjTArion, the exchange of one thing for another. MANDttife, a command ; an order. Post, a swift messenger ; a station. office -man, the man. Telegraph, that which writes at a distance; a machine for sending intelligence to a distance. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 207 XERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. Teusti/, that may be confided in. Trustworthy, worthy of confidence. Alert, watchful, brisk. ness LATIN. jE'arPEDiEn^, hastening; appropriate in FRENCH. the circumstances. ^nnuRiNG, lasting, permanent. FA Ssa6^., t hat may be passed. ErvDv^able, that may be borne, or continued. Cori&iKnt, continuing firm ; fixed. FoRciftZe, that may drive ; strongly ' , . Perilous, full of hazard. active. PowerM having much force or P^vate, striped ; separate or alone. power. -ly PuBLzc, pertaining to a state or people, DANGERot^i beset with perils; haz- ^^^^^^^^^^ ' knowing, skilfuL ardous. ^ " ly GREEK. Prompt, ready to act as occasion de- ^werget^c, workine with power ; act- mands. ive. ly, ness, itude ■ al, ally EXEEOISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS, CELTIC. Journey, to go by day ; to pass from place to place. Herald, to carry or cry a message. ^ ^^ • s,ed,ing i)ispATCH, to send away; to send Trust, to confide in. -s, ed, mg Dis , s, ed, ing ■ En , s, ed, ing messengers. es, ed, ing "" -Etidure, to continue firm, "" s, ed, ing Force, to urge, or impel onwards. FRENCH. • , . s, ed, tng Travel, to walk ; to journey. Risk, to hazard, endanger. s, ed, ing ■■ — s, ed, ing 208 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. PwrsuE, to seek through ; to follow Commute, to exchange, put one thing as an aim. in place of another. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Cross, to pass over. LATIN. es,ed,ing Transmr, to send from one place to Proceed, to go forward, advance. another. «' < '''^9 — -s, ed, ing, al P^°" *« P^^ ^^ danger, risk. Expedite, to move hastily. ^' ^^» ^'^5' s, ed, ing, ion Paddle, to row or play in the water. s, ed, ing Telegraph, to write at a distance; Pass, to go beyond. -to convey intelligence by electri- es, ed, ing — — ^— city. Re s, ed, inq THIRTY -SIXTH STUDY. SERVANTS AND MASTERS. Servants afose with prosperity. As soon as men became producers and distributors, skill and wealth introduced servitude. The wise and strong controlled the services of the ignorant and weak. Servants became needful, and now compose a large and useful class of community. Public servants belong to the state, or society. EXERCISE I. names of persons and things. gothic. celtic. Slave, a person subject to the will Soull?ow, one who cleans pots and of another. does low kitchen work. Did slaves exist in ancient times ? , , , FRENCH. ery, er, -holder Groom, a boy; one who has charge ^MrvEYor,one who inspects all around, of horses. and then measures. STUDIES IN" OKTHOGRAPHY. 209 BvTLer, one who takes care of bottles, and then of liquors ; a waiter. Yale^, a waiting-servant. Wages, hire ; what is paid for services. Lackey, a foot-boj, or attending ser- vant. VAssa^, a boy, or serving tenant a^e Caterer, one who provides food. Laundress, a washer-woman. Laundry, the room where clothes are washed. Service, office of a servant. Menial, a domestic servant of the lowest order. latin. Rvj.er, one who governs. SERvan^, one who waits or serves another. AtTESDant, one who accompanies another. jANiTor, one who keeps the door, es- pecially of a college. SERvrror, one who acts for or tinder another. Domestic, pertaining to the house ; a household servant. Despot, an absolute prince, a tyrant. ic, ical, ically Tyrant, a cruel ruler. ical, ically EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHIC. Shy, avoiding, fearful of being ap- proached. Are birds shy ? er, est CRmGw^r, bowing servilely. CELTIC. Brisk, lively, quick of motion. -er, est Aler^, watchful, nimble and vigilant. ViGiLan^, watchful, or circumspect. AtTESitive, reaching to ; heedful. Co^ quiet and shy. • er, est MenioZ, pertaining to a servant ; low. Y Movable, of much worth. OBLIGING, doing favors. — ly Negligent, careless or heedless. -46usive, giving offense, or making an ill use of any thing. b 7;2S0LENT, contemptuous, overbearing. SERvile, pertaining to a slave. CortTEMFTuous, scornf ul, apt to despise. Haughty, proud, arrogant. ly impuDENT, not modest, bold of words. iy, ce Rude, rough, unpolished. -er, est, ly, ness ■ SERYic^able, that which does service ; useful. Officious, forward in obliging. Austere, sour and harsh ; severe. ity, ly 210 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. EXEEOIBE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTmo. (7omMAND, to send to ; to order. s, ed, ing Scrub, to rub hard with any thing q^in, to obtain by industry. coarse; to clean by scrubbing. ' g g^ i^q Does the cook scrub her kettles ? s, ed, mg latin. AhvsE, to use illy. CELTIC. , . s, ed, mg -, . . . , Serve, to keep ; to wait upon another Tarry, to stop, to stay. , . ^ . '' s, ed, ing ^ , ' ' "] , „ /wDucE, to lead in : to persuade. Rub, to move along the surface ; to ■, . Clean by rubbing with something. ^ [^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^ s, ed, inq ^ . * s, ed, ing Neglect, to omit by carelessness. FRENCH. , . s, ed, mg >SMrvET, to inspect on all sides, and ^^^^^^' ^^ P°^^^ straight; to show. then measure. ^' ^^' ^^-^ .s_ e^ i^g Rule, to govern or control. Cater, to humor appetite ; to provide ^' ^ ' ^^^ food. ^** ,s,ed,mg s, ed, ing Obey, to comply with the commands of another. Tyrannize, to act as a tyrant. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing T H I R T y- S E V E N T H STUDY. PEOTEOTOES AND ENEMIES. Man, engaged at lawful pursuits, soon found an eneAy in man, and felt Ms need of protection. A new division took place. Protectors arose, whose business it was to guard the persons, properties and homes of men. This STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 211 class of men have grown into vast dimensions in modern times. Such are soldiers^ sailors, policemen, watchmen, fire- men a,iOid jailers. EXEEOISE I. NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. Drum, an instrument covered with skin at each end. er, one who Bludgeon, a stout stick loaded at one end. Tramp, a step; a heavy tread as of horsemen. Muster, a gathering of troops. Rifle, a kind of gun. Flag, something spread ; an ensign. Dirk, a small dagger. Truce, a suspension of arms ; a respite. Club, a stick heavy at one end. Cudgel, a kind of stick used for beating. Dirk, a kind of dagger. , to stab with a dirk. ed, ing Trigger, the catch in a pistol or musket. Claymore, a large sword used by the Highlanders of Scotland. Moat, a ditch round a castle. Havoc, waste : wild destruction. SoLDier, one who is paid for military IrvFAstry, foot soldiers. Enemy, not a friend ; a foe. Gauntlet, an iron glove. Bailiff, a kind of policeman. BailiwiCK, the bounds of a bailiff's authority. Captain, a head or chief officer. cy, ship CBAMPion, one who undertakes a combat for another. Corporal, the lowest officer of a troop of infantry. CoLONeZ, the chief officer of a regi- ment. -cy, Mail, a net- work or coat of steel. Dagger, a short sword like a knife. Battle, a beating ; a combat. Scout, one who listens ; one sent be- fore an army. Rout, the dispersion of troops in bat- tle. HosTa^e, one delivered to an enemy as a pledge. Fracas, a noisy quarrel. Halbert, a kind of spear. Fray, a broil or quarrel. ^f SentincZ, belonging to one who per- ceives ; a soldier on guard. Triumph, a victory. al, ally 212 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. CowAr^ one who turns the back ; a latin. fearM man. Mutiny, a rising against authority, as ADMiRaZ, the chief commander of a seamen. fleet. /S'wrRENDER, a giving up ; a yielding. s, ty, ship EnGKG-Ement, the act of laying on ; a Convoy, attendance for defense. conflict. AcTiow, the act of doing ; a battle. Carteidge, a case holding a charge ' ISTav^/, an assemblage of ships ; a fleet. for a gun. MISS^7e, something sent; a weapon Massacre, slaughter of one or more that is thrown. in cruelty. REGzmm^, that which governs; a body Arsenal, a depository for arms ; prac- of soldiers. tice or art of bringing in. Legion, a collection ; a body of infan- CAYttlry, practice belonging to the ^^J- horse ; body of horse soldiers. ^> ^^y Police, a body of city officers. Champion, one who fights a single Military, pertaining to soldiers; the combat. armed force. ^^^P — Dart, a kind of dagger, Advis,Ksary, one who is opposed. (7omBAT, a beating against ; a fight. Lance, a long spear. Unameer, one skilled in designing. Conflict, a struggling together; acom- ing • "^^' ^?isiGN, a mark ; colors of a military Privateer, a pirate ship of war. Ijand. -4mMUNiTioN, that which fortifies; cy, -bearer. military stores. FiCKet, a guard placed in front of an ^c^utant, one who helps; a military army. officer. Poniard, a pointed sword like a dag- Militia, the body of soldiers enrolled ger. but not engaged. Carabine, a short gun used by horse- CiTac?eZ, a city fortress. men. Liotor, one who strikes; a Eoman Rapier, a short sword used in thrust- officer. ing- EXEEOISE II. NAMES OF qualities. CELTIC. FRENCH. DauntZ^ss, without fear or timidity. Gallant, gay, splendid or noble. t/wDAUNTec?, having no fear or weak- ly Un , not STUDIES m OETHOGEAPHT. 213 FiEECE, wild, rushing. ConFiDent, trusting, or relying hope- er, est, ly, ness fully. SA2 * ff _„ ^^ . „ Train, to draw along ; to drHl or fit Trample, to tread under. ^^ duty. ,, ed, ing ^' ^^' ^'^5' Muster, to gather troops together for -^cEffiVE, to finish, to accomplish. exercise. '' < *^5'. ^^^^ g g^ ly^q Dart, to shoot or move quickly. Boom, to rush with a loud and vio- ^' ^^ *^5' lent noise. ComBAT, to beat against; to fight. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Clatter, to make a confused noise. Rout, to break the ranks of troops. s, ed, ing «, ed, ing Ransack, to plunder or pillage. Guard, to protect or defend. s, ed, ing . s, ed, ing Slash, to strike or cut violently and Cotifine, to bring within limits ; tc at random. imprison. -es, ed, ing s, ed, ing 214 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. /wiPKisoN, to put in a prison or jail. latin. s, ed, ing, ment Massacre, to slaughter cruelly. Convoy, to attend on for defense. 5, ed, ing — s, ed, ing ■— Skirmish, to throw ; to combat lightly. CAPixu^a^ to give up the head ; sur- s, ed, ing render on conditions. Battle, to beat ; to combat fiercely. \ — s, ed, ing -> s, ed, ing - Struggle, to strive and make great /SwrRENDER, to submit or give up. efi'orts. ■ s, ed, ing s, ed, ing •^— Vanquish, to overcoihe. /tivade, to come into ; to enter as an ; -^ 5, ed, ing enemy. ConquER, to seek with ; to overcome. — «, ed, ing ing ProTECT, to cover before ; to shield. L/, %->*^, Be , s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Marshal, to arrange in order. Coerce, to urge together ; to restrain. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing /wTRENCH, to cut in ; to fortify with CwnPEL, to force together. a ditch. s, ed ing 5, ed, ing ReoKun, to repair by new supplies. ^ncROACH, to hook in ; to enter upon s, ed, ing • another's rights. Rcpthesb, to crush. s, ed, ing es, ed, ing Vaunt, to boast of oneself. Assault, to leap on ; to attack no- s, ed, ing, er lently. Spoil, to pull asunder ; to seize vio- s, ed, ing lently. DeFBAt, to overthrow. -s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ■ De , s, ed, ing - Volunteer, to go into military service FoRT//y, to make strong ; to surround of one's own accord. with defenses. s, ed, ing • ■ es, ed, ing THIRTY-EIGHTH STUDY.) STREET FOLK. ^Laj^y of the human race have no settled employment. They are irregular traders or carriers, and pass most of their STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 215 time in the street. London contains some thirty thousand of this class. Such are street cleaners^ hawkers^ showmen^ street musicians, coster mongers and potterers. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF PEKSONS AND THINGS. Hawker, one who offers goods for sale by outcry. CosTERMONGER, 0116 wlio sells fruit and vegetables in the street. OutcA&T, one who is expelled from society. FRENCH. Buffoon, a low mimic. -ery Legerdemain, sleight of hand ; decep- tive trickery. Harlequin, a buffoon or merry- andrew who plays tricks. FRUiTerer, one who deals in fruit ; a hawker of fruit. Outcry, a vehement calling. Miscreant, a vile wretch. MusiCTan, one who sings or performs on an instrument of music. Street- •' Jester, a person who is given to pranks ; a buffoon. E X E E I S I I . names of qualities. GOTHIO. Paltrt, ragged ; vile. i)€BASED, brought low ; mean. -DISGUSTING, offensive to the taste: odious. Pitied, compassionated. Un Vile, base or worthless. er, est, ly, ness MisERaSZe, wretched, poor. OiscENE, filthy, disgusting. ity, ness, ly Odious, hateful. Der^siable, that which is hateful. Infamous, wicked in the extreme. ly 216 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. XEECISE III, NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. Hawk, to sell goods by public outcry. ^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^ s, ed. ing , • ' ' ^ s, ed, mg FRENCH. ^ ComMiSERATE, to pity OP fccl foF an- Cry, to utter with a loud voice ; to other. caU out. «' ^^' ^^9 ■ gg g^ l^fj -4/leviate, to lessen, as sorrow. -DisGusT, to offend the taste. ^> ^^> ^^^S' s, ed, ing ^ T^ \ n . <. ,. 1 GREEK. Pitt, to feel grief for one who is wretched. Mnno, to imitate, to mock. es, ed, ing s, ed, ing, ry THIRTY-NINTH STUDY. VAGRANTS. As soon as society is established, a class of men spring up, known as vagrants. They live on the labors of others. This class includes heggars^ vagabonds^ pickpockets^ burglars garriblers^ magwians^ conjurers and diviners. They are fonn6. in all countries. EXEEOISB I. NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. GOTHio. BuRGZar, one who enters a house to steal. RoBBer, one who seizes what is an- y other's by force. ' Gambler, one who games, or plays Are robbers common in society ? for money. -y BEGGar, one who lives by asking. Rover, one who wanders about ; a y^ ly robber. Wand, a rod used by conjurers. STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 217 Gyve, that which holds ; fetters for the legs. QuAEEEL, a brawl or petty fight. FRENCH. Felon, one who is guilty of a crime against the state. y, ess YAGnant, one who goes from place to place begging or stealing. cy Toper, one who drinks to excess; a sot. 'BmGand, a mountaineer, or plunderer. PoACHer, one who steals game. MAEAUDcr, one who plunders. Picaroon, one who plunders ; a pirate. -Accomplice, an associate in guilt. /wposTOK, one who imposes upon another. Chain, a series of united links. YAQAbond, a wanderer; a vagrant going from place to place. Conjvner, one who invokes the aid of spirits to do wonderful things. Divider, one who pretends to tell future things by the aid of spirits. DiSTURBe?*, one who perplexes, an- noys. 0/fender, one who strikes against ; one who makes another angry. PuGiLis^, one who boxes ; a fighter. 0/)PEOBRiuM, reproach, infamy. Culprit, one convicted of crime. Arson, the crime of house-burning. Confederate, one who is leagued with others. -cy AvDAcity, boldness, impudence. Crime, an offense against law. Criminal, one accused or guilty of crime. Artifice, a device or injurious plan. Magic, an art by which men pretend to do wonders. ian, al, ally EXERCISE II. NAMES OF qualities. TRENCH. CviiPAble, deserving censure. SoANDALOws, giviug offcnse ; disgrace- ful in character. ly CBiMisal, relating to crime. ity ProFLiGATE, dashed or ruined in morals. cy OjOPROBRiows, reproachful, infamous. -Depraved, corrupt. ly, ness Obdurate, hard ; impenitent. /^FAMOUS, not being in good report ; ^¥ notoriously bad. Callous, hard ; unfeeling. 10 218 STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY, E X E E O I S E III. ACTIONS. Eansack, to plunder completely. Did the thief ransack the house? ed, ing Kidnap, to steal children; to carry- away a person by force. ed, ing, er Plunder, to spoil, or pillage. edy ing, er KoB, to take from another with force. s, ed, ing, er Jeer, to scoff, or mock. 5, ed, ing Decor, to lead into a snare. s, ed, ing Beg, to ask in charity. s, ed, ing Stroll, to rove about ; to wander on foot. s, ed, ing CELTIC. Pilfer, to spoil; to steal in small quantities, s, ed, ing, er ^msEZZLE, to filch or steal secretly. s, ed, ing Pillage, to strip or peel. ing, er FRENCH. Assail, to leap upon ; to attack with violence. s, ed, ing, er , ^^TACK, to fasten upon ; to fall upon with force. s, ed, ing ■ AliuVKiB, to tempt to ; to lead astray. s, ed, ing Chain, to fasten with a chain. 5, ed, ing s, ed, ing MANAcle, to put on handcuffs. s, ed, ing Banter, to play upon, jeer. s, ed, ing — Taunt, to reproach, ridicule. — s, ed, ing i>(?STROT, to pull down; to ruin in any way. — s, ed, ing, er ConsvKE, to call or summon by a sacred name ; to work magic. Quarrel, to engage in a petty fight. s, ed, ing Divine, to foretell ; conjecture by art. ——■ — s, edi ing TransQRi,sB, to pass across ; to violate law. " ' — - — s, ed, ing, ion STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 219 FORTIETH STUDY. ALMSMEN Aim ALMONEES. • The poor are found in every society. Age, disease and misfortune cast many upon tlie charities of the world. Almsmen exist as a class of society, and are provided for by the benevolence of man. Such are worthy paujperSy almsmen and inmates of hospitals and asylums. EXEEOISE I. FAMES OF THINGS OE PERSONS. GOTHio. Paupee, a poor person; one who _ . lives on the town. Lack, want, need. -^^ FRENCH. PENxmy, Want of property; extreme poverty. PovEETT, want of the means of sub- po^^^ indigent; needy. sistence. /^o^sg iwDiGEwce, state of want. BENEFACTor, one who makes chari- Chaeity, good-will; alms given to table gifts to the public. the needy. ggs Fortune, the good or iU of life. D^j^^r, one who gives or bestows ^^ favors ; a benefactor. T.ATTN. ' AsTLUM, safe from spoil ; a place of HospiTa?, a building for the sick or refuge ; a place of relief. poor. EXEEOISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. FRENCH. LATIN. i)eRANGED, put out of ordcr. Urgent, pressing with necessity. ChaeitaS?^, liberal in giving to the ly, cy poor. JnniGENT, destitute of property. Un , not ly, ce 220 STUDIES IN OETHOGKAPHY. Necessitows, very needy. /wsane, not sound; deranged. DESTITUTE, forsaken ; in great want. ity Z>esEBTED, wholly forsaken. Fortunate, favored with goods. /wFiBM, not firm ; weak. Un— — — , not — EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. ' Grant, to give, or bestow. Lack, to want, or need. *' ^^' ^^•^ 5, ed. ing ^ _ ' ' ^ LATIN. ^^^"^^^ Succon, to help or aid in any way. Help, to lend aid ; to strengthen. s, ed, ing ■ s, ed, ing -Assist, to stand under ; to help. -s, ed, ing FRENCH. Aid, to give aid or assistance. ^eLiEVE, to free from any care or s, ed, ing e^- MELioRa^e, to make better, improve. -s, ed, ing s. -^MELIORATE, to improvc, to make >Smj9plt, to fill up ; to furnish what is better. wanted. -s, ed, ing, ion s, ed, ing /mpoRTUNE, to bear on ; to ask ur- ^/ford, to yield ; to grant. gently. s, ed, ing 5, ed, ing i>esERT, to forsake, abandon, i>eRANGE, to put out of ordcr. s, ed, ing FORTY-FIRST STUDY. THE TEAOHEES AND THE TAUaHT. Producers, distributors, carriers, servants, protectors, and even street-folk, vagrants and almsmen, need instruc- tion. Teachers arise, and form one of the most important classes of society. Their object is to train the mind. This class includes the teacher^ author and minister. Some minis- ters have names given by the State, as well as by the Church. STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 221 E X E E C I S NAMES OF THINGS. Parson, lord of the living ; tlie min- ister of the parish. Are parsons known as such in the Bible ? PREAcner, one who discourses in pub- lie on religion. "Wand, a small rod. Druid, one who taught under the oak ; a priest among the Celts. s, ic, ical, ism, ess Clergy, those who have their calling bj lot ; ministers of the church. Prelate, one elevated ; a minister of a high order, as a bishop. — ical, ically Vicar, a person who acts for another in the Christian ministry. Dean, the head of a corporation ; the second minister in rank in a dio- cese. ery Abbe, a father ; a kind of monk. ess CHAPLaz?i, a minister of a chapeL cy, ship Usne?', a door-keeper ; an under teacher. Copy, a resemblance. Tour, a going round, a circuit LECTURer, one who reads discourses. PuBLisner, one who makes known publicly. LECTwre, that which is read. ei, ship PAs^or, one who feeds ; a minister of the church. al MiNis^er, one who steers or guides ; a chief servant in church or state. 'Rs.ctor, one who rules ; the minister of a parish in the Episcopal Chm'ch. Curate, ouq who has the care of souls ; an under minister in the Episcopal Church. -cy Tvtor, one who defends ; one who in- structs. CAKDinal, one on whom things hinge ; a minister of a high order in the Romish Church. Doctor, one who teaches ; one who is qualified to teach in a high degree. al, ate ProFESsor, one who discovers and shows publicly ; a public teacher. al, ship, ate OoadsvTor, a fellow-helper. 'EviEYity, shortness. Pupil, a" youth ; a scholar. age, state of being a scholar or ward. 222 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. TuTELage, state of guarding ; protec- tion. SEQue/, that which follows. ProcijhTAAtion, the thing proclaimed ; official notice. Ex , the thing or act of De , the thing or act of Ac , the thing or act of ELoq.\5ence, speaking out ; the art of speaking so as to move. EniTor, one who superintends the pub- lication of a book or paper. AuTHor, one who increases or brings into being ; the maker of a book. ship, ess Benefice, a church living. IwsTBUCTor, one who builds teacher. up; Pejesbttee, one who is old ; a ruling or teaching officer in the church. ian ArchBi&noF, a chief overseer ; a metro- politan bishop. ric Pope, father ; the head of the Romish Church. ry, ish, ishly -4posTLE, one sept on a mission. ship ProPHET, one who speaks of the future ; an inspired person. ical, ically — EvAT^GmAst, one who announces good things ; a sacred writer or preacher. EccL'E&iA&tic, a person consecrated to the ministry. — ^ al, ally Monk, a man who retires from the world and devotes himself to re- ligion. Theme, a subject on which one writes or speaks. EXEEOISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. Naerative, apt to relate stories ; of j^ the nature of a narrative. InT^iAAGent, taking hold ; knowing. . ly,' ce Severe, rigid, harsh. 4y, ity CLERioaZ, pertaining to the clergy. LATIN. Apt, fit, ready. Correct, set right or straight. Accurate, taking care of; exact. —ly, ness ^^TLiciT, unfolded ; open and clear. ly, ness EzpERiENced, proved from practice ; skilful. In DisTJNCT, marked off, clearly defined. ly, ness In STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. 223 Strict, stretched ; severely nice. , ly, ness, ure Eloquent, speaking so as to move. ly ARGTmentative, of the nature of argu- ment. Eeudtte, instructed, learned. ion SvAsive, tending to persuade. Per Dis >S^9rGESTivE, tending to excite thought. ThAusible, that may gain favor. VENEEa6Ze, worthy of veneration, or honor. ^uANGELtca^, belong to an evangelist. DoarsiNal, pertaining to what is Orthodox, correct in doctrine, taught ; instructive. y EniTORia?, belonging to an editor. Seter , other than correct in PersuAsivE, power of moving others doctrine. to action. Didactic, adapted to teach, ly, ness Polemic, warlike ; disputatious. ConcLV&ive, shutting up ; final EiUNew^, high in favor. ly i)^STINGUISHec^ elevated by fine qual- ities. /wiPRESsive, capable of making an im- pression. iTTNTERaw^, travelling. HoRTATory, of the nature of an ex- hortation. AposTO-Lic, pertaining to an apostle. ally EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. Smatter, to smack and make a noise ; to speak with little knowledge. Do wise men smatter ? s, ed, ing, er Copt, to imitate in any way. es, ed, ing, er Usher, to introduce a person or thing. s, ed, ing Pray, to ask good or 01 ; to suppli- cate God. s, ed, ing Train, to exercise in some way. s, ed, ing, er Publish, to make known publicly. es, ed, ing Lecture, to read a discourse ; to in- struct by discourse. s, ed, ing Question, to ask questions. 5, ed, ing, er latin. Gomisjrsicate, to make common; to impart knowledge. s, ed, ing K'arrate, to tell or rehearse. s, ed, ing — — — — 224 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. CoTREor, to make right. s, ed, ing Elucidate, to shine from ; to make plain. s, ed, ing, ion ProcLAiM, to tell openly, publish. s, ed, ing Be , s, ed, ing Ex , s, ed, ing Ac , s, ed, ing zRe , s, ed, ing ■■ Eecite, to repeat. s, ed, ing ProMULGATE, to publish openly. s, ed, ing JResvME, to take up again. s, ed, ing Seveplify, to make simple or plain. es, ed, ing JSugQ^ST, to carry under; to hint. s, ed, ing -E'xpouND, to set out ; explain. s, ed, ing Edify, to build ; to instruct. -s, ed, ing AdmoNTSK, to warn gently. es, ed, ing Compose, to arrange thought in lan- guage. s, ed, ing, ition PersuADE, to move to action. s, ed, ing i)^sTINGUISH, to separate and declare. mg Wim&ter, to serve; to serve in the - gospel. s, ed, ing /wsTEucT, to build inwardly ; to im- part knowledge. s, ed, ing Educate, to lead out ; to train the body or mind. s, ed, ing ^^'ANGEL^2(9, to uistruct by preaching the gospel. s, ed, ing — ProPHESY, to announce a thing before- hand, —- s, ed, ing CaieomsE, to teach by the voice ; to instruct by questions. s, ed, ing, ism, ist FORTY-SECOND STUDY. AETISTS. The cultivation of taste is one of tlie finest aims of teach- ing, and is best accomplislied bj works of the fine arts — poetry^ music^ painting^ sculpture^ engraving and architecture. Artists form an important division of teachers. STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 226 X E E I S E NAMES OF THINGS. Slue, a mark in music comaecting notes. Does a slur requii'e us to sing the notes as one ? Scald, a singer or poet among the Scandinavians. Waltz, a kind of dance ; a kind of music. CELTIC. Bard, a song ; a composer and singer of songs. Pibroch, a wild kind of music per- formed on the bagpipes. Quaver, a thrill ; a musical shake or vibration. Artzs^, one skilled in art, as poetry, music, painting. ic, ical, ically Paint, a substance that colors. GRAver, one who cuts letters or fig- ures on wood or metal ; a tool. En ^ one who cuts into wood or metaL Medallion, a large medal. Clef, a character used on a staff of music. EoNDo, a kind of poetry or music that turns upon itselt Lay, a plaint. Bister, a dark brown pigment. 10* Ballad, a simple story. maker, -singer - Madrigal, a love-poem. Crayon, a kind of pencil. Scroll, a spiral ornament. Lute, a stringed instrument. Fife, a small pipe used as a wind in- strument. Lyre, a stringed instrument. ic, ical — Art, strength ; the practice of human skill. ist isan — Poet, one who makes or creates ; the author of a poem. ry, thing made by a poet; a composition in verse. ic, ical, ically ScuLP^or, one who carves on wood or stone. ture, the thing sculptured ; art of carving on wood or stone. Picture, that which is painted; a representation in colors. Music, an agreeable combination of sounds. al, ally, ian Un , not Organ, the largest of wind instru- ments of music. pipe, -tone OyrrvBAL, a dish-like instrument of music, played by striking two of them together. 226 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. BissoiJAnce, discord of sounds. Conso'HAnce, concord of sounds. J?esoNAwce, a return of sound ; re- sounding. CowcoRD, an agreement of sounds. ance Z^iscoRD, a disagreement of sounds. ance LnvKESsion, a mark; stamp; edition of a book. Per&TE(jiive, seeing through ; pertain- ing to distance in pictures. Ode, an irregular poem. Epic, a poem having a great hero for its subject. Poem, a composition in musical lan- guage or Terse. Style, the mode of art. Harmony, agreement of sounds. Melody, the sweetness of song; succession of sweet sounds. Pigment, a paint. Drama, a poem representing a pic- ture of life which is acted. tic, tical, tically Comedy, a village song; a dramatic poem representing the laughable passions. jE'legy, a complaint; a^ sorrowful poem. Tragedy, the great song ; a di'amatic poem representing great actors. Melody, a honey-song; a succession of sweet sounds. E I s I I . names of qualities. Stuned, sung or played in a gliding style. Teillci^, warbled or vibrated. FRENCa. BRiLLiaw^, bright ; splendid. ly Antique, the quality of the ancient schools of art; ancient. Artistzc, pertaining to art ; agreeable . to art. al, ally EViGRAVEc?, cut or sculptured on wood, stone or metal. i?^/'FICULT, not easy to be done. PicTORza^, pertaining to pictures. PiCTUREc?, a painted resemblance. LiNEa^, composed of lines. Aquatint, water-tint; engraving by aqua fortis. Harmonic, pertaining to harmony; musical. al, ally In , not Dissoi^Aut, disagreeing in sounds; harsh. ConsoNAnf, agreeing in sound; smooth to the ear. STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 227 ViBEATort/, the quality of vibrating ; trembling. ScuLPTUREd^ carved or engraved. Melodious, of the nature of a honeyed CHORDec^ finished with strings, as a song ; agreeable to the ear. lyre. Tragic, pertaining to a great song DiEPicied, painted ; described. or tragedy. BXEEOISEIII. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. Quote, to cite from an author. tng Etch, to eat ; to eat in lines, to form figures on metal. ^/JGRAve, to scratch ; to cut figures Does the engraver etch ? ^^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^• -^, ed, ing -^' '^' '""^^ ^^ Jangle, to sound discordantly. 5, ed, ing — ■. Slur, to sing or play glidingly. Vibrate, to swing in wave-like 5, ed, ing tremblings. ."Waltz, to dance a waltz. s, ed, ing — s, ed, ing, er Chord, to string. Trill, to warble or vibrate the s, ed, ing voice. Stipple, to engrave by dots. s, ed, ing • s, ed, ing CELTIC. Picture, to paint representations. s, ed, ing Tingle, to feel a thrilling sharp sound. Accord, to agree, harmonize. d, ing • s, ed, ing Eniso%Q, to produce raised figures. X>epiCT, to paint from ; form a like- es, ed, ing ness. Quaver, to triU or shake vibratingly. s, ed, ing ■ g, ed, ing HARMONi^e, to cause to combine mu- sically. FRENCH. 7 • —s, ed, %ng DETAIL, to cut oflf, and then narrate Design, to sit ; to draw the outline minutely. of a pictui'e. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing ^wcHASE, to work in some design in Z)eijNEATE, to line out ; to outline, low relief. draft. s, ed, ing ^ — s, ed, ing 228 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. FORTY-THIRD STUDY. POLITICIANS. Government is necessarj to restrain man in society The state is to be kept in order. For this purpose, a body of men exist, known as politicians. Their business is to preserve the rights of men by wise laws, and government. EXEEOISEI. NAMES OF THINGS. Plat, an even piece of ground. -form, a flat model ; a ground- work; a constitution. Policy, the kind of management of public affairs. Herald, one wlio thrusts ; an officer who bears messages. ry, ric PoLiTz'cs, the science of government. ian, al, ally ■■ i)eBATE, a strife in words. Harangue, a loud exhortation. >S«{/frage, asking nnder; the right of voting ; body of votes. Caucus, a meeting of caulkers ; a meeting of citizens. Party, a body of men united in opin- ion in opposition to others. es, san Ballot, a ball used in voting. Treaty, an arrangement to settle dis- putes ; negotiation. Duty, a tax on goods imported. /rwposT, a tax or duty paid on goods imported. Custom, cost ; tribute or toll. Tax, something set; money imposed on citizens to support the state. Township County — — State Road -Assessor, one who fixes ; one who values and lays on tax. latin. YoT^r, one who votes, or chooses another. GovERN/new^, the exercise of rule or supreme power. LEGisLATwre, the body of men who make and repeal laws. JuDiciary, the branch of government that explains and applies law. ExEcviive, the power in the state that administers the government. Candidate, one arrayed in white ; one who competes for an office. STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 229 CowvENTion, the act of coming toge- Teibute, payment made in acknow- ther; an assemblage of men. ledgment of subjection. al Co^LECTor, one who collects ; a tax- Alien, another ; one belonging to gatherer. another country. Statistzcs, the part of politics that Excis,^, cut off ; a tax laid on articles treats of the strength of nations. produced and consumed in a coun- Ehncxor, one who has power to elect. try. al EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. FKENCH. Ux'E.cv'nve, that which executes ; power of control. TAxa6Z., that may be taxed. TRiBurary, paying tribute ; subordi- CusTOMary, according to custom ; ha- ^^ - "^*^^^* Patrio^zc, pertaining to a patriot ; Be^Axahle, that may be discussed. f^^ ^f devotion to the public good. Loca^, belonging to place; limited. Ei^-miive, depending on choice. SEcnoNaZ, belonging to a section of a Legislatzv^, giving or enacting laws. country or party. OorRUPT, broken together ; unsound. er, ed. ible LATIN. ' . ' SincEBM, without wax ; pure. "S Alive, produced by nature ; born in ly^ ity the place. NAxioNaZ, belonging to a nation or Foreign, of another nation ; alien. people ; public. SiATisTica^, belonging to statistics, or ity the resources of nations. Ambmous, going about to solicit JuDicia^, pertaining to justice. votes ; desirous of power. ly ■ ly BXEEOISE Iir. NAMES OF ACTIONS. FRENCH. DEBATE, to beat from ; to strive in ^ words. ^WNUL, to make void. s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing — Harangue, to speak aloud, exhort- Ballot, to vote by balls ; to elect. ing an assembly. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er 230 STUDIES IN ORTHOaRAPSY. LATIN. AdMrnisTEK, to minister to ; to act as mui^afe, to name; to appoint for chief agent under laws. election. «' ^^' ^""ff g gj ^ _____ EnAQT, to act or do ; to make laws. -E'lect, to choose from; to select. ^' ^^' *^^ - s, ed, ing, or, ion ^'^^.^' *« ^^^^^1' °^ ^^^^J "^^^^ YoTE, to wish. ; to choose by casting ^^^ ' a vote. ^' ^^' ^'^5^ g g^ i^q ~ .46ROGATE, to call from ; to repeal. Legislate, to pass or make law?. ^' ^ ' *^^ ^ ^^^ Negotiate, to hold intercourse with Govern, to rule; to exercise author- ^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^^ «^ ^^«^* » ed, ing, ion — — itj. ^"^^^^J- mg FORTY-FOURTH STUDY. LAWTKES. The explanation and enforcement of the laws of the country are two great interests in every well-regulated state. They claim the care of a distinct class of men, known as lawyers. Their great aim should be the health of the body politic, or the nation, EXEECISE I. NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. Bab, a rail or defense ; the place Plea, the answer of a party defend- where criminals appear and law- ing himself in law. yers plead ; any tribunal. PLAINT^^. one who begins a suit in Barris^ct*, one learned at the bar ; law. a learned pleader in law. Oyer, a hearing ; a trial of causes at Warrant, a legal writ by which an law. officer can seize and bring a person EYioence, that , which erinces or to justice. causes to be seen ; proof STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 231 ^^TORNET, one who takes the place of another ; an advocate in law. ship, -general GounsELLor, one who gives advice and pleads in law. Judge, a civil officer ; one who hears and determines causes at law. Chancellor, a scribe ; an officer who superintends all charters. Chancery, a court of equitj. -4/front, a meeting face to face; abuse. LATIN. LepESTiant, one who opposes a suit in law. Claim, something called out; a de- mand in law. ant Ad^OGKTE, one who pleads another's cause in law. -cy, ion Libel, a little book ; a writing that defames. AsBiTcr, an umpire ; private judge. Suh-pcE^A, a writ commanding ano- ther to appear under a penalty. Bill, a note ; a writing containing particulars. -et, -hook ISToTary, a person who attests and protests notes. 'lie Summons, a call from a justice to ap- pear in law. /SwrROQATE, a person who presides over the probate of wills and the settlement of estates. -4^GREss^07^., the act of stepping over limits ; first act of injury. ^ccEssor?/, one who is witness to crime, but not partaker. ReYEBsaly a change of sentence. Tribuno^, the seat of a judge. CLAiMaw^, one who claims. Equity, justice ; what is equal. Lenity, mildness, mercy. Testament, the will of a person. Codicil, a supplement to a will. i>epoNENT, one who deposes, or gives evidence. Oj9PONENT, one who opposes. Petit^ow, a supplication or request. EXERCISEII. NAMES OF qualities. B^gigNOH. Biased, inclined from right; preju- diced. Futile, trifling ; of no importance. Adv^&ory, of the nature of advice ; Certain, sure ; undoubted. counselling. PARTiaZ, of a party ; biased in mind. JjEaal, according to law, ly, ity II , not Im- -, not Faulty, wrong, blamable. ImvEAfmahle, that may be arraigned for crime. 232 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. Inmciable, that may be charged with CircumsmAHTmlf belonging to what evil doing. stands around ; relating to. Zy AgGK-ESsive, making the first attack. IksoirvEnt, nnable to pay debts. Equal, having the same extent ; just. cy ly, ity EQUiTa&Ze, that which is equal; just. Testamentary, pertaining to a will. Positive, set ; real or true. JusTiFiaS^e, that may be justified. iVeGATivE, denying ; absence of what FsAunuLen^, depriving another of his is positive. right, DocuMENTary, pertaining to docu- ly- ments or writings. EXEEOISEIII. NAMES OF ACTIONS. AdnsK^ to give counsel. s, ed, ing, er, edly, ory Counsmj, to give advice; to point out the law on any subject. 5, ed, ing — -Acquit, to set free from any charge. latin. s, ed, ing i)eFENr>, to drive back ; to oppose. AccvsE, to charge with crime. s, ed, ing, er, ant •s, ed, ing, ation Claim, to call out ; to demand in law. Pleac^, to answer a suit in law. s, ed, ing, er s, ed, ing, er Jie , s, ed, ing Im , 5, ed, ing I>is — , s, ed, ing Notify, to make a note ; to make AdvooAiE, to plead another's canse public by writing. in law. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 4Abont, to meet face to face ; abuse. Libel, to defame by writing. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing 1 . Judge, to give sentence in causes at Summon, to call to appear, especially law. in. law. s, ed, ing «, ed, ing iwiPEACH, to send against; to present /SwJpoena, to cite to appear under a charges against a public officer. penalty. s, ed, ing, ment s, ed, ing ^rRAiGN, to put at ; to place before Cite, to call upon to appear, as in a judicial bar, or court. law. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 283 PrcsiDE, to sit over and direct. i)eFRAiiD, to deprive another of his -5, ed, ing right by fraud. i?ispuTE, to think apart ; to contend s, ed, ing , in argument. i?2STRAiN, to strain apart ; to seize s, ed, ing, ation for debt. Justify, to prove or declare just. s, ed, ing I, ing, cation -4ssert, to say to ; to affirm strongly. iwDicT, to speak in ; to charge with s, ed, ing a crime. AfYmM., to set to ; declare with con- s, ed, ing fidence. -Accuse, to blame to; to charge with s, ed, ing any wrong doing. Frustrate, to break ; to bring to s, ed, ing naught. Vindicate, to defend ; justify. s, ed, ing — — s, ed, ing, ion — FORTY-FIFTH STUDY. DOCTORS. Diseases tread upon the heels of men, and threaten the existence of health. To guard against them, and expel or restrain them in society, a class of men exists, known as doctors. The cure of the body is their charge. EXEEOISE I, NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. GOTHio. CsAKLAian, oue who prates much ; a Quack, a pretender to skill in medi- quack. cine. ^^™^- Are there many quacks in large Doctor, one who has received the cities ? highest degree in college ; one who ery, ish practises medieiae. Blister, a thin bladder on the skin Surgeon, one who cures wo\i.nds or containing a watery substance. bodily hurts by manual operations. eri/, ical Pestle, an instrument for pounding Drug, a dry substance ; medicine. in a mortar. 234 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. DENTzst, one wlio cleans, extracts, and Medicine, that which cures, makes teeth. ry GREEK. MoRTAE, a vessel like an inverted physic, what is natural; remedies bell used for pounding in. ^ f^^ diseases. Pill, a little ball ; a medicine in the —ian form of a ball. Empmic, one who depends on experi- /wcisioN, the act of cutting into, as ments ; a charlatan. the flesh. . qI^ ism Lotion, a medicinal wash. EXEEOISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. FEENCH. MEDiciNa/, of a curativc nature. Z2esT0RATet>e, that which brings back GvB.k'nve, tending to cure or heal. strength and vigor. MEDica/, relating to the art of heal- Drugged, dosed or tinctured with ^^S* (Jrugs. VACcme, pertaining to cows. Successful, having the right effect ; Soporific, producing sleep, prosperous. Opiate, causing sleep. i,^t;ys. Narcotic, relieving pain and inducing ComT^Tent, seeking ^together; fit or j^^^ous, lying in wait; treacher- meet. ^^^^ Maugnant, dangerous to life. ^^tentive, attending to ; full of care Virulent, poisonous. ^^ concern. Assiduous, setffing steadily; very at- ^^^^^^.^ loosening. tentive to duty. Febrile, pertaining to'fever. ly ExpmnENced, tried or proved by prac- greek. tice. ^wiNENT, seen from above ; elevated IIypocm.o^T>riac, pertaining to thebel- in favor. • ly ; diseased and melancholic. CelebraT(?4 praised ; extolled. Hypinoiic, producing sleep. STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 235 GOTHIC. Blister, to raise a blister, or bladder on the skin. ed, ing FBENOH. Deug, to give medicine. s, ed, ing udppEASE, to quiet or soothe. 5, ed, ing MoLL^yy, to make soft. s, edy ing EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. Poultice, to cover with a soft com- -4Zleviate, to raise up • to lighten. s, ed, ing STniuLATE, to goad ; to rouse. s, ed, ing -—^— position. Animate, to give life or vigor. s, ed, ing Re- s, ed, ing ^mpuTATE, to cut about; to remove a limb. s, ed, ing Pulvekz^^, to reduce to a fine powder. s, ed, ing i)zssECT, to cut in pieces ; to examine. Vaccinate, to inoculate with the cow- pock. s, ed, ing, io7i /tioculate, to put in ; to give a dis- ease by inserting matter in the skin. s, ed, ing FOETY-SIXTH STUDY. AMUSEMENTS. The bent bow soon loses its elasticity and becomes useless. So the man wlio is ever toiling, loses tlie spring and elas- ticity of his spirits. Amusements become necessary, and when wisely regulated, form part of a good and happy life. To regulate them is a common duty of the state and the church. EXERCISEI. ?AMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. G-ame, sport of any kind. Are some games wicked ? Cricket, a play with bats and balls. Ninepins, a play with wooden pins and bowls. 236 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. Quoit, a circular piece of iron used in plaj. Barge, an elegant pleasure boat. Yacht, a light elegant yessel. Toy, a plaything for children. Skate, a piece of wood shod Avith iron for moving on ice. Stilt, a pole with a shoulder used for walking. Tag, a game of touch ; a game in which the person wins who touches another. Sleight, trick or art of deceitful skill. Race, a going ; a contest of speed. s, er Sport, a play ; any diversion. s, ful, fully, fulness, ingly, ive, iveness, less, sman Cards, square little pieces of painted pasteboard for games. Ticket, somethiag clipped off; a card of admission. Stage, a degree ; a platform on which actors act. Bauble, a light trifle or toy. Droll, odd and merry. ery Diversion, that which turns the mind from care ; amusement. Amusement, that which stops or en- gages the mind pleasantly. Raffle, a game of chance. TABLEawa^, pictures ; striking repre- sentations. Dance, a leap ; a measured movement to music. s, er CELTIC Backgammon, a small fight; a game between two persons. Whist, a game at cards. Puzzle, an instrument to perplex as a kind of play. Chess, a game played on a checkered board by two persons. Bagatelle, a game played with rods and balls on a board. Billiards, a play with rods and ivory balls on a table with holes at one end. Enigma, a dark saying, designed as a riddle ; a hidden meaning. tical, tically, tist Trick, a sly deceitful fraud. s, ery, ish, ster EntertKmment, that which keeps or amuses ; hospitable care. Farce, a ludicrous play. Coronal, a wreath or crown. -E'iccuRSioN, a rambling; a pleasure tour. /Zlusion, that which deceives by false showing. AcTor, a doer; a stage-player. STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 237 EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHia Lttdicrous, full of sport; adapted to raise laughter. Sleightt, tricky or deceitful. ly ^^^^ WAGGisA, sportive ; roguish'in sport, jj^^^-^^^ deceiving by false show. FRENCH. y DIVERTING, turning aside from care ; PLEAsaw^, grateful to the mind or amusing. senses ; soothing. RecTShKied, adjusted to rules. er, est, ly, ness iwNOCENT, not guilty ; harmless. Facetious, witty and sportive. Comvprive, tending to break, to de- ly, ness stroy good manners. BeGmhing, deluding. Decmrable, that which may be de- -4musing, keeping the attention agree- ceived. ably fixed. DEUJ&ive, tending to mock. ^y ly, ness Abvsed, used from the right end; car- Decisive, tending to ridicule. ried to excess. AjLLov^able, that may be set or granted. greek. j^,j^^ Mock, false ; derisive. Comic, relating to comedy; raising FA^cical, belonging to a farce. mirth. ly al, ally — — XEEOISE III. OF actions. GOTHIC. Snuff, to take snuff into the nose. s, ed, ing Race, to run ; to run in contest of speed. ^ CELTIC. s, ed, ing Sport, to play or divert oneself in Pose, to put ; to puzzle. any way. Can you pose me with questions ? -s, ed, ing s, ed, ing, er Stilt, to rise or walk on stilts. Puzzler to perplex. «, ed, ing s, ed^ ing, er 238 STUDIES m ORTHOaEAPHY. "Wabble, to move from side to side, latin. as a top. s, ed, ing - — - EnterTAm, to keep within ; to treat hospitably. FRENCH. J • s, ed, mg, er i)^VERT, to tm-n aside, as the mind i)ecEivE, to cause mistake ; to impose from care. ' upon. ed, ing -g^ ^^^ {^g^ g^ ^MUSE, to stop or keep the attention i?eLUDE, to play deceitfully ; to mock, agreeably. ^ s^ ed, i^g^ e^ s, ed, ing BesiDis,, to laugh at with contempt. Please, to smooth or awake agreeable _ s, ed, mg ^arfflBiT, to offer to view. *^5' ^ 5^ Qd, ing '• — Dance, to move to music. s, ed, ing Raffle, to cast dice for a stake. s, ed, ing — — Mock, to mimic ; to mimic in de- BeocTmis., to delude. rision. 5, ec?, ing « • -s, ed, ing, er CHAPTER XIII. NATUEE. Home lies beHnd us. Man has been considered; and his pursuits, somewhat carefully examined. The world is now before us. From the works of man, we pass to con- sider the works of God as seen in nature, and thus rise up to the consideration of himself. Providence is our guide. FORTY-SEVENTH STUDY. NATURE. The child naturally proceeds to nature through the works of man. The furniture of the house is known before the I furniture of the world : the words of home precede the STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY 239 words of heaven. To the earth and heavens, we now look. Humboldt has told us much about nature in his Cosmos. E I S E I . NAMES OF THINGS, Space, boundless and unoccupied place. Place, where any tiling is ; a part of space. Region, a tract of land ; the space of the atmosphere. MuLTEPLici^y, the quality of being many; numerous. Succ^Ession, the act of following or- derly ; due order of action. AssEMBLa^e, a collection of bodies. Grandeur, greatness ; that which en- nobles the soul. JSnomiNTmenf, singing into a certain state ; a wonderful effect, espe- cially of delight. H^ATure, that which is brought forth ; the universe. al, ally Uh- al, ally Universe, the heavens and earth ; aU existence. al, ally C'REA'Tion, all existing things ; heaven and earth. Majesty, greatness of appearance. JJmFOBMity, the same form or manner. Order, regular arrangement of things. ly , R^GULarity, agreeable to rule. Ir , not DisTUiBmion, the act of dealing out, disposing. PerMANENCE, abiding through ; con- tinuing the same. PerPLExiTY, intricacy; entanglement. Cosmos, order; the universe as a well-ordered and beautiful whole. Chaos, the confusion of matter pre- vious to its orderly arrangement. Phenomenon, appearance ; a visible event. EXEEOISE II NAMES OF qualities. Spacioms, of great extent. ZTwBOUNDec?, not bounded ; limitless in extent. lAEA&jmahle, that may be measured. Im , tha* may not /wposiNG, laying on ; adapted to im- press strongly. ly 240 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. InYARiable, not changeable; abiding Indissoujble, that may not be dis- in the same state. CEASE^ess, without a pause ; constant. solved ; abiding in union. y, 7iess DesTRVcrible, that majbe torn down. In , ness, y FAMiLiar, pertaining to a family ; ac- quainted "with. Un CowtPREHENSzwe, holding together ; embracing much. SiDEBEa^, belonging to the stars. SuccE&Bive, following orderly. ly Variable, that varies ; changeable. LATIN. • imMENSE, not measurable ; imbounded. ^2/, ity LimitZcss, without bounds or limits. TERMiNa6^«, that may be bounded. In ^ Muta6^^, that which changes. Im Stable, firm, immovable. Un , not Mysterioms, shut ; profoundly secret. PnENOMENa?, pertaining to appearance ■ ly, ness or effects. Chagtzc, resembling chaos ; disorderly. CosMica?, relating to the world or universe. PHYSicaZ, pertaining to nature or natural bodies. EXEEOISE III names of actions. Seem, to be like ; to appear. Does the sun seem to be flat ? s, ed, ing, ly, ingly Uo^ ly Put, to throw ; to fix in a place. — -s, ing SmviSfi, to break or shatter in pieces. s, ed, ing Shatter, to shiver, as a tree by light- ning, s, ed, ing Rumble, to make a low heavy sound, as thunder. FRENCH. 7mposE, to lay ; to strike forcibly. Place, to set or fix some where. s, ed, ing Establish, to make firm. -es, ed, ing Bound, to limit or fix the extent. ing Measure, to ascertain the size or capacity. s, ed, ing Fix, to set or make stable. es, ed, ing ^/icHANT, to sing into; to produce great delight. s, ed, ing ConTiNUE, to remain together; to abide. s, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 241 jPr^SBRVE, to keep ; to support. Limit, to bound in any way. 5, ed, ing s, ed, ing Order, to dispose regularly. LATEST. s, ed, ing Ordain, to set in order ; to constitute. DETERMINE, to bound off ; to fix the s, ed, ing Limits. RewEW, to make new, restore. ing 5, ed, ing Create, to make or fashion ; to form 2)zstribute, to deal out, divide and out of nothing. arrange. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing FORTY-EIGHTH STUDY. THE EAETH. The earth is our world. It is known gradually. By a series of excursions, we go forth into its broad fields, coasts and seas Land, water and air are studied. EXEEOISE I, NAMES OF THINGS. gothio. Spot, a certain place. _ . ,. „ Lull, a rest after a storm. Dale, a winding valley. Are dales agreeable places ? ^^.t-tt/. T» IIP 1 CiiLlIC. IJeink, the edge of a steep place, as a river. Alps, a huge mass ; a mountain in Reef, a sand bank ; a chain of rocks Italy. near the surface of the water. ine, pertaining to Lake, a collection of water, commonly Crag, broken and ragged rock. fresh. y, ed, ness Haze, mist or vapor. Glen, a watered valley. y, ness Bog, a marsh or quagmire ; a peat Fog, a thick mist. valley. /, iness y Mere, deep mud. Plain, a large level tract of land. y Channel, the bed of a river. 11 242 STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. FKiiNOH. . HERsa^e, a collection of herbs or MoTm«m, a higt eleyation of land. ^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^ ^ ^^^^^^^ ridge, -chain Valley, a low tract of land between latin. hiUs. Plateau, flat high land ; table lands, ^^i^h, a narrow passage of water. Pr^ciPiCK, a steep descent of land. F^^^^^' ^ ^^^^^^ «1^^^°°- Isle, a tract of land surrounded by TEMPERAxwr^, the state of a body in y^Q^^QY regard to heat or cold. RivEK, a large stream of water. i^^'WNsuLA, a tract of land ahnost ■Region, a tract of land of large ex- surrounded by water. ^gj^^ Ocean, the collection of salt water. Rock, a rough mass ; a huge stone. *^ y^ l^ggg DECLivi^y, a slope of land. Coniov^ that which is twisted; the Country, land near a city; the land outline of any thing. ^^ ^ ^^^*®- JK^LiEF, the boldness or projection of " ^«^' -^^^'' -^^^^^^^ a thing above a surface, as the re- Teeritoey, the land of a person or lief of mountains. state. Cleft, a split, or opening. ^^ Vein, a seam, as of a rock. Cavity, a hollow place. Poet, a harbor or haven. greek Poece, strength ; active power. Deluge, an overflowing of water. Chasm, a cleft ; a fissure. EXEEOISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. 60THIO. FRENCH. Damp, moist air ; somewhat moist. PEETiZe fruitful. Is the earth damp ? ^^^ -er, est Yrvit/uI, bearing fruit abundantly. Ston2/, full of stones. 1^^ ^^^^ BrackwA, somewhat salt. • jj^ ly -^ess Moist, somewhat wet. -ure, ness CELTIC. RocKy, abounding in rocks, or large Gloomy, obscure ; dismal. stones. It/, ness CvLTrvated, tilled or improved. STUDIES IN ORTHOaRAPHY. 243 "E-ABiTable, that may nourish human beings. In Rvnal, belonging to the country. TjLLPable, that may be felt. Steeile, barren, or unfruitful. i^y MuNcane, belonging to the world. TBRRene, belonging to the earth, TEERESTEza^, pertaining to the earth. De&oLate, deprived of inhabitants. PEEciprx'ows, very steep. iNSULar, pertaining to an island. Feigzc?, frozen ; very cold. 'Kvuid, wet. TuEBiD, muddy. JDesERT, forsaken ; uninhabited. Dismal, evil day ; gloomy. Limpid, pure and clear. 'E.ospiTable, receiving kindly ; friendly In— , not ComPACT, closed ; imited firmly ly, ness AuTUMNa^, belonging to autumn. Tempeeate, moderate in heat. EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. Gush, to issue forcibly. Do springs gush ? es, ed, ing — Dash, to break forcibly, as water. es, ed, ing PuEL, to murmur, as a small stream over stones. s, ed, ing, ly Lull, to soothe ; to produce rest. Sy ed, ing NouEiSH, to cherish and support. es, ed, ing iS^FEESH, to make fresh or new again ; to invigorate. es, edf'ing FoEOE, to urge ; to excite active power. s, ed, ing Delugi^ to overflow with water. s, ed, ing Sup-pom, to bear up ; to sustain. s, ed, ing SusTAm, to stand under ; to preserve. s, ed, ing i^evoLVE, to turn about, as the earth on its axis. s, ed, ing De&OLafe, to make lonely ; to deprive of inhabitants. s, ed, ing ^6soEB, to suck in ; to imbibe. 5, ed, ing 244 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. PORTY-JSriNTH STUDY. THE HEAVENS. » The heavens seem to belong to the earth, and are studied m connection with it. The sun, moon and stars fix. atten- tion early in life. We learn, at length, that they are worlds like our own, but the most of them, more glorious. EXEEOISB I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. RABiTt/, tMnness or openness of parts. Calm, still, quietude. ly, ness — Set, a cloud ; the vault of heaven. Is the sky made of clouds ? ey, ward, -born, -blue, -light, latin. -rochet Gale, a strong blow of wind. Cloud, collected vapor. Haze, air dim with vapor. -y, iness Squall, a sudden rush of wind. sphere. ^ . y Vapoe, a visible fluid in the atmo- Glimmeb, a faint light. Gon&i^TJLAtion, a group of fixed stars. Glare, a clear bright light. Zephte, the west wind; a mild Blow, a driven current of air. Gust, a sudden squall of wind. ^olipse, obscuring of light. y Densi^^, closeness of parts ; compact- OELTio. ness. Flash, a suddea blaze. ^^^f^' 1™"*^ "^ '''^"^ dark; darkness. y ^iCPANSE, spreading ; vast extent. FEENCH. i'oe, ively Halo, a bright circle round the sun Am, the fluid we breathe ; the at- qj, moon. mosphere. iness - GREEK. Planet, a wanderer ; one of the Empyrean, formed of fire or air ; the heavenly bodies. highest heavens. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 245 Atmosphere, the vapor sphere ; the Meteoe, lofty ; a fiery body in the air that surrounds the earth. atmosphere. ic, ical, ically ic EXERCISE NAMES OF QUAIXriES I I. CK>THIO. Lofty, high in place. Zv, ness Clear, unclouded. ly, ness LuNar, pertaining to the moon. light, rayk SoLar, pertaining to the sun. light PoLar, pertaining to the poles of the earth. ity Seeene, clear and calm. Iv, ness, tv ^iCPANsrvE, having the capacity of enlarging or being dijQfused. , ly, ness Calm, quiet, undistxirbed. GiSNtle, soft and mild. ly, ness Tranqxicl, peaceful. i/, ity SfpULQent, shming bright. ly, ce EemTLGent, casting a splendid light. ly, ce RADiaw^, darting beams of light or heat. '■ — ly, ce LuMiNows, bright and shiny. ness YrvcD, bright and strong. ly, ness JDifsvsrrs^, pouring abroad ; spread- ing. Bland, mild ; soft and gentle. ly, ness Koxious, hurtful, Yisible, that can be seen. YmiTLcal, in the zenith ; perpendicu lar. ly Salubkioms, healthy. ly, ness Tempestuous, windy or stormy. LATIN. CELESTia?, belonging to the heavens. EmFTKEal, formed of fire ; pertaining to the highest heavens. 246 STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY. EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. ^BATE, to bring low; to decrease. Drizzle, to scatter ; to rain very fine «, ed, ing Rabify, to make rare; to cause t« expand. es, ed, ing Is drizzle fine rain ? ■s, ed, ing Glimmer, to shine feebly, as stars in cloudy nights. ed, ing lath^. Glare, to give a clear bright light. ^^' *^ ^^.^^ ^°^*^' ^^ ^^^^ s, ed, ing Lower, to descend gloomily. s, ed, ing Flare, to flutter with glare. 5, ed, ing' Move, to change place. s, ed, ing mg Blow, to drive as a current of air. s, mg Blew, did - Sparkle, to glisten or glimmer. s, ed, ing CELTIC. Flash, to blaze out suddenly. es, €d,-ing FRENCH. Veer, to turn as the wind. s, ed, ing Crash, to crush, as thunder. es, ed, ing Re , s, ed, ing -■ Eclipse, to obscure or darken, as the earth the sun. s, ed, ing -4ppEAB, to come "to, as the eye ; to become visible. i, tng 5, ed, ing - , s, ed, ing Re — Dis— DecLiKE, to bend downwards. s, ed, ing Difrcs^ to pour or spread far. s, ed, ing RADia^e, to throw out rays, as light. s, ed, ing, ion Culminate, to grow, or go upward. s, ed, ing FIFTIETH STUDY. BONERALS. The materials of the earth, and heavens come into no- tice. They are minerals, and exist in great variety. And STUDIES IN OETHOaEAPHY. 247 yet, wlien examined, they may all be reduced to sixty ele- ments, forty -five of which are metals. E X R C I S E I NAMES OF THINGS. Zinc, a brilliant bluish white metal. Is Jersey zinc very fine ? NiCKLE, a metal of a reddish white color, hard and malleable. Cobalt, a metal of a grayish white color, and easily reduced to powder. Bismuth, a yellowish or reddish white metal, very brittle. QuAETz, a kind of eilex, or sand or flint. Taxc, a mineral of an oily touch and magnesian nature. Slag, the dross of metal. Soda, a mineral of a whitish and al- kaline nature. CELTIC. Slab, a thin piece of marble or other stone. Adamant, a loadstone ; a very hard stone. FB£NOH. Rock, a large mass of stony matter. y, iness salt, salt dug from the earth. oil, petroleum, or oU found in coal mines. Quarry, a pit from which stone is dug. Slate, a clayey stone that splits readily. Ruby, a carmine-colored precious stone. Metal, a shining solid body ic Agate, a kind of quartz; a flinty stone. Marble, a kind of limestone. Crystal, a mineral of a regular shape, as a cube. ^LABAS^er, a soft mineral composed of sulphur and lime. Gypsum, a mineral composed of sul- phur and lime. Magnet, a loadstone ; a kind of iron ore. Afrmity, an attraction between par- ticles of different bodies. Atrv.A.c'non, the power which draws bodies together. Re^MiAion, the power by which bodies recede from each other. Ev.o%ion, the act of eating away. CorsiOS,ion, the act of eating or wear- ing away slowly. Lustre, brightness. Electricz^?/, quality of amber; a subtle fluid in all bodies. Onyx, a nail ; a precious stone used for cameos. 248 STUDIES m orthography. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. OELTic. CoTRosive, having the property of Clear, briffht free from obscurity. „ ., , ,-, ,•, . ' ^^rvious, through the way ; that may be entered by another body. FRENCH. -^^ ^ , , , , , PENETRa5Ze, that may be entered by MALLEaoZe, that may be drawn out by . l-u -u ;i ' -^ •' another body. Im- a hammer SALm., of a salt nature. g^^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ Viscous, ropy or clammy. j^^^^ .^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^_ PoROws, having interstices or open- - pining. » ^°§^' FhiExible, that may be bent. TVa^sPARENT, appearing through; s^c^^;,, that may be cut in slices. admitting light so as to reveal ^,^^j^^,^^^ contracting, as alum. ^®^* FETia, an offensive smell like rotten Opaque, dark, obscure. ■LATIN. BiTUMiNows, fuU of the odor of bitu- LuciD, clear. men or pitch. Pc^LUOiD, clear throughout ; transpa- ARGTLlaceous, of the nature of clay. rent. MERCURia/, pertaining to or of the JHeFVLsive, tending to drive away. nature of mercury. ly SoLu5Z(?, that may be dissolved in a Atr&ACTive, tending to draw together. fluid. ly, neSS GREEK. CoHE&ive, sticking together. ly EhA&Tic, impelled ; having the power TVawsLUCENT, admitting light ; clear. of springing back after being bent. UROsive, having the property of eat- ity ing away. .METEORec, iron in a metallic state • METALLic^ pertaining to metals. pertaining to meteors. EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. FRENCH. Lique/2/, to make fluid ; to melt by heat. Quarry, to dig out stone from the ^^ ^^^ -^^ rock. STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 249 LATIN. CoTBODE, to gnaw ; to eat away slowlj. MAGNETtze, to give the properties of ^ ^^ • the mafirnet. -r> x • j. = Pexeteate, to pierce or enter. s, ed, ing, er J, ea, ing CBTSTALLtze, to form into crystals. „ . , , ,.j ' ^ . •' SoLiDifv, to make soud. s. ed, mg •' ^ Atrs.kCT. to draw together. -n- , , i. i. v ,^r„ » =" DzssoLVE, to loose apart ; to hquety. s, ed, ing i2.PEL, to drive away ; expand. ^6kade,1o wear off. s, ed, ing iSepuLSE, to drive away or back. s, ed, ing -s, ea, tng s, to loose s, ed, ing wear ing Cohere, to stick together. s, ed, ing ELECTRi/y, to give electricity to any PBTRi/y, to make a rock. thing. 5, ed, ing s, ed, ing FIFTY-FIRST STUDY. PLANTS. The minerals wMcli compose the earth and heavens sup- port plants, which in their turn clothe and beautify the minerals that support them. Plants exist in vast numbers and in great varieties. Some of them are good for food, others for medicine, and some are poisonous. We com- monly speak of them as vegetables, herbs, shrubs and trees. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIC. CLUiip, a cluster of shrubs or trees. Bark, the covering of a tree, or its Mulberry, a tree of the morns tribe, skin. bearing berries. Stump, the part of the stem remain- Do silk-worms feed on the mul- ing after the tree is cut down, l^erry ? Bloom, the flower of a plant. Root, the part of a plant that enters ^ to unfold the flowers. the ground. e^^ i^g^ y^ i^ess 11* 250 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. Bush, a branching shrub. Y^Or-mahle, that -which grows ; a plant. Snag, a sharp branch of a tree in a Bud, a gem ; the young shoot of a river. plant. Juice, the sap of plants or fruit. Tulip, a variegated, bulbous, flower- y ing plant. Husk, the rough covering of some Eglantine, the sweet-brier. grains. Rose, ruddy ; a well-known plant. y, ness y, ate, -fingered Dandelion, the lion's tooth; a well- celtio. - ' known flower. FiK, a tree of the pine tribe. Sage, a common aromatic herb. Pink, a small flowering plant sacred Lemon, the fruit of a tree cultivated to Jove. here only in hot-houses. Bunch, a cluster of the same kind, as tree of pinks. Onion, a bulbous root used for food. Tuft, a collection of small things, as Parsley, a plant whose leaves are grass. used in cooking. Pumpkin, a running plant that bears large fruit. Herb, a plant with a soft stem which Plant, that which shoots ; any kind dies every year. of vegetable. Vine, a woody climbing plant that , to set out plants. yields grapes. ed, ing, er ry, -yard, tage Grape, a bunch ; a berry of the vine, j^^^^ ^ pj^nt of a bulbous root vine, a climbing plant ^^^^,^ Peach, a tree and its fruit of the ^^^ ^ ^^^^ ^f ^^^1^^ a^hh2.ge, stone kind. Branch, the arm or shoot of a tree. greek. y Gourd, a plant, and also its fruit, like Myrrh, a bitter juice obtained from the pumpkin. Arabia. LiLAO, a shrub that bears a sweet Balsam, an aromatic oily substance flower. obtained from certain plants. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 251 EXBBOISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHIC. VEGExafiZi?, belonging to plants. VernqZ, pertaining to spring. ScRAG<.Y, rough and rugged. PEBEx>-ia^. belonging to that which -ed. ness lasts. FRENCH. Fragraw^ swect-scented, odorous. ly^ ce FADec?, withered, deprived of color. t?„j^,„ * A-a - a. ^^ ^ ', .-.i^T,. ■,, -KectoLm^, diffusing a sweet smell. DecAYed, deprived of life and beauty. Lux^., abou nding in growth. j,^^^^^^ pertXing to the flower. y, ness Ligneous, of the nature of wood; AsNual, belonging to a year ; yearly. wooden. ' ^ . BxuB-ERanf, growing richly; fertile. -ce, ly Succulent, juicy. HE^a? pertaming to herbs ^^^ thlt Vuoh Is eatable. 'Te of'se'eT"^ ' """ "*" ^°'^''''' ^""'^'"''^ ^'"^ ''''™- ure o see ^ s. FRAG2/e, easily broken, weak. FiBROMS, consisting of fibres. LATIN. <^^^^K- LuxuEian^, abundant in growth. Bulbous, containing bulbs, as the ly, ce onion. EXERCISE III. NAMiS OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. FRENCH. Sprout, to shoot as the seed of a -c , , . y. ,-, -, , ^ Branch, to shoot forth branches, plant. , . I » "'^ ing, '""" ^ / -. • ^ -^1- S^» to put forth shoots. Wilt, to begin to wither. f , , . s, ed. mq rj^_ ' / - ^^ Flower, to put forth flowers. Thrive, to prosper ; to grow well. / ■ i 7 . s, ed, zno, less — — — ^— s, ed, ing j > i^' Fade, to lose color, to wither. CELTIC. s, ed, ing Wither, to cause to fade ; to become Ramift, to make or to shoot into dry. branches. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing — 252 STUDIES IN ORTHOGBAPHl?". DecAY, to pass to destruction. s, ed, ing LATIN. G^Kmjuate, to bud, to vegetate* s, ed, ing VBGETa^e, to grow, as a plant. s, ed, ing Flourish, to increase or grow lux- uriantly. LuxuRiafe, to grow with great exu- berance. s, ed, ing FIFTY-SECOND STUDY. ANIMALS. Animals are organized beings, having life, sensation and perception. Thej exist in vast multitudes in all parts of tlie earth. — on land, in water, and in air. We commonly speak of them as fishes, reptiles, insects, birds, and animals proper. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOTHIO. Kid, a young goat. Are kids playful ? ling CuE^ the young of beasts. Puss, the fondling name of a cat. Pig, a young hog. Tallow, the fat of animals. Pep, a disease of chickens. Bass, the name of a species of fish like the perch. Rabbit, an animal with long ears and hind legs. burrow, a place EuNT, a dwarfish animal. Duck, a fowl that lives in water and plunges. Dog, a domestic animal. , to follow as a dog. ed, ing, edly EiDEE, a sea duck having fine down. Snipe, a bird with long slender bill Vampire, the name of a bat. Gull, a sea bird with long wings. ^, to cheat. ed, ing, et Down, the fine soft feathers. Slug, a kind of naked snaiL Mane, the hair on the neck of an animal. Wing, the limb of a bird by which it flies. Gill, a gland or organ by which fishes breathe. Lair, the couch of a wild beast. STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 253 "Whelp, the young of the dog race. Shrimp, an animal like a lobster. Scallop, a small shell- fish. Flounder, a flat fish. Bk\k, the point or bill of a bird. Craw, the crop of a bird. Hog, what pushes; swine or large pig- Bug, small; the name of multitudes of insects. iness Cat, an animal that lires on flesh, and is of the tiger tribe. Hobby, a kind of falcon. Suet, hard fat. Trail, the track of an animal. Snout, the nose of a hog. Paw, the claw or foot of a beast of prej. FRENCH. Pearl, clear; a white round body- found ia the shell of a pearl oyster. diver, -oyster, y Carp, a perch-like fish, fine for ponds. Sturgeon, one that turns up the mud ; a large cartilaginous fish. Jay, a bird of the crow family. Minnow, the name of some very small kinds of fish. Parrot, a remarkable climbing bird. Falcon, a hawk trained to hunting. gr, ry Martin, the wall-swallow. Ostrich, the strutter ; a large and re- markable bird. Pigeon, a bird of the fowl tribe. Chamois, a goat-like animal. Fawn, a young deer. Palfrey, a horse used for state. Beef, an animal of the ox tribe ; also the flesh. ANTLer, the branch of the deer's horn. Camel, a large quadruped used for carrying burdens in Asia and Africa. Panthee, a flesh-eating animal of the cat species, and the size of a dog. Dolphin, a whale-like animal, ten feet in length. Lynx, an animal like the common cat, having strong sight. Asp, a small poisonous serpent, whose bite produces death without pain. Coral, a secretion of plant-like ani- EXEEOISE II. names of qualities. GOTHio. Huge, swollen; large. Shy, avoiding approach. ^**' Is a rabbit shy? ^^^^^^ — -er, est Sportive, tending or given to play. Shrill, sharp and piercing. ly, ness — . er, est 254 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. FBENCH. Savage, partaking of the forest; wild. Meagre, thin and lean. latin. ly, ness Roan, a bay or sorrel color. Domestic, pertaining to the house. Timid, fearful ; wanting courage. Carnivorous, feeding on flesh. ly Graminivorous, feeding on grass. Fierce, savage and cruel. Rapacioms, given to plunder. er, est, ly, ness ly, ness Poisonows, having the nature of poi- Voraciows, greedy in eating ; raven- son ; impairing or destroying life. ous. EXERCISE III. names of aotions. GOTHio. , Jump, to bound by'teaps. s, ed, ing Crouch, to stoop low. Scamper, to run with irregular speed. Does the dog crouch ? ed, ing Twitter, to make quick trembling Start, to move suddenly from fright. sounds, as the swallow. ed, ing : — ed, ing Howl, to cry like a dog mourning. Crawl, to move by drawing the body ed, ing along. Flap, to move the wings. ^ed, ing — ed, ing, er Skulk, to lie in secret. Quack, to cry like a duck. ed, ing, er ■ Flounder, to toss as a horse in the Grunt, to murmur like a hog. mire. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Hum, to make a sound like bees. Raven, to rage ; to devour eagerly. ed, ing s, ed, ing, ous Snap, to bite suddenly ; break short. Chirp, to make the noise of small ed, ing birds. Skip, to move with light leaps. s, ed, ing ed, ing, er Craunch, to crush in the mouth. Swig, to drink with large draughts. es, ed, ing ed, ing Frisk, to skip as young animals. Duck, to dip under water. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Prance, to spring or bound as a spt Warble, to shake the notes of song. rited horse. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 255 Moult, to shed the feathers. ed, ing Squall, to scream out as a child. 5, ed, ing LuEK, to loiter in wait Kick, to strike with the foot. ed, ing, er HovEE, to hang suspended oyer, as a bird. ed, ing CowEK, to bend down through fear. ed, ing Paw, to draw the fore foot along the ground. ed, ing Hoot, to cry as an owL ed, ing Push, to move with pressure. ed, ing Pant, to heave the heart quickly, s, ed, ing Trot, to step quickly. s, ed, ing Soar, to rise aloft, as the eagle. s, ed, ing Bound, to leap along. 5, ed, ing Toss, to throw up. ed, ing • Growl, to snarl angrily, as a dog. s, ed, ing CHAPTER XIV. NEOESSAET THINGS. "We have passed over the chief objects that attract atten- tion in art and nature. There are others lying back of these which remain to be brought to view. These are /orm, quantity, jplace^ time, power and motion. "Without these, we could form no notion of the others. They are necessary things — necessary to the existence and knowledge of all other things. FIFTY-THIRD STUDY. EXEEOISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Space, unoccupied place ; boundless QuAKTi^y, the quality expressed by so much. place. ious 256 STUDIES IN ORTHOaRAPHY. Place, where any thing is. -E'^jtent, the measure of a thing. Power, that on which an event de- BvRATion, continuance in time, pends. 'ExTEKNality, the quality of being ful, less, fully without us. SuccEs&ion, a following or order of iNTEKNa/i^y, the quality of being things. within us. Cause, that which urges ; that which Primary, the first in order of time or produces an effect. rank. Necessary, something indispensable ; the absolute. Form, the outline or shape of any Necessity, that which must and can- thing, not be otherwise. MoTiow, active power ; change of ^fect, that which is made ; an event place. or work. less Existence, state of being. FIFTY-FOURTH STUDY. FORM. Form is tlie outline or shape of things. It appears m great variety ; but in all cases, can be reduced to a triangle. Form is of mucli importance. It is a source of pleasure. EXERCISEI. NAMES OF THINGS. OELTio. Figure, the outline form; inclosed space. Square, a figure having four equal Angle, the space between two lines sides and one of its angles a right meeting in a point. ^^S^^- ular, ularly Edge, what is sharpened; border. rp^i ^ ^ figui'e - FRENCH. ^^^^^ ' ^^ ^^^^^ including the fourth of a circle. Point, the end of any thing ; also po- CircvE, a figure, every part of whose sition. outline is equally distant from the /SwrFACE, upon the face ; the distance centre, between lines. Bound, a limit. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 257 Margin, border or edge. al CowTOun, the outline. iSeuEF, tlie lifting up of prominence. Taxgext, a right line touching but not crosssing a curve. ial figure; LATIN. Form, the outline of any thing. er, al, ation Line, distance between two points. ar, al, ally Solid, heavy; distance between sur- faces. ^ec^ANGLE, a four-sided figure whose . opposite sides are equal and angles right angles. Globe, a round solid body, every part of whose surface is equally distant from the centre. ular, ate, ule Curve, bent between two points. LiNEar, pertaining to LiMir, the utmost extent. less Border, the edge of any thing. CowFiNE, the limit, or extreme border. Cube, a solid figure having six equal square sides. ■ iCy ical Sphere, a round solid body, as a globe. ical, ically EXERCISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. CELTIC. Square, even, having four equal sides and four right angles. Supemcial, belonging to the surface. Zy FiGURec?, adorned with figures. CiRCuZar, pertaining to a circle. SpiRaZ, winding round a cylinder. LATIN. Solid, hard and firm. Plane, level, even of surface. RECTiLiNE(zr, pertaining to a straight line. Straight, direct between two points. CxruYed, bent between two points. Pei-p-E^mcular, belonging to that which hangs down, as a plumb line ; up and down. ; — ly Oblique, inclined from a straight line- h> ty Tra?isvERSE, lying across. CoTivEX, rounding like a balL ConcAVE, hollowed. SERPENTme, winding like a serpent. LiNEaZ, pertaining to lines. FoRMa^^ye, having power to give form. DiB^aiion, the course of a body mov- ing in a straight line. 258 STUDIES IN OETHOaRAPHY. DhERGEiHT, inclining outward-. ConYER&ENV, inclining inward. GREEK. Paral-LEL, side by side ; equally dis- tant at every point. HoRizoNTaZ, pertaining to the hori- zon ; parallel with it. EXERCISE III NAMES OF ACTIONS. Form, to give shape to any thing. ComFASS, to stretch round ; to envi- ^ ^^ ^^^ ^^ J, ed, mg — -, s, ed, ing Bound, to limit ; to mark the outline. s, ed, ing TERMiNa^e, to make an end. 5, ed, ing Border, to confine with an edge. s, ed, ing ^wrROUND, to inclose, encompass. ^wviRON, to encompass. Limit, to bound. %ng Figure, to mould into a figure. s, ed, ing CircLE, to go round ; to inclose. s, ed, ing En- to close within. -5, ed, ing Be- Mis- In— -, s, ed, ing, er — , s, ed, ing — -, 5, ed, ing Line, to draw, or bound with lines. s, ed, ing Under , s, ed, ina SoLiDiFT, to make solid, as water into ice. -es, ea, mg Curve, to bend into a curve. ing CowFiNE, to inclose or bound. s, ed, ing GREEK. Sphere, to form into roundness. s, ed, ing Cube, to form into a cube ; to raise a number to the third power. s, ed, ing FIFTY-FIFTH STUDY. QUANTITT. Quantity is any tHng that can be measured. It is the answer to the question, How much ? It comes up con- STUDIES IX ORTHOGRAPHY. 259 stantly before the mind, and should be applied to all sub- jects. Quantity is the object of arithmetic and geometry. EXEEOISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. GOimc. QvAyrity, so mucli; any thiBg that . . can be measured. ^ P J g H. W' Dime, a silyer coin, the tenth part of DoLLAE, a silver or gold com worth , ,, t' . J . a dollar. one hundred cents. . , Cext, a copper com, the one hun- CELTLG. dredth part of a dollar, Tterce, a third ; a cask that is the Bulk, size of any thing ; a part of a third of a pipe, building jutting out, -y, iness, -head- ScoKE, a notch; a mark to coimt ^^i^^nt^,^, extent or size. with ; twenty. ^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^ LEAorE, a distance of three mHes. ^^^exsiW, the act of extending ; the dimensions of a thing. FKENCH. ,. , 1 Z^^MEXSion, the extent of a body; CiPHEK, a mark in arithmetic denot- length, breadth and thickness, ing the absence of quantity, Quarteh, the fourth part. Tally, a piece of wood on which Or^CE, a weight of different yalue. notches stand for ntmibers. Pound, weight ; a weight of twelve Dozen, twelve ia number. or sixteen ounces. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALIirES. GOTmc. ^niiRE, having aU its parts. CWnposiTE, made up of parts ; divisi Much, a heap ; great in quantity. ^^^ ^^ ^ ^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ Odd, not even; not divisible into equal parts. la^in. FRENCH. SeparaS/?, that may be removed from Copious, in great quantity or plenty. the rest 'ly, ness In- 260 STUDIES IN OETHOaEAPHY. Separate, divided from the rest. Pbime, of value ; a number divisible /mMENSE, unbounded ; great. only bj one. FRACTioNa?, belonging to fractions, or GAm)iNal, chief, primary, as one. parts of numbers. ORDiNa^, belonging to order ; denot- DEcmal, belonging to the tenth ; ing order, as first. numbered by ten. EXERCISEIII. NAMES OF ACTIONS. CELTIC. LATIN. Score, to notch to count with; to ^^^end, to stretch out. mark tor chipping. , . ■, . *> ^^> '^^ff ' * ^ CompvTE, to cast together; to sum FRENCH. up ; to value. Tally, to number by notches; to ^euoi^STRate, to show; to prove be agree. yond doubt. s, ed, ing *, ^4 ^^9 Measure, to stretch ; to find the quan- Solve, to loose ; to clear up difficult tity of a thing. * questions. 5, ed, ing s, ed, ing Count, to number by telling; to sum Quarter, to divide into four parts. up. «> «4 ^^9 " -s, ed ing Abound, to have in abundance. CALCULa^e, to reckon with pebbles ; to *j ^"> ^^5' count. /SePARATE, to divide from the rest. 5, ed, ing «» ^^^ ^^9 FIFTY-SIXTH STUDY Place is wliere any tMng is. It comes np to view when- ever we tHnk of any object, and requires to be carefully observed. The knowledge of place is important. Greogra- phy is mainly occupied with places on the earth's surface. I STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 261 EXEEOISE I. NAMES OF THINGS. Place, where any thing is. CTriDER, on the nether side ; beneath X/jstance, space between two places. something else. Sirnation, location in place. ^eLow, by the low in place ; under P^^ent, near at hand ; hard by. or low down. After, behind in place. Here, in this place. Location, the act of placing ; a par- On, m contact with the tipper sur- ticular situation. face • upon. Posmox, a location ; a relative place. Spot, a small place, or extent. Site, the local position of a place. Lomness, state of being high. ULEVATion, the act of raising ; a high position. p ^ Auntude, the state of being high. EXEEOISEII. NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHIC. LATIN. Askant, across or obUque in place. I^<>ca?, belonging to what is laid ; be- longing to place. FEENCH. ^' ^ y i^^MOTE, distant in place. Biaiant, remote in place ; far be- ^3/, ^ss tween. SecLxwed, shut off in place ; secret. iJeriRED, secluded in place. Pritate, stripped of company ; sep- ^ecRET, separated ; hid. arate. SeqjTESTEVied, secluded. Publz'c, open to all. Sacked, holy or venerable. ly, ity EXEEOISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. GOTHIC. FRENCH. Put, to set or plant. Place, to settle in some place. s^ ing s, ed, ing 262 STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. Situate, to place in sight, or a cer- latin. tarn place. Locate, to lay in some place ; to s, ed, ing ^^^^1^^ /S'ecRETE, to hide away in some place. ^ ^^ ^^^ — s, ed, mg /S^ecLUDE, to shut off from others. ^eTiRE, to conceal away from others. ^ ^^ ^^„ s, ed, zng Cowceal, to keep close from observa- /SeQUESTEK, to separate ; to put aside. ^^^^ . -j^^^^ ^^5' ^ ^ s, ed, ing Bound, to confine ; to set limits. ^^eyate, to raise up in place. s, ed, ing ^^ ^^^ ^^^ FIFTY-SEVENTH STUDY. TIME. Time is tlie place of events, and measures their duration. We naturally think of it, when any thing happens. It is of great value. To improve it, is a good sign of wisdom. EXEEOISE I. NAMES OF DIVISIONS. ^ gothio. PresENT, now, al ■ s time. Season, one of t quarters of the After, behind in time ; later. year. Since, that is passed ; after a certain ^^^^ . time mentioned. ^ MervAT., space of time between Hereafter, behind the present time ; events. later than now. ^ ^ Session, the time duriTig the sitting of Then, at a certain time mentioned. g^jjy body of men. FRENCH. I^TIN. ^wcoRE, once more. Hour, season, and then twenty-fourth Second, the sixtieth part of a minute. part of a day. hand, the pointer of a watch. ly . — Past, beyond in time ; before now. Minute, small ; the sixtieth part of an ConiiNcance, the state of proceeding hour, constantly. hand, the pointer of a watch. STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 263 CENTury, a period of one hundi'ed /wstant, a point of time. years. . ly Eka, a point of time from which na- Interim, time between two events. tions reckon. Future, that is to be ; after now. t7y Epoch, a stop ; a fixed point in time ; Calendar, a register of time. also the space between eras. Date, the time of an event. PerioT>, round about ; then a portion Duration, continuance in time. of time. Interm&sio7i, ceasing between ; inter- ical, venmg tune. Term, the time which any thing lasts ; Moment, the smallest division of time. the limits of a thing's dui'ation. EXEEOISE II. NAMES OF QUAUTIES, QOTHia -4wiecEDENT, goiug bcforc in time. „ . . TrajisiENT, passing away; lasting a FLEETzngr, passing away. ^^^^^ ^.^^_ ^ TransiTORY, abiding a short time. ■ness- ■ Momentary, lasting an instant. Bb^ o f short d uration. InsTANtaneous, done in a moment. ^ Annuo?, yearly. Coniimjal, proeee-^ ag without ceas- ^.ennial, lasting two years. ^^^' '1* i' PerENNiAL, lasting from year to year. ^ ->/f? iwiTiAL, relating to the beginning. PerpEiml, lastin,, through time. TmcTual, pertaining to a point; at ^ the point of time. GEADuaZ, pertair mg to steps ; advanc- ^V6sequent, following after in time. ing slowly. i^ .jLATiN. DiURNa?, relating to the day, daily. Prior, first in the order of time. NocTURNa?, relating to the night. AnteKioSf before in time. Temporal, relating to time. EXEEOISE III. NAMBS OF ACTIONS. FRENCH. PerPETUATE, to Continue from time to OoniimjE, to proceed on in time. time. s, ed, ing «i ^^, ^ng 264 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHYa ^/iDURE, to last long ; to continue. latin. > ) 9 — Date, to mark the time of any thinff. Chbonicle^ to register facts m the j • • j a , — — — s. €cl, tncf ————— order oi tmie. . , , . ^^^^^^ - . Ante , s, ed, tng r, ^ e ^^ x-j. • ^- POSTPONE, to put off : to delay tiU a 6wccEED, to follow after m time. ^ . . • , . luture time. Sy ed, mg FIFTY-EIGHTH STUDY. COLOR. Color is closely connected witli light and all that is pleasant in knowledge. It is a sensation produced by light, and one of the most agreeable with which we are acquainted. Color is the material of the beautifal art called painting. EXERCISEI. NAMES OF COLORS. CELTIC. Sombre, a shade ; dusky. Grizzle, a gray color. Pink, a light cheerful red. BiSTer, a dark brown paint. Tone, the harmony of light and shade Carmine, a crimson color made from in painting. the cochineal insect. Violet, a componnd color, composed of blue and red. Color, a property of light. Orange, a compound color, composed ^^^^ of red and yellow. Indigo, a kind of blue prepared from Scarlet, a rich bright red. the indigo plant. Crimson, a deep red tinged with blue. Ultra-marinb, a mineral color formed Purple, a rich deep color, composed from the lapis lazuli ; it is a beau- of red and blue. tiful sky-blue. Tint, the tinge of a color. Tinge, a slight color or dye. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 2Qo EXEECISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. GOTHIC. Peaely, resembling pearl ; clear. Warm, of a moderate degree of heat ; Brilliant, shining, bright, affecting with heat, as yellow or ^V' ^^ red colors. Delicate, soft to the eye. Cool, moderately cold ; affecting with latin cold, as a blue color and its com- poxinds. FeruANent, lasting, enduring. CELTIC. Vivid, strongly bright. Dull, heavy, not bright ^y> ^^** g^ ggf y Cloudy, obscure, gloomy. Clear,' open, bright. Obscure, dark, indistinct. -er, est, ly, ness — ^3/, ness, ity DisrciNCT, separate, clear. FRENCH. REOSEO^e, of a rose color. In , not EXERCISE III. NAMES OF actions. CKLTia Paint, to cover with colors. s, ed, ing Stain,- to color with some substance. s, ed, ing latin. Tinge, to give a slight dye. ^i^^ s,ed,ing ^ , . ■,.■,. 1 Color, to paint, dye or stain. Tint, to give a slight color. 7 . ° . s, ed, mq s, ed, xnq _. ^ . . Crimson, to dye with a deep red „ , , , Cloud, to obscure, make gloomy. , . s, ed, inq s, ed, inq _, t , i i ■, „ , T r T T • T- J 1 Obscure, to darken 1 to render dark Purple, to make 01 a bluish red color. . ', ^ , . with shades. s, ed. mg . , — s, ed, ing ;— 12 266 STUDIES IN ORTHOaEAPHY. FIFTY-NINTH STUDY. MOTION. Motion is cliange of place, or power in action. As sucli, it claims a careful notice. Without it, no knowledge could ever bless tlie soul. BXERCISEI. NAMES OF MOTIONS. FRENCH. AGiTtttion, the act of shaking irregu- BoiLinff, motion of a fluid by the larlj. sweUing of its particles by heat. Motion, a change of place ; active Lea VENew^, making light by ferment- power. ation. ' — ^^^^ Rate, the degree of motion. Com- -4 SCENT, the going up. I'ATiN. Egress, a going out. YERMENiation, the internal motion of /tigress, a going in. particles changing their nature by DiGuiEs&ion, the act of going from heat some rule or standard. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES, Uniform, of one form ; the same rate or speed. Zy, ity Acc^L-ERAied, hastened around ; HesARDed, kept back, delayed. DejjAYed, hindered for a time. LEAVENed made with leaven or yeast. . , , J.J. qmckened. ' AGnated, shook irregularly. j^^^jj^ Ferment^c?, changed in nature by an internal motion of the particles. YABiable, that may or does change ; Circular, pertaining to a circle. changeable. STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY. 267 EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. FRENCH. Move, to change place. s, ed, ing Boil, to bubble np ; to moye. ^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ s,ed,mg,er jj^ ^^^^ Leaten, to ferment or lighten with j , , ,, ^^^^ ' Acc^LiiRate, to hasten to ; to cause to s,ed,tng move faster. -RETARD, to delay ; to hinder motion. ' . s, ea, ing — s, e , mg i)escEND, to come down. jDecoMPosE, to separate the elements ^ 7 • ^^ ^ ^°^^- Ascend, to go up. s, ed, ing — , ^^^ .^^ _ (7trcuLATE, to move round. n -s, ed, ing mg Z)zGRESs, to depart from some rule. s, ed, ing LATIN. ' ^ , . - iteBouND, to bound or spring back. Ferment, to boil ; to excite internal s, ed, ing motion by heat. DisTUKB, to trouble. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Agitate, to shake irregularly. PerTUEB, to agitate fully. ■- — s, ed, ing, or s, ed, ing SIXTIETH STUDY. SPIRITUAL BEINGS. Man is not tlie only intelligent being in tlie iiniyerse. The Bible reveals the existence of good and bad angels. XEEOISE I NAMES OF SPIRITUAL BEINGS. GOTHIC Is the devil the leader of fallen Devil, one who^ slanders ; a wicked angels ? spirit. ^^h ishness 268 STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. Fiend, a hater of good ; the devil. Angel, a messenger ; a good spirit. s, ish, ishness -s, ic, ical GREEK. HEBREW. Demon, an evil or dark spirit. Seraph, an angel of the highest order. 5, iac, iacal Cherub, an angel of the second rank. SIXTY-FIRST STUDY. IMAGINARY BEINGS. Man lias peopled every spot of the earth with imaginary creatures. He has made them after his own fancies, and given them homes in the air, the water, and in the solid land. Poets have been active in this strange work. BXERCISEI. NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS. GOTHIO. LATIN. Fairt, a small imaginary being with Nymph, a goddess of the mountains, the human form. valleys, or waters. -queen, -like ic, ean FuRT, a goddess of vengeance. CELTIC. Hag, a witch ; an old ugly woman. greek. FRENCH NAiac^ that which flows j a water- nymph. Sylph, a light imaginary being dwell- es ing in the air. O^Ead, one of the mountains; a moun- -like tain nymph. Goblin, an imaginary frightful phan. torn. CHAPTER XV. GOD. Nature conducts to the Creator. God is the end of all study as well as the source of all life. He is known to us STUDIES m ORTHOGEAPHY. 269 in three ways: by Hs works, by Providence, and by the Bible. SIXTY-SECOND STUDY. GOD. The nature, names and titles of God are chiefly made known to us in the Bible. Some of those which are Saxon have been already given. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF GOD. i^rfjj^^ CKEATor, the Being who creates; God. Tedott, three in one : three persons Pileservee, the Being who keeps all in one God. things safe. Is the Trinity made known in i^eDEEner, one who ransoms ; Jesus the Bible ? Christ. SIXTY-THIRD STUDY. THE ATTEIBUTES OP GOD. The attributes of God are wonderfal, and form the best part of hnman knowledge. Their names are like so many lights to the sonl. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF ATTHrBUTES. FRENCH. Jv&rice, that attribute by which God Meect, that benevolence which leads ^^es right, requires right, and main- God to pardon sin for the sake of t^ins right. Christ. . ^"™- -ful, fully, fulness ExERNi^y, endless existence. Gbace, free benevolence; favor to iwFiNnY, not bounded ; beyond me a- sinners. sure. 270 STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY. OMNiscimce, the attribute by wbich tribute by which God sees the end God knows all things. from the beginning. Omnipresence, the attribute by which /w-telligence, the attribute by which God is in every place. God knows all things. OumvoTence, the attribute by which Clemenc?/, mildness ; disposition to for- God can do all things that He give. pleases. Unity, oneness. Prescience, foreknowledge; that at- EXEKCISE II. names of qualities. FRENCH. OMNisciew^, all-knowiug. O'M.TXiPB.iEsent, every where present. UncRJ^G^able, not given to change, q^^^^,,^^^ all-powerful, or without power to change. /^mortal, not mortal ; not disposed Just, according to right ; the standard ^ * /^visible, not visible ; unseen by the to death or change. -ity Gracioms, favor or good-will seen in gifts. ■^' ^ ly, ness InTELLiGent, possessing the power of knowledge. LATIN. ETERNa^, without beginning or end _ -.i . t •. i -. i - . DO /^FINITE, without limits ; unbounded. 01 existence. , In&cRvrable, that may not be under- „ ' , ^ j j? n • ^^ ^i ^ , "^ jP(??tect, complete and full m aU that stood. . , ^ IS good. UmvERsaZ, belonging to the whole. SuprmiE, highest in authority. ImMUTable, not subject to change. acy ■ Triune, the three in one. CKSA-Tive, having the power to create. ImuACVLate, spotless, pure. SIXTY-FOURTH STUDY. EELATIONS OF GOD TO MAN. EelaTIOKS form the links of life and all that is desirable in it. The relations of Grod to man are interesting beyond all expression. Life and death are ever suspended upon STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. 271 them. K we know them and revere them, it will be well with us. EXERCISE I. NAMES OF god's RELATIONS TO TJS. FRENCH. GovERNor, the Ruler of aU things ; ,^ , , the King of angels and men. MEDiATor, one who comes between, ^ it. -u i ^i ., ,, .-, ,. ^ 1 iiej)-EEMer, one who buys back: the to reconcile : the reconciler of God ^ ■ ^ - , Saviour of sinners. Jesus, he who saves and makes happy. - ?/?, I — - FroFTTiAiion, the act of appeasing; Saviour, one who deuvers; Jesus ... ,. , reconcmation. "^ ■ , 3 3^ Interoi^sor, one who pleads for an- JuDGE, one who compares and deter- ^ mines. LATIN, GREEK. Creator, the Maker of man and aU Christ, the anointed one ; Jesus, as things. Saviour of sinners. EXEEOISE II. names of qualities. FRENCH. Benignaw^, kind and good. MsDiATomal, belonging to a mediator. ^y Merci/w^, full of compassion for sin- Fro-pirious, appeased and inclined to ners. mercy. ly, ness ly Graciows, abounding in favor for the Pro^Tnatory, having power to ap- guilty. pease and satisfy. ly, ness IntercESSory, of the nature of inter- LAxm. ^^^^^^^ Vicarious, acting for another. EXERCISE III. names of actions. fresoh. i^ecoNciLE, to call back into union ; Justify, to make or prove to be just. ^^ make friends. s, ed, ing *> ^^> '^^'-9 • 272 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. Sancti/?/, to make holy. ^^deem, to purchase from slavery or '■ 5, ed, ing sin. Judge, to hear and determine. s, ed. ing s, ed, ing ^^ne, to make one ; unite infriend- .Eeveal, to disclose or make known. ship. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Punish, to affict for crime. ProprriATE, to turn towards ; to ap- -es, ed, ing pease and reconcile. Mediate, to reconcile in any way. s, ed, ing «> ^^j i'^9 IntercED^ to go between ; to plead Save, to rescue from danger. for the offending. -s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Anoint, to pour oil upon ; to set Vivift, to make alive ; endow with apart for a sacred pui'pose. life. ing s^ ed, ing -> ""■> jj^rjrjjg jSeQUiTE, to repay good or evil ; re- Create, to make or form, as the world. ^ ' . , . s, ed, mq s, ed, mq r^ , -, -, in,.- 1 n C'owDEMN, to damn, or pronoTince (tovern, to rule affairs, as those of the world. , . , . s, ed, ma s, ed, ing SIXTY-FIFTH STUDY. THE ABODE OF GOD. Heaven is tlie common name by wMch tTie abode of God is known among men. The place is glorious, the state is kingly. SIXTY-SIXTH STUDY. LAST THINGS. The last things of life have an importance for man above all others. Such are death, the resurrection of the body, the judgment and eternity. In these we h^e the last of earth, and the first of the unseen world. STUDIES m ORTHOGEAPHY. 273 EXERCISE I. NAMES OF LAST THINGS. CELTIC. JuDGinent, a sentence passed by a judge; the doom of man. Teump, a wind instrument. ^^^^ ^-^^ ^^^ FRENCH. -seat the seat HesTTBiiEction, a rising again; the Coffin, a basket ; a chest for the raising of dead bodies to life at the dead body. last day. less DePAS-Ture, a going away. Heabse, a crosswork ; a carriage for the dead. la^in. Tomb, a heap ; a grave in which the dead body of a human being is Pall, a cloak ; a mantle thrown over laid. dead bodies. «, less, stone bearer InTERment, the act of burying the JVIausoleum, a magnificent tomb. dead. Theone, a seat ; a royal seat. Sepulchre, a grave or tomb. EiEENi^y, endless duration ; time Sepulture, interment. after death. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. FRENCH. LATIN. EiERNaZ, belonging to what contin- SEPULCHRa/, belonging to a tomb or ues ; enduring. grave. ly TERBible, that may excite terror ; Ymal, belonging to the end ; last dreadful. Glorious, full of splendor. TsRoified, placed on a throne. ly, ness • EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. j.gjjjj^j2^ jTiTER, to put into the earth. s, ed, ing Tomb, to bury the dead. Judge, to compare facts and decide ; -s, ed, ing to pass sentence. En , to put in s, ed, ing 12* 274 STUDIES IN ORTHOaKAPHY. ApvRom, to prove to be true ; to Enter, to go within ; to pass into a like and accept. place, as heaven. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Banish, to put under a ban ; to con- demn to exile. ^^™'- es, ed, ing, ment Condemn, to disapprove ; to utter DepART:, to separate ; to banish from sentence of punishment, good. &, ed, ing • — s, edy ing CHAPTER XVI. KNOWLEDGE. Man is born to knowledge as an inheritance, and soon begins to prepare to enter upon its possession. The mind is ever inquiring, or making excursions in search of the unknown. Materials are collected, and after years of toil, they are reduced to certain forms. Arts and sciences are classified. They are systematic forms of knowledge. 1. The knowledge of language. 2. The knowledge of form and quantity. 8. The knowledge of human pursuits. 4. The knowledge of nature. 5. The knowledge of time — ^history and chronology. 6. The knowledge of events — philosophy. 7. The knowledge of taste and imagination. 8. The knowledge of man. 9. The knowledge of G-od. S I X TY - SE V E N TH STUDY. THE KNOWLEDGE OF LANGUAGE. Language is one of the most wonderful things in the world. It is wisely regarded as a Divine gift, the first STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 275 Teacher being Grod. The one language which was intro- duced into the world in this way, has undergone many changes, and now presents about three thousand varieties. Language is the only true history of man. EXERCISE NAMES OF THINGS EMBRACED IN LANGUAGE. Langwo^^, the product of the tongue ; the system of sounds by which our thoughts are known. Sentence, that which is thought ; two or more words by which we say something. tial, tially Letter, a sign of a sound. DiCTiowary, the words of a language, arranged according to the alphabet, spelled correctly and defined. liiNGuis^, one skilled in languages. ical LiNGuaZ, pertaining to the tongue. As-TicxTLation, the act of joining the organs of speech to form sound. From^^cudion, the act of uttering words 80 as to give the right sound to each letter in a word. Discs^EPAncy, a breaking apart ; dis- agreement. Composition, the arranging of thought in language. TvscivAtion, the dividing wi'itten language into sentences and parts of sentences. InterROGxHon, a mark which shows when a question is asked. ExcLAyLAtion, a mark that is used to point off words or sentences ex- pressing emotion. Accent, force of voice on a syllable. Alphabet, the name of the letters of a language. ic, ically Comma, that which cuts off; a mark that separates parts of a sentence closely connected. Colon, a member ; a mark that sep- arates parts of a sentence that are complete. Se^nico'LO'S, half a colon; a mark that separates parts of a sentence that are complete but connected. FerioD, a circuit ; a point that marks the end of a complete sentence. Orthogeapht, correct writing; the art of writing words correctly. Orthoepy, correct speaking; the speaking of words correctly. Etymology, the true account of words. Grammar, a letter ; the art of build- ing sentences. ical, ically ITn ical, ically Rhetoric, the art of speaking and writing tastefully. ian, al, ally 276 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. Lexicon, a book containing the SylhABus, a word, or so much of one words of a language arranged as can be sounded at once. according to the alphabet, with Idiom, a way of expression peculiar the spelling and meaning. to a language. PerioD, a complete sentence. atic, atically ParaGRAPH, a part of language relat- DiauECT, a form of language peculiar ing to a distinct point. to a section of country. 4 EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES OF THINGS INCLUDED IN LANGUAGE. FRENCH. CowciSE, brief or short. FiGURATtt;., representing something Tumid, swelling in sound. ^^^^ ^y resemblance. y^^^^^ ^^jj^ ^.^^1^^^^ y Ambiguous, having two or more PROVERBiaZ, pertaining to a proverb. ' ^ . ^ ^ . , meanings. InterKOGAnive, denoting a question. ^^ • - • i? i . . ^ , V0LUMIN0M5, consisting of volume. nxB'ES.A'nve, expressing a command. ^ c 3 -u^c ^ ' ^ ° Equivocal, of doubtful meaning. ^ , liEGihle. that may be read. 11 , that may not LxTERa?, according to the letter. Co^ate, born together ; allied in ut- ly terance. NoMiNaZ, pertaining to names. ExGLAMAtory, of the nature of emo- TuRGiD, swelling out ; big with words. tion. ly, ness DecLAHAiive, expressing an assertion. EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS APPROPRIATE TO LANGUAGE. FRENCH. AMFLify, to mate large; to speak copiously. ComposE, to set in order, as words ^ ^^ • in a sentence. SiGm/y, 'to ' make signs; to make 5, ed, mg known by words. i)wposE, to set or distribute orderly, ^ ^^ ■ as words. %ng TVansposE, to place across ; to change i)eN0TE, to mark from ; to signify by the natural order. visible signs. s, ed, ing «, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOaRAPHY. 277 Latinize, to give to foreign words Latin terminations. s, ed, ing T^rawsLATEjto bear across ; to render into another language. 5, ed, ing SIXTY-EIGHTH STUDY. THE ZNOWLED&E OF QUAIITITY. A KNOWLEDGE of form and quantity is very important. The Greeks regarded it as the perfection of wisdom. Pjrthagoras wrote over his school, " Let no one enter here ignorant of geometry." EXEKCISE NAlvrES OF THINGS. Number, a sign of quantity. Figure, a character or number in arithmetic. Cipher, a character like an o, which is the sign of nothing. Standard, that which is fixed, as a rule or measure. LATIN. Quantity, how much ; that which can be measured. Abacus, an instrument for counting Readily. Unit, one. Digit, a number under ten. MJENSURa^zon, the act of measuring ; the act of finding the magnitude of any thing. NoTA^ion, the act of writing qnantity in figures. NuMERA^eoTi, the act of reading quan- tity written in figures. ADDition, the act of summing up any thing. SiobTRAction, the act of taking one number from another. MuLTiPLiCA^iow, the act of increasing one number as often as there are units in another. Din&ioy, the act of finding how often one number is contained in another. Plus, a mark denoting addition. Minus, a mark denoting subtraction. Abithme^^c, belonging to numbers; the knowledge of numbers. al, ian • — Geomett^/, the measuring of the earth ; the knowledge of lines, surfaces and solids. cian, col 278 STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. CoiTSTless, without being numbered. iNTEGBaZ, relating to a whole. Numeric, belonging to number. JS'uMERa?, pertaining to numbers. al, ally Din&ible, that can be divided. MjEASURable, that may be measured. In Im , 2/, ness TwEiNrrESiMAL, less than any assign- able quantity. EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. CELTIC. Calculate, to reckon up ; to find the Pose, to puzzle with hard questions. * , . , . ^ s, ed, mq ' ' ^ K'umeeate, to point off figures and TiTiT7.NnTT. read them. mg Count, to number. I)imm&^ to make less. s, ed, ing ^ ^ mg Number, to reckon by numbers. g^LVE, to loosen ; to do and prove. 5, ed, ing ,^ ^^^ -^^ Measure, to find the value of any -^^^^^^ to mark, or write in num- <^l^i^g- bers. s, ed, ing ^^ ^^^ ^^^ Multiply, to fold numbers ; to increase one number as often as there are iwCREASE, to grow in quantity or size. units in another. 5, ed, ing s» «4 ^^9 Add, to increase by connecting one ^w&traot, to draw or take one num- to another. ber from another. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Augment, to increase in size or num- i)^vIDE, to find how often one number ber. is contained in another. mg s, ed, mg STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. 279 SIXTY-NINTH STUDY. THE KNOWLEDGE OF HUMAN PUESinTS. The knowledge of human pursuits lias greatly increased within the last one hundred years. It is now reduced to systems, and appears under distinct arts and sciences. Some of the leading terms may be presented. EXEEOISE I. TAMES OF 'WHAT IS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF HUMAN PURSUITS. Materlvmedica, a branch of know- ledge that treats of the substances used as medicine. Surgery, a branch of medical know- ledge that treats of healing by manual operations. Navigation, the art of conducting vessels on the sea. YooA-iion, a calling or pursuit in life. A , any calling aside from the pursuit of Hfe. EMp-LOYment, that which engages the mind or hands. Mechanics, the science of motion and forces. CARPENTry, the art of cutting, joining and rearing buildings. House Ship — : MASONr?/, the art of working in stone or brick. Mining, the operation of digging into the earth for minerals. OccuPAtion, the chief business of life. Economy, the management of affairs. EoTAT^on, the act of turning; a suc- cession of crops. • Experiment, a trial ; an operation de- signed for discovery. TaotIcs, the science of military affairs in battle. Philanthropy, the love of mankind. Misanthropy, the hatred of mankind. Architecture, the art of constructing houses. Hydropathy, a school of medicine that heals hy the use of water. Homeopathy, a school of medicine that heals by medicines adapted to produce the same disease. Allopathy, a school of medicine that cures by exciting another disease. VoLTiics, the science of government 280 STUDIES IN OKTHOGRAPHY. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES INCLUDED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF HUMAN PURSUITS. FRENCH. PRACTica^, belonging to practice. Economic^/!, belonging to economy SEDENTary, requiring much sitting. fungal in management. MECHANicaZ, pertaining to machines, SuRGica/, pertaining to surgery, or mechanics. LATIN. Tactw, pertaining to the art of war- FocaZ, belonging to a point. fare. PRA0Tica6Ze, that may be done. Philanthrop2C, pertaining to the love Im of man. J5!a:;pERiMENTa?, belonging to experi- ARcmTEOTURaZ, belonging to the art ment ; known by experience. of house-bnilding. EXERCISE III. NAMES OF EXPRESS ACTIONS IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF HUMAN PUBSUlTa. FRENCH. Sap, to undermine. — s, ed, ing Engage, to embark in any business. -s, ed, %ng Re , s, ed, ing j)i^ ^ s^ ed, ing Cowfigure, to dispose in a certain Manage, to conduct any concern. form. ■ s, ed, ing • s, ^d ing Civilize, to raise out of the savage i^ioEST, to separate apart ; to arrange state. methodically. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing SEVENTIETH STUDY. THE KNOWLEDGE OF NATURE. The knowledge of nature lias been increasing for six thousand years. It is now laid up in many distinct branches STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 281 of study. Some of the more common terms used in such studies, may be presented, defined and used. E X E E I E I . NAMES OF THINGS INCLUDED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF NATURE. GB.Ayity, the tendency of bodies to- wards each other on the earth and in the heavens. Chemistry, that branch of knowledge that treats of the elements of all bodies. hATiTude, the distance of a place on the earth, north or south of the equator. Meridian, mid-day ; a great circle passing through the poles. Zenith, the point over head. Telescope, an instrument by which we see at a great distance. Solstice, the time when the sun seems to stand still in his annual course. Quadrant, the fourth part of a circle • an instrument for taking the height of heavenly bodies. AtrRACj:ion,th.a.t which draws particles or bodies towards each other. Zone, a division of the earth in regard to temperature. Longitude, the distance of a place from another, east or west. Equator, the circle that incloses the earth at equal distance from the poles. Map, a representation of a part or whole of the earth. Chart, a marine map. Geography, that branch of knowledge that describes the surface of the earth. Topography, a description of a par- ticular place. Astronomy, the science of the heav- enly bodies. Geology, that branch of knowledge that treats of the earth's structm^e. Mineralogy, the knowlege of miner- als. Botany, the knowledge of plants. Zoology, the knowledge of animals. Meteorology, the knowledge of changes in the air. Microscope, an instrument by which we see very minute objects. EXEEOISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES OF THINGS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF NATURE. FRENCH. LATiTUDiNaZ, belonging to latitude. Chemioo^, belonging to chemistry. LoNGiTUDiNflZ, belonging to longitude. MFjiiDioNa^, belonging to a meridian 282 STUDIES IN OETHOGEAPHY. i^TiN. TopoGRAPHica^, belonging to topogra- AtTRAciive, drawing together. a 7 t. i • , c, 7 1, . , . AsTRONOMica?, belonging to astrono- SoLSTiTiaZ, belonging to a solstice. EQUATOKiaZ, belonging to the equator. (.Zoaical, belonging to geology. GREEK. MiNERALOGica^, belonging to mineral- ogy. GEOGEAPmca/, belonging to geogra- BoTANica?, pertaining to plants. P y^* ZooLOGicaZ, belonging to animals. EXERCISEIII. NAMES OF ACTIONS INOLUDED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF NATURE. FRENCH. Map, to draw a portion or whole of ^ , . , the earth on a plane surface. Survey, to examme and measure. — s, ea, mg s, ea, mg — . _ -, ,. . n , C?6sERVE, to see attentively; to noticQ. Kegister, to record facts m a book. -, and examine. ' ' ^ . s, ea, mg — ■ CorrespoND, to suit toa;ether: to ex- ri 1 ^ xi, -u x. '. ^ ' Collect, to gather by observation. change views. , . ^ , . s, ed, mg s, ea, ing GREEK. -4wALYZE, to loose back; to resolve ^iCPERiMENT, to find out by trial. a body into its elements. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Collate, to lay together and compare. Theorize, to speculate. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing SEYENTY-FIEST STUDY. KNOWLEDGE OF EVENTS. HiSTOEY unfolds a vast field of views to the mind. It extends over the past, and includes as objects, the countless events that have marked the actings of man. The life of the individual, family, society, nation and church, is re- called and seen again in its records. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 283 EXEECISE I. OF PERSONS AND THINGS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF EVENTS. Memoir, memory ; a kind of history that treats of the life of an indi- vidual or society. s, ist Chronicle, a register of facts in the order of time. i^cGiSTEE, carried down; a written account of events. Manners, things handled; customs and morals. Coins, wedges; stamped money. Medals, things beaten ; pieces of met- al stamped with a device. Journal, a daily account of events. Rite, the mode of performing service, especially of religion. Customs, frequent use ; fixed manners. Language, the product of the tongue ; the outward growth and body of thought. jR^oord, called to mind; a regular memoir of facts. -s, er !Z>awsACTiONS, things driven through ; the doings of a society. Tradition, that which delivers; the delivery of events from one to another, from age to age. ary Instttution, the act of establishing; something fixed by authority to commemorate or benefit. Tendency, stretching towards ; direc- tion towards any thing. EwERQency, a coming out of; a sud- den occasion. Monument, that which reminds ; some thing which commemorates, as a statue. Ceremony, outward rite. Fact, that which is done. History, learned inquiry ; the regu- lar record of events. an, ic, ical, ically Biography, the history of a life ; an individual memoir. -er, ical Archives, the place of ancient rec- ords, or the records themselves. XERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. FKENOH. ISx'sxmal, pertaining to nature. Super , ly Frequent, repeated; often happening. Un , ly Fma?, pertaining to the end ; last. Sacred, holy ; devoted to G-od. 284 STUDIES iisr orthogeaphy. Ancient, old ; that happened in for- CowTiNGENif, depending on something mer times. else. Modern, recent ; that happened in OAsuaZ, accidental ; not certain. recent times. ly GENERa^, belonging to the whole ; ORCiNary, according to law. universal. Extra PARTicuLar, pertaining to a person, Dire/m^, terrible. or part of the whole. Flagrant, glaring; enormously wicked. ly — — ^ ^ * TransvE.M, passing away. Fabulous, of the nature of fable ; fie- Auspicious, favorable in appearance. titious. ''V _ly Felici^oms, happy, prosperous. Fictitious, feigned, imagmary. Transviiory, continuing for a short ly time. Portentous, foreshowing ill. InnnATiory, introductory. ly Mutual, acting by turns. Ominous, foreboding evil. ^2/ ly ^ggg JJsval, pertaining to use ; common. Fortuitous, happening as if by chance. -f*^OFANE, apart from the temple ; ir- ly reverent ; secular. MoMENTows, moving, or of great mo- PoLmca^, pertaining to the city or ment. state. CowcoMiTAN^, accompanying. greek. ComciDEN^, agreeing with. £Jcci.^siAstical, pertaining to the ce church. EXEEOISEIII. NAMES OF ACTIONS. FEBNOH. Falsify, to make false ; to counterfeit s, ed, ing Chronicle, to record in the order of Modify, to change the form. time. s^ ed, ing .s, ed, ing Jwqulre, to seek into ; ask for truth. iScGiSTER, to carry down ; to record 5^ ^^^ i^g in order. 7 . LATIN. s, ed, ing Journalize, to enter daily occurrences. InterynmE, to come between. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 285 Supervmm, to come upon; to be added. TransAcr, to conduct or manage busi- -s, ed, ing RecoviD, to write events in due order. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing Elucidate, to make clear. Classify, to arrange in classes. s, ed, iyig -s, ed, ing CoIl^ci, to gather together. jEotlore, to search for and discover. s, ed, ing ing -Acquire, to gain ; to obtain or seek Annalize, to record yearly events. to. s, ed, ing ^> «^' ^""ff iwsTiTUTE, to establish. ' GR ' ing /nvESTiGATE, to inqaire into. SyncsROKizE, to agree in time. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing SEVENTY-SECOND STUDY. KNOWLia)GE OF THE KEASONS OF. THINGS. Man is not content to know things. He wishes to explain their existence : he strives to account for all events. Phi- losophy arises, and directs our attention to nature and man. EXEROISEI. NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE REA- SONS OF THINGS. FRENCH. Chance, that which happens ; an un- known cause. Htdratjl2cs, the science of fluids in motion. Mechanics, the science of motions and Ethics, the science of social manners; forces. the knowledge of duty. Chemistry, the science of the mutual Jurisprudence, the science of law. changes in natural bodies, not vis- Occasion, a falling or coming to ; an ible through the senses. incident. Cause, that which produces an event. jEVent, that which comes or happens. Principle, that from which a thing CircumsTANCE, that which stands begins. around, or attends an event. 286 STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. Consequent, that which follows a Philosopht, the love of wisdom; an cause; an effect. explanation ofthe reasons of things, ce s, ic, ical, ically ^w^ecEDENT, that which goes before. Ontology, a discourse on the nature ce of all beings. Error, deviation from truth. Cosmology, a discourse on the order Essence, that which constitutes the and beauty, of things. nature of a thing. AcousT^cs, the science of sounds. JS/feot, that which is produced by Oftzcs, the science of light. some cause. Hydrostatics, the science of fluids at GREEK. rest. Chronology, the science of time. Pneumat«cs, the science of air or elas- ical — tic fluids. EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. FRENCH. AbKUPn, broken off; sudden. ly, ness MEOHANioaZ, pertaining to forces or SiGNiFica^Undkating something be- meehamcs. ^^^^ ^1^^^ i^ ^^^^^ CHEMicaZ, pertaining to chemistry. /,,ciDENTaZ, happening without plan. /mpoRTANT, bearing on ; weighty. AfF^cring, moving the passions. Un , not — ^ Erroneoms, of the nature of error; OccAsioNaZ, happening at times. wrons- AG^JSEable, accordant with pleasure. greek. Possible, that may be. Probable, that is likely. PfliLosopmm?, belonging to philoso- Tenablb, that may be held and de- V^J> ^^ ^'^^ reasons of things, fended. Optic, pertaining to vision. LATIN. "^ AcousT^c, pertaining to hearing, or -4(fvENTiTious, occurring with some- sounds. thing else. CnRONOLOGiaa?, belonging to time. EXEEOISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. FRENCH. Reason, to draw conclusions and Cause, to produce. P^^^^ ^^^ *^^ meaning of things. ed,ing s.ed,ing. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 287 Occur, to happen. s, ed, ing — -RecTjK, to Lapp en again s, ed, ing Err, to deviate from the truth. s, ed, ing Occasion, to produce incidentally. s, ed, ing, al — i>cFiNB, to fix the sense of a word. s, ed, ing OompARE, to bring things together, and examine their relations s, ed, ing Philosophize, to reason about the rea- sons of things. 5, ed, ing Analyze, to resolve any thing into its elements. s, ed, ing SEVENTY- THIRD STUDY KNOWLEDGE OF BEAUTY. Taste and imagination open np a charming field of in- quiry. They conduct us to the fine arts ; and in them pre- sent to the wondering mind some of the noblest works of man : epics, oratorios, landscape-composition and sculpture. EXERCISE I.. NAMES OF THINGS AND PERSONS EMBRACED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF BEAUTY. Belles-Lettres, beautiful letters ; po- lite learning, including works of taste and imagination. Taste, the power of feeling; that power by which we discover and relish beauty. Painting, the art of coloring ; the ex- pression of beauty by colors. SouLPTwrc, the art of carving ; the ex- pression of beauty in forms. JSViGRAviNG, the art of cutting figures on metals; the expression of beauty by dots or lines.' PcrsPEOTivE, a seeing through; the art of representing objects on a plane surface. SiMiLiTwc?^, resemblance. Oratory, elegant speech; speech agreeable to rhetoric. Architecture, the art of constructing buildings; the expression of beauty in structures. Music, melody or harmony ; the ex- pression of beauty in melodious or harmonious sounds. 288 STUDIES IN ORTHOGEAPHY, Image/?/, a coUection of sensible re- presentations ; assemblage of im- ages. Simile, an extended expression in which resemblance is traced ; ex- pressed resemblance. PERSONIFIca^^o«., the act of giving to inanimate objects the properties of a person. DionoN, the style of language. GREEK. Ai-LEGOET, a figurative discourse, in which something is represented beside what is evident. EsTHET^c5, the science of beauty and taste. Poetry, beautiful thought uttered in musical language. ^iiPHONT, agreeableness in uttering sounds. MetavKO-R, something transferred; im- plied resemblance. Rhetorzc, forcible speech ; the science of beauty and force of utterance. BXEEOISE II NAMES OF QUALITIES. FRENCH; ScuLPTURC^ formed or fashioned. Chaste, pure ; free from what is rough or barbarous. Delicate, fine and elegant. iMTTATive, inclined to copy or resem- ble originals. ORiGiNaZ, belonging to the origin; having power to form new things. CREAT^■^Je, having power to create or form new combinations. luAGmative, having the power of im- agination in great measure. iMAGiNary, of the nature of imagina- tion only ; not real. VEHEMew^, rushing ; very ardent. ORATOR^'ca?, belonging to oratory or forcible speech. ARCHiTECTURa^, belonging to architec- ture. Musical, belonging to music. ly Dt/pusE, spread out; copious in words. CowoisE, cut off; brief. Ornate, adorned ; beautified. Florid, abounding in flowers; very imaginative. Uxqmsite, sought out ; very elegant. PASsioNa^e, expressing strong feelings. J)is /mpAssioNec?, strongly excited; ex- pressing much feeling. U-n Real, actual; existing. iDEa?, belonging to ideas ; existing in the mind. Esthetic, of the nature of beauty. RHETORica?, belonging to rhetoric. EuFRomc, belonging to agreeable sounds. * STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 289 PoETic«?, belonging to a poet. METAFUonical, pertaining to a met- aphor, or implied resemblance. AiXEGOEica/, belonging to an allegory or figurative discourse. E X E B C I III OF ACTIONS. Sculpture, to carve; to express beau- ty in form. s, ed, ing Paint, to lay on colors ; to express beauty in colors. s, ed, ing -K^GEAVE, to cut into ; to express beauty in dots or lines. s, ed, ing Imitate, to copy some original. s, ed, ing Originate, to bring forth something originaL s, ed, ing Create, to form new combinations. ■ g, ed, ing Poetize, to write as a poet s, ed, ing ComvosE, to arrange in order ; to pro- duce some work of art. s, ed, ing - ConsTEucT, to arrange things so as to form a building. s, ed, ing Versify, to make verses ; to write in musical language. s, ed, ing ■ Personify, to act under a mask; to give to inanimate objects the prop- erties of human beings. s, ed, ing SEVENTY-FOURTH STUDY. KNOWLEDGE OF MAN. The great object of studj, next to G-od, is man. The soTil is a treasiiry of wonders. The body is a work of mar- vellous wisdom, goodness and power. To know man, is to know the image of God on earth. IS 290 STUDIES IN OETHOaEAPHY. EXBEOISE I NAMES OF PERSONS AND THINGS EMBRACED IN THE KNO-WIEDGE OF MAN. FRENCH. Morality, the duties of social life. Sentiment, a thought excited by feel- ing. Logic, the art of reasoning justly. ReiAcion, a binding again ; an obliga- tion to serve God in heart and life ; a divine life. MoRALis^, one who writes on morals, or one who trusts to morality alone for salvation. LATIN. Ethics, the science of human duty and manners. Humanity, the nature of man. InBvciion, a leading in, or drawing conclusions from principles. DeDVCiion, a drawing conclusions from facts. Entity, being or essence. PRUDEWce, wisdom combined with cau- tion. GREEK. DiETETzcs, that branch of medicine which treats of food. AnaTOUY, a cutting back ; that branch of knowledge which treats of the structure of the body. ist Physiology, a discourse on the uses of the various parts of the bodies of plants and animals. ist Physiognomy, the science of knowing the mind from the face. ist Phrenology, the science that attempts to explain the soul from organs in the brain. Psychology, a discourse on the nature of the soul. MetoPBi^sics, that which is beyond nature ; the science of mind. Anthropology, a discourse on human nature. Philology, the knowledge of words. PHILOLOG^s^, one skilled in the know- ledge of words. Ethnology, the science which treats of the varieties of man. BXEEOISE II. NAMES OF qualities. phenoh MENTaZ, pertaining to the mind. b MoRa?, pertaining to human duties Religious, relating to religion. — J . . Zy, ness and manners. Ir- ness STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 291 SpmiTua^, belonging to the spirit. //iducttve, leading in, or to eonclu- ly sions, I SENTiMENTaZ, abounding in sentiment; i)eDucTivE, drawing or concluding expressing united tliought and feel- from facts. ing, -4&STRTJSE, hidden; difficult to be LoGicaZ, belonging to right reasoning. known. ly, ness ^^^™^* Eimca?, pertaining to human duties TranscENDENT, climbing across or and morals, above others ; excellent. , . , GREEK. -al, surpassing; above sense and experience. Didactic, instructive ; apt to teach. EXEEOISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. DevELOF, to unfold from; to bring forth. ^' ^^' '""ff- DenucE, to draw or conclude from facts. -s ed ina -SVolve, to unfold or expand. Moralize, to explain or apply to mo- ^' ' *^^ pg^jj^ Generalize, to rise from particular : -s, ed, ing *^ general things. s, ed, ing ^'*''™^" jReFLECT, to bend back; to revolve iwDUCE, to bring in. in the mind. s, ed, ing s, ed, ing SEVENTY-FIFTH STUDY. KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. • As the water of the fountain, after meandering and re- freshing whole regions, mingles with the ocean, but finally returns to the fountain again ; so human knowledge, after some pleasing delays among the works of men, and repeated excursions into nature, finds its perfection in returning home again, and seeking all fulness and glory in God. 292 STUDIES IN ORTHOaEAPHY. EXERCISE I NAMES OF THINGS INCLUDED IN THE KNOWLEDGE OF GOD. FRENCH. EVIDENCE, that whicli is made to ap- pear ;■ proof. s, the proofs of Grod and re- ligion. Nature, that which is produced ; the system of created things. ProviDENCE, foresight ; the care of Grod over His creatures. ^ePENTANCE, pain for the past ; a sor- row for sin, and a forsaking it. SANcnFiOAtion, the act of making holy. Miracle, a wonder; an event that de- mands Divine power for its cause. iDoi^atry, the worship of images or idols as God, SvDAism, the knowledge and belief of God as seen in the Old Testa- ment. Justification, the act of making or pronouncing just. FAGAmsm, the knowledge and wor- ship of false gods. ScRiPTwre, a writing; the sacred writings in the Bible. Adovsion, the act of taking a stran- ger and treating him as a son ; the * reception of sinners as children. HesTEiAtion, unveiling; the truths brought to view in the Bible. InspiRAtion, a breathing into; the influence of God on the minds of prophets and apostles by which they revealed his will. Dmsm, a knowledge and belief of God only as seen in His works. HeGEif-ERAtion, the act of renewing; a change of heart produced by the grace of God. GREEK. Theology, the systematic knowledge of God. cal ProPHECT, a speaking before; the foretelling of future events. TsEism, the knowledge and belief in One God, as seen in His works and Word. A Tri PANTHE^■sm, all- God; the knowledge and belief in Nature as God. Polytheism, the belief in many gods. HERMENEUT^cs, the science of explain- ing or interpreting the Scriptures. Christology, a discourse on the na- ture and character of Christ. CmasTiANeiy, the knowledge and be- lief of God as revealed in Christ. Bible, the book; the Sacred Scrip- tures. STUDIES m ORTHOGRAPHY. 293 EXERCISE II. NAMES OF QUALITIES. FRENCH. ReG'EXKT^ate, renewed ; born of tlie NATtraa/, pertaininff to nature. -r, , , . . ' , , _ 7,1. .-r. • JtievK^ed, disclosed : made known. i^roviDENTiai, Delongmg to Provi- dence. GREEK. ly Miraculous, of the nature of a mir- P^o^^set^c, of the nature of fore- acle. knowledge. ly «^ iDOLATRcms, of the nature of idolatry. ^^: onewhobelieves in one God. JuDAica?, belonging to the worship ^ of the Jews. ^ P °^® Systematic, consisting of an orderly '^ arrangement; methodical Panthezs^, one who believes in Na ture as God. j^ijjjjf, BiBucal, belonging to the Bible. Polemic, warlike ; controversiaL SoRiPTURa?, belonging to the Sacred al Scriptures ; according to the Bible. Didactzc, adapted to teach ; doctrinal. D^ist, one who believes in God only HJERMENEUTicaZ, pertaining to the ex- as seen in His works. planation of an author, especially ical ■— the sacred writers. EXERCISE III. NAMES OF ACTIONS. FRENCH. Justify, to make or pronounce just, . s, ed, ing muMiNE, to make ught; to give un- derstanding. . ^^^^ ^ s, ed, ing /72^«rpRET, to explain the sense of iwspiRE, to breathe into ; to influence words. and guide the mind in making —s, ed, ing known sacred truths. Sanctify, to make holy; to purify s, ed, ing from sin. jEkpouNo, to lay open the meaning. ed, ing — s, ed, ing 294 STUDIES IN OETHOGRAPHY. -BevEAL, to uncover and make known. ComMENT, to cast in the mind ; to ing write explanatory notes. o, i^w, jBeoENERATE, to renew ; to form the s, ed, ing heart to holiness. Discm%, to drive ; to debate in order 5, ed, ing to find the truth. ^DOPT, to receive a stranger as a s, ed, ing son. J • GREEK. s, ed, %ng (7oZlate, to lay together and compare. PropHEsy, to foretell future events ; 5, ed, ing to teach. ^a;AMiNE, to inspect carefully. s^ ed^ ing • s, ed, ing SEVENTY-SIXTH STUDY. NAMES OF PERSONS. Childeen now liave commonly two or more names. The one is their surname, and the other their christian. The christian or baptismal name is the one which they receive at baptism. It distiugnishes individuals. The sur- name is the family name, and marks the family to which they belong. It was not so in ancient times. Children received one name, and this had a meaning. There is a beautiful illustra- tion of this in the names of the twelve patriarchs. The Son of Grod, too, received one name. It was given by the angel. It was Jesus, which means one who saves. The meanings of many of the christian names, now in common use, have been handed down to uS; and are inter- esting. There is much in a name. SAXON. Robert, red-bearded. Ada, happy. Walter, wanderer. Eleanor, all-fruitful. ^^fred, all peace. RiOHAED, richly honored. Baldwin, bold winner. STUDIES IN ORTHOGRAPHY. 295 Ed-waed, truth-keeper. Edwin, happy winner. William, defender of many. GOTHIC. Adelaide, the princess. Adeline, the little princess. Alphonso, our help. Charles, one who is crowned. Charlotte, a crowned woman. Em m a, one who nurses. Ernest, ardent of soul Everard, well-reported. Francis, freeman. FRENCH. Amelia, beloved. Arabella, beautiful altar. Isabella, olive-colored. Rosabelle, beautiful rose. Rosalind, elegant rose. latin. Alicia, noble. Augustus, increasing. Barbara, strange. Beatrice, one who blesses. Clara, clear. GtRAce, favor. Earine, vernal. Rose, the rose. Viola, the violet. Jane, peace. Julius, soft-haired. Julia, soft-haired woman. Juliette, the little soft-haired. Letitia, joy. Margaret, a pearl. Miranda, admired. Oliver, the olive man. Blanche, the white or fair one. Agatha, good. Agnes, chaste. Basil, kingly. Bertha, bright. Catharine, pure. Erasmus, worthy to be loved. Eugene, nobly descended. Theodore, a gift of God. Cyrus, lord. George, a farmer. Helen, one who pities. Matilda, stately. Phoebe, light of life. Philemon, one who kisses. Philip, a lover of horses. Sophia, wisdom. Anna, kind. James, the supplanter. John, the grace and mercy of Jeho- vah. Madeline, noble indeed. Ruth, trouble. Mary, a salt tear. Martha, the bitter, or troubled one, Susan, a lily. Elizabeth, the house of strength. Jonathan, the gift of God. Sarah, my lady. 296 STUDIES m orthography. S E V E ISr T Y- S E V E N T H STUDY. RETEOSPECT OF THE SECOND PART. We have now reached a point at which we may pause and looli on what we have been doing. Eetrospects are useful. The Haitd-Book of English Orthography, embra- cing the words of Gothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek origin, as far as the words from these sources are concerned, is before us. In the first part of this work, we had a full introduction to all the elements that enter into the composi- tion of the English language, and every thing of any import- ance embraced in English Orthography. The terminationSj suffixes and ^prefixes, which we have received from other lan- guages, have been carefully studied and applied. More than SEVEN thousand select words have been analyzed, reconstructed and used in instances to express our thoughts. But this work contains only part of the words of our lan- guage — the engrafted words. The Anglo-Saxon are con- tained in the first two Hand-Bo oks. As we gaze back upon the whole course, the retrospect is truly pleasing. Now, oUr language appears as a noble tree, having for its stock, the Anglo-Saxon ; and for its ENGRAFTURES, the Grothic, Celtic, French, Latin and Greek elements. Again, it rises as a stately shaft, having the Anglo-Saxon and Gothic for its base, the French for its shaft, and the classic elements for its capital. Again, we look upon it, and it appears hke a vast elevation, composed of several overlying beds or layers of speech — the Celtic, Latin, Anglo-Saxon, Latin, Greek, Anglo-Norman, Latin^ French, Latin, Greek and miscellaneons elements. STUDIES IN ORTHOGKAPHY. 297 As sucli, it may. be measured and its magnitude estimated. The English language has swelled to the number of EIGHTY THOUSAND words. These are divided into two groups — ^the radical and derivative. The radical words amount to about TEN THOUSAND. From these, the fifty thousand deriva- tive words have been formed by the aid of some TWO HUNDRED sufS.xes and prefixes. The proportion of each of the elements composing our language has also been estimated, and has some interest for us. The Anglo-Saxon includes some twenty-three THOUSAND words ; the Gothic, five thousand ; the Celtic, FIVE HUNDRED ; the French, three thousand ; and the Latin and Greek, forty thousand. The whole subject may now be presented in a tabular view, in which the outlines of the history and elements of our language may be readily traced. A TABULAR VIEW OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. Name of the English Propor- tion. language at differ- Dates. Monarchs. Name of the Elements ent periods. Celtic, once the B.C. A. D. From the first settle- Cextic. 500 language of Great 1300 to 450. ment of England by First Latin period. Britain. A. D. Celts from Gaul to the first invasion of the Anglo-Saxons. Anglo-Saxon. 450 in part to 1066. From the first Saxon invasion to the Nor- man Conquest. ■ 836 to 1066. From the death of Ec- bert to the Battle of Hastings or Norman conquest. Anglo-Saxon.'- Second Latin period, 836. First Greek period. 23,000 ANGLO-DANISH.-The 1017-1066. Canute. Gothic. 5,000 Anglo-Saxon chan- ged by the Norse element. Anglo-Norman 1066-1216. From the Conquest to the death of John. Norman-French. Old English. 1216-1327. From the death of John to the death of Ed- Third Latin period. Second Greek period. ward II. French. 3,000 Middle English. 1327—1558. From the death of Ed- ward II. to the death of Queen Mary. Fourth Latin period. Third Greek period. Modern English. 1558 to the From Elizabeth to the Miscellaneous. present. present time. Latin and Greek. 40,000 13* THIED PAKT. NATURAL ETYMOLOGY OF THE ENGRAFTED WORDS. NATURAL ETYMOLOGY OF THE ENGRAFTED WORDS. CHAPTER I. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. The study on wliicli we are about to enter is one of interest. It is the study of English words in their origin. FIEST STUDY. ETYMOLOGY. Etymolog-y, as we have already seen, comes from two Grreek words, and means the true account of a word. There are two kinds of etymology, the historic and the philosophic. Historic etymology gives us the true account of words, so far as to trace them to their root-forms in the languages from which we have received them. Thus, exult comes to us from the Latin language, and is composed of two words, which mean to leap up or out of oneself Orove comes to us from the Gothic, and means a growing cover. Philosophic etymology begins where historic etymology ends. It gives us the true account of words so far as to trace them to their origin in nature and explain it. Thus, 802 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. candor is derived from tlie Latin word, candeo^ to glow witli a clear light, as a red-hot substance. As such a light enables us to see into the heated substance, so openness of character, which candor represents, gives us an insight into the heart. Part of the subject of etymology has been studied. It remains now to take up English words, and explain their origin in nature. Thus, sup comes to us from the Glerman saufen^ and rose by imitating the sound made in sucking up liquors. SECOND STUDY. THE SUBJECT OF ETYMOLOGY. The descent and origin of words form the subject of etymology. It gives an account of these. In seeking the origin of words, we seek their source in nature. They arose with the knowledge of things. Thus, Jiaft^ a handle, comes from the hand, and is that which is haved or held by the hand. It arose with a knowledge of the action of the hand as that which holds things. The origin of the spoken word is the chief subject of etymology. The written word is only a sign of the spoken word. The spoken word is the sign of the thing itself, and its origin is to be sought in our bodily organs, the SOUL or the WORLD. third study. THE OUTLINE OP ETYMOLOGY. The word is the product of the organ of speech. The Saxons called it word^ or that which passes from the lips ; and the Latins, vox^ or voice. The word, speech^ comes from ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. ' 303 the thrusting out of the lips ; and language^ from the name of the tongue. This is the first point in the study of etymology. Words are voice shaped hy the organ of speech. But this organ is acted upon by every thing without us and within us. It is aided by our bodily organs and the world. Thus, clap is supplied by the hands. So are the words, grasp^ handle^ manual^ and many others. Spirit has its origin in our breath ; and hard^ soft and substance^ in the action of our muscles, giving us the sense of resistance. This is the second point in the study of etymology. Words are supplied from the bodily organs and the world. But words have a deeper source than the organ of speech, or any thing that acts upon it. The word, ecstasy^ for instance, means to stand out of oneself, and refers to the force of joy in causing the soul to leap, as it were, out of the body. This is the third point in the study of etymology. Words^ whether supplied hy the lodily organs and the world^ or shaped hy the organ of speech^ are the audible soul. FOUR T*H STUDY. WOBDS GEOUPED ACCORDING TO THEIR ETYMOLOGY. Words, like things, are known in certain organs of the body. We refer, for instance, the words, see, seeh and glance^ to the eye ; smooth and even, to the touch ; grasp^ grip^ grope and grapple, to the hand ; and hard^ firm^ strong^ to muscular action. Words are also known in the action of things upon our bodily organs. Water is that which flows, smith is one who smites, and house is that which covers us. 804 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. These tilings being so, we naturally group words under the organs of the body and the objects in nature from which they have their origin. This is the fourth point in the study of etymology. Words are growped under the hodily organs and things in nature from which they spring. The words in these groups are chiefly arranged under Latin and Grreek radicals. The words, which we have re ceived from the French, were mostly received by them from the classic languages. In historic etymology, we refer them to the French : in philosopliic etymology, we refer them to their primary source. The Gothic roots are sparingly given. The fewness of their derivatives and the simphcity of their forms make it unnecessary to occupy the large space which they would fill on our present plan. CHAPTER II. STDDIES IN ETYMOLOGY. The studies before us relate chiefly to the etymology of English words. We propose to trace these words through their original languages to their origin in nature. FIFTH STUDY. THE STUDIES. The studies consist of groups of words arranged under the organ or source from which they arose. Thus, the words, hand^ handle^ haft^ grasp ^ manual.^ and many others, are grouped under the hand, because this organ gave rise to them. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. S05 The radical words are given in the original languages. Their native forms agree best with their first meaning, and guide us in seeking their etymology. The derivative words follow the radical. The radical, unless it is a whole word, is marked by italics. This will enable the pupil at once to see the stock and its engraftures. Thus, the radical word, domus^ a house, appears in its de- rivative, c?omestic, as dom. SIXTH STUDY. A PREPAEED STUDT. The pupil is now ready to enter upon the course of studies in etymology. He is prepared for his work by the instructions which he received on the materials of English orthography, and his own studies in applying these mate- rials in forming the words of his language. He is familiar with the analysis of English words. Eive things demand attention in each study. 1. The organ or source from which the words arose is to be noticed. Thus, cfome, domicile^ domestic^ and some others, come from domus^ a house. 2. The form and pronunciation of the radical word in its original language are to be marked. Thus, do'mus^ the Latin root for dome. 8. The radical word is to be traced in its derivatives. Thus, the radical word, (x,'des., a building or house, appears as edi in ediij. 4. The derivative words are to be analyzed and resolved into their various parts. Thus, edify is composed of cedes, a house, and fico, to make. 5. The derivative words are to be defined^ and referred to 306 ENaLISH ETYMOLOGY. the subjects to whicli they now belong. Thus^ edify is to build up the mind in knowledge, and belongs to teachers. The pupil, who pursues the studies in this way, will soon become familiar with English Etymology. CHAPTER III. HOME. The word, home^ is from the Saxon Aam, and means a cover. It arose from nature. Groves and caves suggested it. SEVENTH STUDY. HOUSE. The word, house^ is from the Saxon hus^ a covering. Its origin is the same as home. • LATIN. Do'mus, a house or home. Dome, c?owestic, (domesticate, c?omieile. ^'des, (sedis,) a house or building. Edi&Qe, edi\Q, ediij, unec?^fying. Porta, an entrance or passage. French, port ; Latin, porta. Port, porte, portsl, porter, portress, portico, port-hole. Clatj'do, (clau'sum,) to shut or close. The primary sense is to close and fasten. Close, clause, cloister, closet, conclude, disclose, inclose, exclude, foreclose, include, preclude, recluse, seclude, xoiclose. Oi'kos, {qIxo^j) a house or dwelling. Diocese, -^oxish, parocAial, churcA, cecumenicaL EIGHTH STUDY GROUPS OF HOUSES. The village and city arose from the wants of human nature. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 807 LATIN. Villa, a country seat. Villa, yille, village, villain.. Pagus, a village or canton. Pagan, pagam.sm, painim. Cms, a citizen ; Civitas, a city. French, cite. City, civic, civi\\xiicivi\, cedzen, c^^;^lian, civiYiZQ, ctvilization. GI Po'lis, {7t6%ig,) a city. JPolice, poliiiG, ^oZttics, polity, metropolis, iinpo^itic. NINTH STUDY. FURNITURE. FuENiTUEE arose from bodily wants and tlie principle of taste. FRENCH. FouRNm, to put on. Fojmniture, that which is put on ; appendages ot a house, i^wrwiture, furnish, furnisher, un/wrmshed. TENTH STUDY. THE FAMILY. The family arose from the nature of man. Gig'no, (genitum,) to bring forth. Genus, (generis,) a race or family. Genial, congenial, ipvivnogeniai, i^rogenj, imipvegn, impregnate, pro^emtor, generate, gender, generic, engender, generoMS, genius, genteel, gentle, gentry, genmue, ingenions, ingenuous, in^eTiuity, re^rewerated. Famil'ia, originally one who serves ; now a family or household. Family, familiar, familiarity, familiarize. 308 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Pa'ter, (patris,) a father ; one who feeds. I^aternal, paternitj, patrimonj, patriot, patriaroh, patron, patristie, patronage, patrician, compatriot, expatriate, pattern, parricide, patronjmio, Jupiter. Mater, (matris,) a mother. Maternal, matron, matricide, matemitj, matriculate, matrimony, metro- polls. Frater, (fratris,) a brother; one of the brood or oflfspring. Fraternal, fraternitj, fratricide, fraternize, friar. Pario, (partum,) to bring forth. Parent, oViparous, nni^arous, viviparous. Kascor, (natus,) to be born ; to spring, as a plant. iV^ascent, na^re, natal, nation, cognate, natural, connatural, Tia^ralize, preternatural, supernatural, unnatural, innate, warive, wadonal^ subwascent, wafuralist, narivitj. Phuo, {^vu),) phusis, (4)v(Jtf,) to be born, or come into being. Physic, physics, physical, m^etaphysics, physiology, physiognomy. Genna'o, (yswoio,) to bring forth. Genea, {yiv^a,) birth, origin. Gene&is, genealogy. ELEVENTH STUDY. SERVANTS AND MASTERS. Grades in society have sprung from war. Do'mo, (dom'itum,) to subdue, or tame. It arose from hunting. Dominant, incZomitable, daunt, undaunted. Dom'inus, a master; one who tames and brings into a state of subjection. Dominion, domain, domineer, predominate, demesne, domimcal. Ser'vio, (servitum,) to keep ; to attend at command. Serve, serf, servile, servitude, sub5er?;e, deserve, sergeant. Ser'vo, to watch or keep. Servant, observe, conserve, preserve, reserve, conservative, subservient, reservoir. Li'go, (liga'tum,) to bind. Ligament, ligature, league, ^eable, ^^e^e, allegiance, ohlige, ohlig&te, religion, ally, alloy, diaohlige. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 809 Li'ber, free. It comes from the stripping of bark from trees, and was after- wards applied to animals and men. Ziberal, libertj, libera.te, deliver, illiberal, libertine. TWELFTH STUDY. FOOD. Food is from the Saxon fod, wliicli comes from fedaUj to feed. LATIN. A'lo, (al'itum,) to feed or nourish. Aliment, alivaentarj, alimony, almoner. BiBO, (bibitum,) to drink by sucking. Bibher, imbibe, imbibition, bibacions, beverage. Glutio, (glutitum,) to swallow. It comes from crowding food greedily into the mouth. Glut, glutton, deglutition. Po'to, (pota'tum or po'tum,) to drink a draught — & set measure. Porion, potation, potahle, poison. Sa'hs, enough. It comes from crowding so as to fill. Sate, satiate, satiety, sa^rate, satisfy, dissatisfy, insatiable, insa^«ate. Co'quo, (coctum,) to cook food by boiling. Cook, coction, coJce, concoct, decoction, hiscuit, precocious. Fer'teo, to grow hot ; to boil, as water. Fervent, fervor, fervid, effervesce, effervescence. Vo'ro, to feed greedily. Devour, ?;oracious, ?;oracity, carnivorous, omnivorous. Si'tos, (tft'T'of,) corn, and then food. Tarasite, -parasitical. Phago, (^aycj,) to eat. CEsophagvLs, sarcophagns, anthrojpophagi. 810 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. THIRTEENTH STUDY. CLOTHING. Clothing is from tlie Saxon dath, and is a covering for the body. The garments of the body supply ns with ideas of virtues which clothe the mind. LATm. Ves'tis, a covering or garment. Vest, mvest, vestmemi, vestxxvQ, vestry, divest, iRvestHuie, Pal'litjm, a cloak of state. Pall, palliate, palliation. Ve'lo, to cover or conceal. Velum, a cover. Vail, reveal, revealed, xmrevealed, unveil, develo-p, envelo'pe, revelsition. Teg'o, (tec'tum,) to cover; to throw over to conceal. Tegnment, in^e^ment, detect, -protect, unprotected. Or'no, (orna'tum,) to deck or embeUisli. Its primary sense is to put on and finish. Ornament, ornate, adorn, re-adorn, unadorned, ornamental, suborn. De'oeo, (decetum,) to become or befit. The primary sense is to stretch so as to fit. i>ecent, indecent, decenej, decorate, decorous, incfecorum. CHAPTER IV. MAN. Words, like things, are known and explained in man. FOURTEENTH STUDY. MAN. The word, man, is from the Saxon man^ mankind, man, husband, vassal or any one. It unites the notion of strength with that of shape or image. So the Grothic magn and the Latin vir. It arose out of muscular action. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 811 ViK, a man. It is allied with vis, and means strength. Virile, virago, triumvir, decemviri. Homo, a man. Its original sense is form or species — mankind. J^bmicide, homage, humsLn, in/mman, superAwman, hirnisme, humamty. Fem'ina, a woman, a female. Its original sense is the same as the Saxon, wifman, the som-ce of man. female, fermmne, effeminate. Anthro'pos, (dV^pwrtoj,) a man. It is composed of two words, meaning erect countenance. Anthropologj, misanthrope, philanthropist, misanthropy, -plulanthropi/, anthropophagi. Gu'ne, {yvvtj,) a woman, a female. Gynavchj, gynaecian, gynaeocvacj, mieogyni&t FIFTEENTH STUDY THE BODY. The word, body, is from the Saxon hodig^ and means that which is firm. The body is the medium through which the soul and the world are apprehended, and is known in the sense or feeling of stability. Cor'pus, (cor'poris,) a body ; that which is compact and firm. Corporal, corporate, incorporate, corpusele, corporeal, corpulent, corpu- lence, corpse, corps. Artus, or artic'uliis, a joint or jointm*e. Article, articular, articulate, inarticulate. Os, (os'sis,) a bone. • Osseous, ossify, ossicle, ossific. Ca'ro, (car'nis,) flesh. Carnal, carnage, carrion, charnel, carcass, carnivorous, car?iation, came- lian, incarnation. 312 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Vi'vo, (vic'tum,) to live. Its sense unites motion and breathing. Vital, revive, survive, viand, victuals, convivial, t^iiiacity, vivid, vivify. Salus, (salu'tis,) health. The primarj sense is whole or sound. It cornea from the feeling of strength. Salutary, salute, sa^wbrious, insaZwbrious, safe, saZvation, salvage, save, savior. Sanus, sound, whole. It seems to be the same as tone, a clear ringing sound. Sane, insane, insanitj, sanatWe, sound. CuBO, or cumbo, to lie down. The primary sense is to stretch out for rest. Cumbent, incumbent, suGcvmib, superincz^mSent, incwSation, incwSus, cumber, covej. Clino, to incline. The primary sense is bending, as the body. Incline, decline, recline, decZivity, accliyitj, comical, inc^med, declinahle. Ma'lus, bad or evil. The primary meaning is soft, and comes from the feel- ing of weakness. Malady, malice, malign, malediction, maMactor, maZignity, malicious, malevolent, maltreat, malapert, malcontent. Fe'bbjs, a fever ; a warm motion like boiling water. Fever, fSbr'ile, /eJrific, febrduge. Sangdis, (san'guinis,) blood. Sanguine, sanguinary, ensanguine, consanguinityy cousin? GBEEE. Os'teon, {o(S't£ov,) a bone. Osteology, periosteum. SArx, ((Tapl, tfapxoc) flesh. Sarcotic, sarcasm, sarcophagus. Neuron, {vsvpov,) a cord, a nerve. iVewraZgia, neurology, enervate. Haima, {atfia,) blood. hemorrhage, A,emorrhoids, emerods. SIXTEENTH STUDY. THE HEAD. The word, head, is from tlie Saxon heafodj and is tliat wHcli is heaved — tlie top. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 313 Caput, (cap'itis,) the head. Its original meaning is end or top, and comes from lifting or shooting up. Capital, capitnl&te, cape, chapter, occiput, sinciput, decapitate, recapit- ulate, prea^ice, ipTecipitate, co/ptam. Feons, (frontis,) forehead. Its primary sense is shooting forward, or facing. Front, frontlet, aifroni, coiifront, frontispiece, eifrontevj. Fa'cies, a face. Face, deface, eiface, surface, super/iczal. Coro'na, a crown or circlet. It has the primary sense of a rounding top or head. Crown, coronet, coronsH, coronation, corolla. Ver'to, (verstim,) to turn. It seems to have arisen from the face or front. Advert, avert, versed, versatile, advertise, animadiier^f, controvert, convert, dlveri:, evert, divorce, -pervert, inadz^er^ent, invert, revert, subvert, traverse, unconverted, universe, adve^-se, diversion, verse. RiDEO, (ri'sum,) to laugh. The primary sense is that of wrinkling and lift- ing up the features. Risihle, deride, ridicvle, derision, irrision. Dens, (den'tis,) a tooth or point. Dental, dent, dentist, indent, trident, denticulated, inc?e?i^ure, Jen^tfrice. GREEK. Kraniox, (xpttvtoi/,) the skull. Cranium, pericranium, craniology. Od'ons, (656vj,) a tooth or shoot. Odontalgia, odontalgic. SEVENTEENTH STUDY. THE CHEST. The word, chest, is from tlie Saxon cyst, and means a trunk. LATIN. Cor, (cor'dis,) the heart. The primary sense seems to be firm or strong. Core, cardial, cordiality, courage, discord, record, ^ icord, concordance. Halo, to breathe. The primary sense is sending forth vapor, and comes from breath. Inhale, exhale, exhalation. 14 314 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Spibo, to breathe. The original sense is to throw or drive, as the breath. Spirit, spiritxxdki, respire, transpire, expire, conspire, inspire, inspiration, inspirit, aspire, aspirant, aspiration. Anevtus, or anima, the life or soul. The primary sense is breath. Animate, a7iima\, inanimate, ammalcule, animation, animadvert, magna- nimity, rea?iimate, unanimous, equanimity, pusilla?iimity, animosity. Costa, a rib or side. The original sense is limit arising from extending. Costal, intercostal, coast, accost. GEEEK. Kardia, (xapSta,) the heart — ^firm. Cardiac, pericarc?ium. , * Gaster, (yacri'jjp,) the belly. Gastric, hypogastric. Chole, (xo^ri,) bile, anger. Colic, cholera, choler, choleric, melancholy. Pneo, (rtvico,) to breathe. Pneuma, (rivsviMu,) a breath ; also spirit. Pneumatic, pneumatics, djspncea, pneumonia. EIGHTEENTH STUDY. THE HANDS. The word, hand, is from tlie Saxon hand, and is that wliicli is stretched out and takes. LATIN. Ma'nus, the hand. Manual, manufacture, manuscript, manacle, manipulate, emancipate, manage, amanwensis, manure, manoeuvre, maintain. Ah'mus, an arm. Arma, arms, weapons. Arm, disarm, army, armistice, armor, armory, armament. Ntjl'lus, none ; void, of no effect. JVullify, annul, nullity. Dig'itts, a finger. Originally it meant a shoot. Digit, digitalis, digitated. Dex'ter, pertaining to the right hand ; fit and prompt in use. Dexterous, dexterity, ambidexter. Sinis'ter, pertaining to the left hand ; weak and unused. Sinister. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 316 Pug'ntjs, the fist ; that which is thick or pressed together. Pugnacious, pugilist, repicg?isince, expug7i, impugn, oppugn. Plau'do, (plau'sniB,) to clap; to praise by clapping. Plaudit, plausihlQ, applaud, a]:>plause, explode, exploswe. Prehen'do, (prehen'sum,) to seize by stretching out the hand. Apprehend, reprehend, veprehensihle, comprehend, xncomprehensWAe. Ten'eo, (ten'tiim,) to hold. The primary sense is to keep by straining. Tenable, ten^vil, tenement, tenant, tenet, tenxxve, ahstain, apperia^?^., con- tain, content, continne, countenance, detain, entertain, ohtain, pertem, retain, sustain, tenon, tenor, continence, pertinent, lieutenant. Su'mo, (sump'tum,) to take. The primary sense is to take up with the hand. Assume, consume, assumption, -presume, resume, nnassutning, conswmjotion, consumed, sumptuous. Fen'do, (fensum,) to strike. The primary sense is that of falling on or thrusting against. Fence, defense, defend, fend, offend, offense, offensive, defendant. U'tok, (u'sus,) to use. The primary sense is that of taking with the hand. Use, ahuse, disuse, rmsuse, wseful, usual, perwse, wsage, w^ensil, usurjy utility. Jacio, (jac'tum,) to throw. The primary sense is driving or urging. Abject, deject, eject, inject, jet, object, iproject, reject, subject, conject\iTe, ejaculate, interjecdon, adjective, projectile. Habeo, (hab'itum,) to have. The primary sense is obtaining, and then hold- ing. Have, habit, inhabit, prohibit, exhibit, uninhabiteAAe, habitation. Capio, (captum,) to take. The primary sense is to take up with the hand. Capable, caption, accept, anticipate, -perception, conceive, perceive, deceive, except, emancipate, incapable, inception, incipient, susceptible, intercept, misconcci?;e, municipal, occupy, participate, precept, preconceit;e, prince, principal, captive, capacity, and others. Eapio, (raptum,) to snatch. • Pavish, rapine, rape, rapacious, rapid, rap>^re, abrcpdon, rapt, enrapture. ToRQTJEo, (tortum,) to twist. Dis^or^, tort, retort, extort, torture, contort, torment, ex^ordon. GREEK. Cheir, (,tftpO the hand. CAirography, c/iirurgeon, Ballo, {^aTJKa,) to east or throw with the hand, -BaZister, hyper6o?c, parable, problem, symbol, emblem. 316 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. NINETEENTH STUDY THE FEET. The woid, foot, comes from the Saxon fof, and means sometliing set or placed. LATIN. Pes, (pe'dis,) a foot. It means originally that which is spread or piit out. JPeda}, pedestal, pedestrian, hiped, pedlar, peddle, pedigree, impede, expedi- ent, impediment, inexpedient, quadruped Ambulo, (ambulatum,) to walk. It is composed of am and aller, perhaps from ballo, to go or throw about. Amble, perambulate, ambulator j, ambulate, preamSZe. "Gra'dior, (gres'sus,) to take steps. Its primary sense is a reach of the foot. Grade, gradual, degrade, aggress, digress, ingress, egress, ipedigree, pro- gress, regrade, transgress, congress, graduate, degree, retrograde. Salic, (sal'tum,) to leap. The primary sense is to spring up or shoot for- ward. « Salient, saRj, assail, exult, insult, result, assailant, assault, salmon. Vestig'ium, a footstep. It comes from a root meaning to tread. Yestige, vestihvle, investigate. Vi'a, a way. It comes from a root meaning to go, and is the path which we go. Deviate, ohviate, obw^ous, previous, pervious, trivial, viaduct, impervious. Sur'go, (surrec'tum,) to rise. The primary sense is to lift oneself up. Insu7'gent, insurrection, resurrection, surge, surgeless. Sis'to, or STO, (statum,) to stand. The primary sense is to set or place. State, station, assist, co-exist, consist, statne, consistory, desist, exist, ar- rest, consistent, insist, irresistible, persist, resist, subsist, distent, instate, intersifice, subs^i^ute, substence, superstition. Pons, (rCovi, rioSog) a foot. The primary sense is that which is set. Antipodes, tripod, -polypus. Stasis, (cT'ctcrtj,) a standing. The primary sense is fixed firmly on the feet or basis. Apostasy, ecstasy, hypostasis, system, hydrostotics. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 817 TWENTIETH STUDY. THE ORGAN OF SPEECH. The word, speech^ is from the Saxon spoecan^ and origi nally meant to thrust out. Lin'gua, the tongue ; language. The primary sense is to extend and join. Linguist, language, lingxisl. Vo'oo, (voca'tum,) to call. The original sense is to drive out voice or sound. Vocal, ■vocation, revoke, provoke, adt^ocate, convocation, invocation, irrc' vocable, equivocal, equivocate, vocabulary, voice, vouch. Fa'ri, (fa'tus,) to speak. The primary sense is to bear and place or fix. Fate, fatal, affable, inef/able, in/ant, in/ancy, pre/ace, in/antry, /able, ^. Cla'mo, (clama'tum,) to cry out. The primary sense is to make a loud noise. Clamor, damoroxis, claim, clamant, disclaim, exclaim, proclaim, reclaim, acclaim, declaim, procZa?nation. Plo'ro, (plora'tum,) to wail. The primary sense is to strain the voice in be- wailing. Deplore, explore, implore, dejo^orable, unexplored. Di'co, (dic'tum,) to say. The primary sense is to fix or settle. Diction, dictionary, dictate, indict, dictator, addict, benediction, edict, in- dite, -predict, -verdict, prec?jcate, malec^iction, contrac^iction. Glottis, glossa, (yJtwT'T'a ory^wcrcra,) the tongue; language. Its primary sensa unites the ideas of extending and smootliing. Glottis, e-piglottis, 'polyglot, glossary^ glossology. Phemi, (^i7(ttt,) to tell. The original sense is pushing out, as the lips. 'Prophet, pro^Actic, -prophesy, blaspheme. Phr.\'zo, (tpf*^")) to relate. The primary sense is that of leading out the voice. Phrase, para^Arasc, periphrasis, periphrastic. Lex'is, (^s|if,) a word. It comes from the root, lego, to speak, or draw out connectedly. Lexicon, /cicecography. ' 818 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Logos, (^oyoj,) speech, reason. Its primary sense is to connect and draw out, as the voice. Logic, diaZo^ue, philology, apology, analogy, catalogue, aipologue, deca- logue, eulogy. Ep'os, (f rtoj,) a speech, a poem. It comes from srtcj, to speak or thrust out the lips. ^ic, orthoepy. TWENTY-FIRST STUDY. MUSCULAR ACTION. Action is from the Latin root, ago, to drive or move. Tlie action of tlie muscles in moving the bodily organs makes ns acquainted witli all other actions. The Saxons formed nearly all their verbs by placing the verbs, gan^ agan and anan^ meaning to move, take to or give feom ONESELF, to the names of things. These three kinds of action, arising out of the motion of the muscles, are the source of all others. They are modified by the hands^ feet and the other bodily organs. Mo'vEO, (mo'tum,) to move. The primary sense is to shove or urge out. Move, motion, remove, unmoyed, movable, motive, emotion, -promote, re- mote, commotion, movement, mob. A'go, (ac'tum,) to do. The primary sense is to drive or put in motion. Act, actor, agent, action, actiyitj, cogent, agile, agitate, exigent, prodigal enact, counteract, overact, reac^, reenac^, transact, manage, damage, actual. E'o, (i'tum,) to go. The primary sense is to move or pass away. Amb^ent, exit, imrial, trans^ent, issue, ambtdous, perish, iterate, itine- rant, ohituarj, sed^^ion, trans«7, transzdve. Va'do, (va'sum,) to go forth. The primary sense is moving forcibly. ^vade, invade, evasion, pervade, wade. Tendo, (t^m'sum, or ten'tum,) to stretch; to go forward, or obtain. Tend, attend, contend, distend, attention, extend, extent, intend, intent, in- tense, portend, pretend, pretense, subtend, superin^e^ic?, tense, tension, tent, tendon. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 319 Ve'nio, (ven'tum,) to come. The primary sense is to fall upon or happen in going, to obtain. Convene, convent, covenant, event, invent, -prevent, civcnnivent, advent, ad- ventnre, venture, Sivenue, contravene, intervene, revenue, supervene, eventual. Do, (da'tum,) to give. The primary sense is that of yielding up. Donor, c?onation, parc?on, date, add, condition, edit, misdate, renc?er, snhdue, tradition, surrender, traitor, editor. Va'leo, to be strong. The primary sense is to strain so as to reach a point. FaZid, valor, valwe, variant, avail, convalescent, prevaiV, countervail, prevalent, invalid, equivalent. Pos'suM, to be able. The primary sense is that of strength, from straining. Possible, impossible, puissant. Po'tens, (potentis,) power. The primary sense is strong in body. Potent, impotent, omnipotent, potential, -plenipotentiarj. Ar'ceo, to hinder, restrain. Coerce, exercise, unexercwed. Ce'do, (cessum,) to yield. The primary sense is to fall back from a position. Cede, cease, cession, abscess, accec?e, ancestor, concec?e, decease, exceed, ex.- cess, accessible, intercec?e, precec?e, proceed secec^e, succeec?, process, success, recess, predecessor, precec?enee. Cur'ro, (cur' sum,) to run. The primary sense is to rush forward. Current, cursory, co7'sair, course, conctir, concourse, discourse, discission, excM?*sion, incz^r, occwr, recourse, recur, succor, currency, career, -precursor, in^wrsion. Duco, (ductum,) to lead. The primary sense is to draw out, or draw. Duct, duke, adduce, conduce, deduce, educe, induce, introduce, conduct, miscondi^t,- produce, reduce, seduce, traduce, educate, deductj dedicction, in- ducement, inc^Mcrive, education. DxiBUS, hard. The primary sense is firm or resisting. i^wrable, durance, endure, obdurate, ind^wrated. Aks, (ar'tis,) art, skill. The primary sense is strength, and arose from effort. Art, artist, artisan, artful, artless, iner^, artifice. Gero, (gestum,) to carry. 6^es^ure, gest, ^estetion, con^resfion, di^es^, indi^esdon, belligerent, sug- ges\ register. Maneo, (mansum,) to stay. Jfawsion, manse, immanent, perwianent, remain, remnant. QuiESj (quietis,) rest. Quiet, acquiesce, disquiet, coy, requiem, -ojiquiet. Trudo, (trusum,) to thrust; to push. AbsifrMse, detrude, intrude, obtrude, protrude, retrude, unob^rwsive. 820 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Fir'mus, strong. The primary sense is that which is hard and resists pressure. Firm, affirm, confirm, infirm, nnfirm, _y?rmament, \njirm\ij. Ri'geo, to be stiff. The primary sense is stiff by extending. Bigid, riffiditj, rigor. Ro'bur, strength. The primary sense is firm resistance. Robust, corroborate. Soli'dus, sohd. The primary sense isjirm by pressure. Solid, solidity, consolidate, solder, solidiij. Ca'veo, (cautum,) to beware. The primary sense is to yield, and then draw back. Caution, incautious, -precaution. Ar'guo, to argue. The primary sense is that of straining or driving. Argue, unar^wed, ar^wment, ar^wmentative. Fal'lo, (fal'sum,) to deceive. The primary sense is to fail or give way. Fail, false, fallacions,, falter, fault, default, fallUbie, fallacy, fahify, infallihie. Pa'tiob, (patiens, passus,) to suffer. The primary sense is holding out under pressure. Patient, patience, passion, passionate, com/)assionate, impassioned, pass- ire, impassive, passible, impassible. Cau'sa, cause. The primary sense is that of urging or driving. Cause, accuse, excuse, cassation, unaccwsed. A'go, (ay«,) to lead. The primary sense is that of urging, and then leading. Dema^o^ue, peda^o^ue, stratagem, Bynagogue. Du'namis, {SvvafjLig,) power. The primary sense is strength. Dynamic^ dynasty. Dus, (5vj,) bad. The primary sense is that of resistance or straining. i)?/spepsia, c?ysentery, dysphony. Peasso, (rfpacfffco,) to do or make. The primary sense is using or putting forth strength. _^ Practice, practical, practicable, improc^ecable, praxis, ^ra^madcal. Spao, (artato,) to draw. The primary sense is stretching or pulling. Spasm, spasmodic, epispastic. To'nos, (Tfovos,) tone. The primary sense is tension, and arises from stretching. Tone, tonic, tune, mono^owe, semitone, untuned., &tonic. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 321 TWENTY-SECOND STUDY. THE SENSES. The word, sense^ is from the French sens and the Latin sen- tio^ to know by feeling. The sense of sight refers chiefly to the mind : hearing is the sense of the heart. LATIN, Sen'tio, (sensum,) to know by the senses. The jDrimary sense is to feel, or apprehend by feeling. Sense, sens\ia\, scent, sentence, sentiment, consent, sentinel, dissent, non- sense, resent, sendent, sensitive, presendment. Au'dio, (audi'tum,) to hear. The primary sense is that of directing the ear. Avdihle, inaudible, audience, auditor, auditory, obedient. So'ntjs, a sound. The primary sense is that of stretching or reaching the ear. SoTind, sonorous, resound, consonant, dissonant, unison. Lux, (lu'eis,) and lu'men, light. The primary sense is that of darting, as rays. Lucid, -^ellucidL, trans^wcid, elucidsite, illuminate, luminary, lucifer, Zwcubration. Oc'uLTJS, the eye. The primary sense is what is covered. Ocular, ocul'iBt, hinoc2dar, inoctt^ate. Can'deo, to glow, as a red-hot substance. It is taken from fire. Candy, kindle, enkindle, candor, candid, candidate, cense, censer, incense, incendiary. Cla'kus, clear or bright. The primary sense is open to light. Clear, clarify, clarion, declare. Flam'ma, a flame. The primary sense is glowing or shooting up in light. Flame, injlame, in/ammable, ^ambeau. Fdl'go, to shine. The primary sense is breaking forth of light. Fulgent, effulgent, refulgence. Fu'mus, smoke. The primary sense is vapor or smoke. Fume, -perfume, fumigate. Pa'rio, (par'itum,) to be present. The primary sense is coming info view. Appear, apparent, peer, disappear, transparent. Spe'cio, (spec'tum,) to look with the eye. The primary sense is opening the eye. Aspect, spectacle, speculate, anspice, circumspect, eonsjD^■cuous, despise, despite, respect, disrespect, expect, persp/cuity, inspection, perspective, prospect, retrospect, suspect, spectre, specify. 14* 322 ENGLISH ETYMOLOaY. ViD'eo, (vi'sum,) to see. The primary meaning is to move and direct the eye Vision, visible, visage, visit, visor, devise, evident, -provide, improwic?ent, mvidions, invisible, purvey, survey/, supervise. Ima'go, (imag'inis,) an image. The primary sense is a likeness, and arises from the eye. ^ Image, imagery, imagine, imaginary. Sa'pio, to taste or know by tasting. The primary sense is proving with the taste. Sapid, insipid, sapient, savor. Unsavory. Gus'to, (gus'tatum,) to taste. Tlie primary sense is to rouse the taste. Gust, dis^Ms^, ^MS^ful, dis^MSiring. "Ca'leo, to be warm, or burn. Ca^id, calify, caloric, inca^escence, Fri'gus, (fri'goris,) cold. The primary sense is to make stiff. Frigid, frigidity, refrigerate, refrigerator. Pla'nus, even, level. The primary sense is smooth or even to the touiih. Plane, plain, explain, explanatory. Po'lio, (poli'tum,) to polish. The primary sense is to make smooth to the touch. JPoli&h, repolish, -anpolished, polite. Pun'go, (punctum,) to prick. The primary sense is a point of feeling. Pv/ngent, punctvcce, expunge, compunction, punctuation, punctilious. Su'do, (suda'tum.) to sweat. The primary sense is to flow out and be moist. Sweat, exude, sudor\%.c. Ar'deo, (ar'si,) to burn. The primary sense is to be hot. Ardor, ardent, arson. ExTERUS, outer. ^a;^mor, external, extraneous, extreme, strange, extrinsic. Pkobo, (brobatum,) to try. The primary sense seems to be to taste. Probable, probate, proof, prove, approve, approbation, reprove, disap- prove, improve, imj9ro6able, re^roSate. Sevebus, severe. The primary sense is harsh or rough to the taste. Severe, severity, persevere. AoiDUS, sharp. The primary sense is sharp, from acies, an edge or point. Acid, acidity, acidulate, subacid. A'cER, (acris,) sour or pungent. The primary sense is sharp to the taste. Acrid, eager, oyer-eager, acerbity, exacerbate. Tango, (tactum,) to touch. The primary sense is to draw or move along, as the finger. Tact, contact, tangent, contingent,contiguous, ^aw^ible, intangible, con- fa^ion, contiguity. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 323 Odor, a scent or smell. Odor, odorous, inodorous, odoriferous. Oleo, to emit odor. 0/factory, redolent. Akou'o, (dxovQ,) to hear. The primary sense is to raise ov point the ear. -4cowstics, otacowstic. Pho'ne, {pQvrj,) a sound. PAoTiics, euphony, symphony, phonology. Phos, (^Jwf,) light. That which shines out or appears. PAosphate, pAosphorous, photoruetev. Op'tomai, {oTtTfoiMuo,) to scc. The primary sense is to see by using the eye. Optics, optical, synopsis, qpAthalmia, dioptrics. - Ora'ma, (opa^a,) a sight or view. Panorama, diorama. Phai'no, {^aCvQ,) to appear. The primary sense is to come into view by shining. JPhenomenon, diaphanous, phantom, fanatic, fancy, fantasy, ei^iphanj, sycophant, phantasm, phase. Thea'omai, (dsdoixao,) to behold. Theatron, {dsaTffiov,) an edifice in which spectacles were seen. The primary sense of the verb is to fix, as the eye, in seeing attentively. Theatre, theatncoL Sko'peo, [axoTteca,) to observe. The primary sense is to stretch or strain so as to see to the end. Scope, telescope, microseoj?e, episcopate, episcopal, bisAo^. Ox'us, (oi'i'f,) sharp, acid. The primary sense is sharp or stinging to the taste. Oxalic, oxide, oxygen. TWENTY-THIRD SfUDY, THE SOUL. The word, soul, is from the Saxon sawl, and means life or breath. LATIN. Sum, I am. M'se, to be. Uns, (entis,) being. Futu'rus, about to be. The sense of the verb is to be set or fixed, and arises from consciousness. 324 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Essence, essentia], co-essentia], interest, disinterested, unessential, entitj, noneri^ity, future, futuntj, absent, present. Am'o, (ama'tum,) to love. The primary sense is a reaching forth, as of the heart. Amour, amatovj, amiable, -paramour, enamored, amitj, amicable, amor- ous. An'go, (anxi,) to vex, to be angry. The primary sense is to press so as to choke utterance. Anger, aw^uish, anxiety, anxious. Mi'rus, strange. The primary sense is to hold back or suspend. Admire, miracle, mirror, miraculous, unadmired. So'lor, (sola'tus,) to soothe. The primary sense is to strengthen or settle. Solace, console, disconsolate, inconsolable. ^ Spe'ro, to hope. The primary sense is to reach or stretch after. Despair, desperate, prosper, improsperous. Ve'reor, to fear. The primary sense is to draw within oneself. Revere, reverent, irreverent, reverend, reverential. Pla'ceo, to quiet or please. The primary sense is to make smooth. Complacent, please, displease, pleasant, unpleasant, complaisance, com- placence. Tim'eo, to fear. The primary sense is to shake or fall back. Timid, timorous, intimidate. Ter'reo, (ter'ritum,) to affright. The primary sense is to shrink or shiver. Terror, de^er, terrible, terrify, un^errified. Sci'o, to know. Scientia, knowledge. The primary sense of the verb is to take up or draw within. Science, sciolist, conscience, omniscience, -prescience, consciousness. Re'or, (ra'tus,) to think or judge. The primary sense is to cast or throw up, and then fix in the mind. Rate, misra^e, overrate, underrate, ratio, reason, rarional. Wos'co, (no'tum,) to know. No men, a name. The primary sense is to set or fix. Note, norion, cogm7ion, denote, recogwirion, recogm^e, nomen, nominal, nominate, name, noun, pronoun, mi8w.omer, womew.clature, notice. Mem'ini, to remember. The primary sense is to hold or contain. ■ Memorj, mindlxxi, memorable, commemorate, memoir, immemorial, unre- memheredi, memorial, reminiscence. Cre'do, (credi'tum,) to believe. The primary sense is to rest upon. Creed, credit, accredit, discrec?it, increc?ible, miscreant, recreant, uncretfible cre<^itor, crec?ential, crec^ulous. EKGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 825 Clem'ens, (clemen'tis,) kind, merciful. Tlie primary sense is smooth. Clement, melement, cletnenaj. Fi'do, to trust. The primary sense is to strain and make fast. Faith, faithhi], Jideiitj, fealty, feojEf, feud, af/iance, fief, confide, defy, in- fidel, diffidence, -perfidy, af^anced. Ye'kus, true. The primary sense is to make straight. Verity, '?;e?*acity, a,ver, i/erdict, verily, veritable, verify. Sa'gus, wise. The primary sense is seeking. Sage, sagacity, sagacious, pvesage. Vo'lo, to will or wish. The primary sense is to stretch forward. Volition, ■yo^untary, benei^o^ence, maleyo/ence, involuntary, volunteer. Cano, (eantum,) to sing. Chant, cant, Siccent, decant, recant, enchant, canto, incantation, canticle. Cen'seo, to judge. • Censor, censuxe, cense, census, censorious. Do'leo, to grieye. Dole, condole, indolent, dolorous. ^'quxjs, equal, just. Equal, eg-i^alize, inequaX, unequaX, sidequdite, equity, ija.iquity, equator, equation, cg-wilibrium, equinox, cg-wivalent. ^sti'mo, (sestima'tum,) to value. Esteem, estimate, estimation, es^mable, ines^zmable. Jo'cus, a joke. Joke, jocose, jocund. Intra, Intus, within. internal, i7iterior, intimate, intestine, intrinsic. I'ba, anger. Ire, irascible. Leg'o, (lectum,) to gather; to choose; to read. Legible, legend, legion, colleague, lecture, collect, college, cull, dialect, election, diligent, eclectic, select, eclogue, recollect, neglect, eZi^ible, intelZec^ eZe^ant, Wesson, pre^ec^, sacrilege. Phren, i^prjv,) the mind. The primary sense is to move or wish. Frantic, frenzy, phrenology. Psu'cHE, {■\'VX''r},) the soul. The primary sense is life or breath. JPsychology. Au'tos, (owT'of,) oneself. Autocrat, aw^ograph, aw^omaton. 826 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Box' A, (Sola,) an opinion. The primary sense is that which is thought. Orthodox, heterodox, paradox, doxologj. Gno'me, (yj/(i>^77,) reason. Gnosis, (yj/ttctf,) knowledge. Gnostic, -prognostic, diagnosis. Mne'me, (ixvrifiT),) memory. The primary sense is to hold or contain. Mnemojiics, amnesty. Phi'los, i^iXog,) a friend. The primary sense is to embrace or kiss. PAi/anthropist, PAi^adelphia, philologist, philosophj. Skep'tomai, {(JXETttoixoLi,) to cxaminc. The primary sense is to look about. Skeptic, skeptical, skepticism.. So'pHiA, (cro^ta,) wisdom. The primary sense is holding or containing. Sophism, sophistry, sop/«sticated, unso/jAisticated. Or'thos, (op^oj,) straight or right. Orthodox, orthography, orthoepy, orthoepist. Ho'mos, (Ojttoj,) like. The primary sense is the same. ^wTiogeneous, homologous, Aomogeneal. CHAPTER V. SOCIETT. Society, in all its forms, is only varieties ot man's social nature. T W E N T Y- F O U R T H STUDY. SOCIETT. The word, society, comes from tlie Latin, throngli the French, and means fellowship. So'cros, a companion. The primary sense is to follow. Sociable, social, assoaate, consociate, imsociable. Spon'deo, (spon'sum,) to promise. The primary sense is to send to. Sponsor, spouse, correspond, despond, respond, response, espouse, respon- sible, irrespojisihle. EXGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 827 Mrrro, (mis'sum,) to send The primary sense is going away. Mission, message, admit, commit, commission, demise, demit, emit, dis- miss, intermwsion, missile, missiYe, omit, inadmissible, intermit, remit, manmnit, ipermit, ipro7nis€, surmise, transmzY, submit. Sua'do, (sua'sum,) to advise. The primary sense is to urge or excite. Tersuade, dissiucde, dissuasive, swasion. Ye'nio, (ven'tum,) to come. The primary sense is to appear or pass into view. 'Event, advent, venture, adventure, contrai»ewe, convene, covenant, convent, convenient, invent, inconwement, intervene, snpertiewe, peradven^ure, re- venue, avenue, uncovenanted. Pe'to, (petitum,) to seek. The primary sense is to urge or press. J'etition, compete, impefaous, comjoarible, com/je^ent, repeat, repetition, appetite, petulant. Ho'noe, honor. The primary sense is placed upon. Honor, honorary, honorahle, dishonor, honest, honesty, disAonest. Dig'nus, worthy. The primary sense is good or strong. Dignity, indignity, deign, condign, disdain, indignant. Cer'to, to contend. The primary sense is to set or place. Concert, disconcert, preconcerted. Cel'ebeb, famous. The primary sense is lifted up. Celebrate, celebrated, celebrity. Minis'tee, a servant. The primary sense is less. Minister, ministry, ministerial, administer, minstrel. Mos, (mo'ris,) a custom. The primary sense is to pass or flow on. ilforal, moralist, im?noral, demoralize. Sequok, (secutus,) to follow. The primary sense is to seek after. Sue, ensue, consecutiYe, exectcte, consequence, ^persecute, i[)rosecute, non- suit, ohsegicies, sequence, subseg'2^ent, purswe, unswi^able. Exem'plum, an example ; a copy or model. Example, exemplar, exemplify, sample, samplar. Fce'dus, (foe'deris,) a league. JP'ederal, confederate, confederacy. H^'kes, (hsere'dis,) an heir. Heir, coheir, inAerit, hereditary. Hos'pES, (hos'pitis,) a host; one who entertains strangers. Host, hospitality, hospitahle. Laud'o, to praise. Laud, laudable. Mi' GEO, (migratum,) to remove. ISIigrate, migration, emigrate, immigrate, intermiqration, transmigrate. 828 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Ro'go, (roga'tum,) to ask. Rogation, abrogate, derogate, interogate, -prerogative, proro^e, Burrogate, interrogator J. Tes'tis, a witness. Test, testament, testify, tesiimonj, attest, contest, detest, incon^esiible, l>rotest. N"o'mos, (voixog,) a law. The primary sense is to divide, or separate. Anomaly, antinomy, antiwomian, astronomy, deuteroriomy, economy. Eth'os, (fc^of,) a custom. The primary sense is settled. Mhies, ethical Stel'lo, {atsTJKoi,) to send. The primary sense is to urge forth. A-postle, ei^istle, peristolic. &ystole. Charts, (A^apij,) favor or grace. The primary sense is dear or precious. EucAanst, charity. T WEN T Y- F I FT H STUDY. THE NATION. The word, nation, is of Latin origin, and means that wHcli is born. LATIN. Crvis, a citizen. The primary sense is inclosed or shut in, cities being inclosed in ancient times. Civic, civil, uncivil, civilian, civilize, civility, city. Im'pero, to command. The primary sense is to bear upon. Imperial, imperious, imperatiye, empire, emperor. Cri'men, (crim'inis,) a crime. The primary sense is separated or judged. Crime, criminal, recriminate, discriminate, indismwmate. Le'go, (lega'tum,) to appoint. The primary sense is to lai/ upon, as a message. Legate, legation, legacy, oblige, allege, delegate, colleague. MuNus, (mu'neris,) an office or gift. Municipal, muni^cence, common, commune, commwwicate, immunity, remunerate, uneommow, commwmty. Plebs, (ple'bis,) the common people. Fleheian. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 329 Pop'uLUS, the people. The primary sense is the whole family, or children. People, populace, popular, depopulate, repeople. Tub'ba, a crowd. The primary sense is to stir or turn. Turbid, disturb, imperiwrSable, dis^wrSance, per^wr6, undis^wrSed. ViNCo, (vic'tum,) to conquer. The primary sense is to press upon and sub- due. Invincible, victor, vanquish, convince, evict, evince, convmcible, -province, Vin'dex, (vin'dicis,) a defender. The primary sense is to subdue. Vindicate, avenge, revenge, unrevenged. Vul'gus, the people. The primary sense is to crowd out, and be public. Vulgar, vulgarity, divulge, undivw/^ed, Re'go, (rec'tum,) to direct or rule. The primary sense is to point out. Regent, regal, rector, regiment, region, regnant, reign, right, erect, cor- rect, direct, indirect, incorrect, reflate, arrec^, CoNciLi'uM, an assembly, or council. The primary sense is that which is called. Council, conciliate, reconcile, reconciliation. Classis, a class. The primary sense is inclosed or collected together. Class, classic, classis, classiij, classification. Man'do, (manda'tum,) to give a charge to. Mandate, command, commend, demand, remand, recommend. Mi'les, (mil'itis,) a soldier. Militia, military, militate, militant. KoR'nA, a rule. NormdX, enormons, enormity. Ntjn'cio, to announce. Announce, denounce, enunciate, nuncio, renounce, pronounce. Pce'na, punishment. Penal, penalty, penance, penitence, ^mitentiary, impenitent, repent, sub" poena. Pu'nio, (punitum,) to punish. JPunish, jownitive, impunity. Scin'do, (scissum,) to cut oflf. Scissors, rescind, abscind, scantling. Sig'num, a sign, a seal. Sign, signal, signify, assign, consign, design, ensign, resign, signet, coun- tersign, s^^nificant. SoES, (sor'tis,) a lot, chance. Sort, assort, consort, resort, sorption. Trib'uo, (trib'utum,) to render or give. Tribute, attribute, contribute, distribute, retribu^on, tributary. 330 ENGLISH ETYMOLOaY. Cruz, (crucis,) a cross. Cross, excruciate, cruciSj:, crusade, crucify, excruciating. Cul'pa, a fault. Culpable, culpvit, exculpate, incwZpate. Hos'tis, an enemy. Host, hostile, hostilitj. Ju'dico, (judica'tum,) to judge. Judge, judicious, judicial, judiciary, -prejudice, adjudge, forejudge, injudi^ cious. GKEEK. Eth'nos, C^Ovoi,) a nation. The primary sense seems to be a heath. JEthnie, ethnology. Despo'tes, (SscrrtoT'jyf,) a lord. The primary sense is power or force. Despot, despotic, despotism. Demos, (S^^^o?,) the people. J5emagogue, democracy, (democrat, epidemie, endemie. KRi'TEs,(xpiT'»7j,) a judge. The primary meaning is to sift or separate. Oritie, critical, hypercridc, hypocnsy. La'os, (?ta6j,) the people. The primary sense is stone, from their fabled origin. * Lay, ?a2/man, laity, laic. TWENTY-SIXTH STUDY. THE CHURCH. The word, church, comes throngL. the Saxon from tlie Greek; and means the Lord^s house. Pio, (pia'tum,) to satisfy by sacrifice. The primary sense is to pacify. "Expiate, expiatory, piacyAar. Saoer, consecrated. The primary sense is to separate to a religious use. Sacred, consecrate, desecrate, sacrifice, sacrilege, execrate, sacerdotal sacrament. San'cio, (sanctum,) to consecrate. The primary sense is to mahe clean. Saint, sanctify, sanctified, sanctity, sanctuary, sanctimonious. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. '331 O'ko, (ora'tmn,) to pray. The primary sense is to move the lips, as in prayer. Oracle, oration, orison, adore, exorable, inexorable, oracular, peroration. Vo'vEO, (votum,) to vow. The primary sense is to devote to God. Vow, ?;o^ary, vote, ^oifive, d,vow, diQvote, covet, devout, devotion, devotee. Fa'num, temple. Fane, pro/awe, Mer'go, (mer'sum,) to dip, to sink. Merge, emerge, emergency, immersion. Cheistos, {xpi'd'tog,) the anointed. The primary sense is one set apart by anointing. Christ, chrism, Christianity, Christmas. HiEROs, (tfpoj,) sacred. The primary sense is set apart to a religious use. .Szerarchy, Azeroglyphics, Baptizo, {(Sartti^oi,) to baptize. A rite of the Christian Church. Baptize, baptism, baptismal, pedoSop^ists. Martur, {/xapTfvp,) a witness. Martyr, war^yrdom, protowiar^yr. • CHAPTER VI. BUSINESS. The pursuits of man arose gradually out of one another, and took their names from bodily and mental actions, or the object of pursuit. TWENTY- SE VE ISr TH STUDY. AGRICULTUKE. The word, agriculture^ comes from two Latin words, sig- nifying to till the field. lATIN. A'ger, (a'gri,) a field. The primary sense is a cleared or open place. J-^rrarian, agriculture, agrriculturist, peregrinate. 382 ENGLISH ETYMOLOaY. Co'lo, (curtum,) to cultivate. The primary sense is to dwell or settle dowa Colonj, colonist, occult, culture, agricw^^ure, horticwZ^ure. A'eo, to plough. The primary sense is to thrust forward. -4rable. HoRTus, a garden. The primary sense is a hedged place. j&Tor^iculture, horticultural. JuNGO, (june'tum,) to join. The primary sense is to extend, and then yoke. Junction, join, adjoin, conjoin, disjoin, enjoin, intercom, joint, rejoint, disjoin, joiner, adjunct, conjugal, conjunction, injunction, snhjugate, sub- junctiye. PuTO, (putatum,) th think. The primary sense is lop off or prune. Compute, amputate, depute, dispute, impute, repute, depw^ation, counif, account, reputed, discount. Ra'dius, a rod. The primary sense is a shoot. Radius, radiate, irradiate, raj, radiance. Spar'go, (spar'sum,) to scatter. The primary sense is to cast abroad, as Asperse, disperse, intersperse, sparse. Fleo'to, (flex'um,) to bend. jP7ga;ion,/ea;ible, deflection, circumjlex, reflect, infect, inflection. Hu'mus, the ground. Inhume, exhume, humid, Awmidity, humble, humor, humility, exhtmia- tion. Pe'cus, a herd or flock, cattle. Pecwlatei, peculiar, pecuniar j. Vi'num, wine. Vine, vinegar, vineyard, vintage, vinoviB. TWENT Y- E I GH TH STUDY. HUNTING AND FISHING. The word, hunt, is from the Saxon huntien, and means to urge or drive. LATIN. Fe'ea, a wild beast. J^erocious, fierce. Fu'gio, (fu'gitum,) to flee. The primary sense is to fly or haste. 'Refuge, subterfuge, fugitiYC, centri/w^'al. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 333 C^DO, (csesuin,) to cut or kill. The primaiy sense is to cut off, or end. Concise, decide, excise, excision, incision, precise, liomicic?e, fratricicfe, parricic?e, decisiye, suicic?!?, regicicfe, occasion, circumcise. Se'co, (sec'tum,) to cut. The primary sense is to cut and separate. Sect, section, secant, bisect, dissect, inscc^ intersection. Div'iDO, (divisum,) to divide. The primary sense is separate, or waste. Divide, divisible, inc^ivisible, de?;ise, subdivide, -andivided. Do'mo, to tame. Inc?omitable. Fligo, (flictum,) to beat. Afflict, conjlict, inflict, iprofligate. Li'go, (liga'tum,) to bend. ii^ament, league, Ziable, oblige, al?e^ance, &Uoy, religion, oXly. "Nec'to, (nectum,) totie. Connect, annex, disconnect, anwea;ation. Pan'go, (pac'tus,) to drive in, to fix. Com^ac^, pact, impact, impinge. Pel'lo, (pul'sum,) to drive. Pulse, compcZ, repulse, dispel, expel, impel, impulse, jpropel, repel, re- pnlsiye. Prje'da, booty, prey. Prey, depreciate, predatory. Stkin'go, (stric'tum,) to bind. Strict, strain, straight, stringent, constrain, astringent, distrain, district, restrain, restrict, unrestrained. TWENTY-NINTH STUDY. MECHANICS. The word, mechanic, comes from the Latin mechanicus, a macbine. LATIN. Stru'o, (strue'tum,) to build. The primary sense is to set or lay. Stntctnre, construct, obstruct, destroy, destructicn, instruct, su^erstrtict- ure, unins^rwc^ed, cons^rwe, insirwment. Navis, a ship. The primary sense is to swim. Navj, nav&l, navigation, navigable, circumnavigation. SB4: ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. FiGo, (fixuin,) to fasten. The primary sense is to join to. Fix, affix, 'prefix, trans^o;, svdfix, Jixture, crnci^a;ion. Rota, a wheel. The primary sense is to run round. Rotavj, rotation, rote, rowrine, rotund. Ap'to, to fit or join. The primary sense is juncture. Apt, adop^, inep^, ajjritude. Fdn'dus, a foundation. The primary sense is set. ^owwc?ation, found, /wnc^amental, profound. H^'ro, (hse'sum,) to stick, to adhere. The primary sense is the same. KAhere, cohesive, Aesitate, inherent, incoherent. Mo'liok, (molitus,) to rear or build. The primary sense is to cast up. - Mole, demolish, demo^ztion. O'pus, (op'eris,) a work. The primary sense is to strain or exert force. Operate, co-operate, opera, operation, oj^erative, o^wscule. Eegon, {spyov,) a work. The primary sense is to urge or press. Ener^, litwr^ry, surgery, metallwr^. Mechanao, {y,7iX0ivdcii,) to contrive. The primary sense is to fashion, op make. Mechanics, mechanical, mechanism, mechanician. THIRTIETH STUDY. MANUFACTURES. The word, manufacture^ is composed of two Latin words, meaning to make with, the hand. Li'Nuar, flax. The primary sense is long or line-like. iinen, line, lint, lawn, grideZm. Fi'ltjm, a thread. The primary sense is long and thin. File, defile, flsLcious, filigr&ne, fillet, profile. Pli'co, (plica' tum,) to fold. JPlecto, (plexum,) to twine. The primary sense is to lay to. Apply, pliable, ply, accomplice, com^Zicate, dispZay, explicit, implicit, multiple, triple, imply. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 835 Se'eo, (ser'tum,) to knit together. The primary sense is to thrust. Series, assert, desert, dissertation, exert, insei't, sermon. Tex'o, (tex'tum,) to weave. The primary sense is to interlay. Text, context, -pretext, textnre. Tin'go, (tinc'tum,) to dip or dye. The primary sense is to throw into. Tinge, taint, stain, ti7icture. Yol'vo, (vohi'tum,) to roll. The primary sense is to press by rolling. Devolve, evolve, iavolve, revolt, revolve, vohcme, vohihle. THIETY-FIKST STUDY. DISTRIBUTORS ^MERCAIsTILE PURSUITS. The word, merchant, is from tlie Latin mercor, to buy, and comes to us through the French marchand. Meex (mer'cis,) merchandise. The primary sense of the root is to buy. Mercha,nd.\se, mercantile, commerce. N"EGo'TroM, business. The primary sense is to go on a mission. NegotioXe, negotiable. Pen'do, (pen'sum,) to weigh or pay out. The primary sense is to balance or weigh. J*endent, recompense, pension, pensive, susj?e?id, compensate, dispense, expend, indisjsensable. Por'to, to carry. The primary sense is to bear from place to place. Porter, comport, deport, port, important, exportrimport, imj3or^une, pass- port, pur^or^, report, support, transport, op^or^une. Peetium, price or reward. The primary sense is amount or value. Price, priceless, appreciate, depreciate, appreciable, inappreciable, appre- ciation, depreciation. Scei'bo, (serip'sum,) to write. The primary sense is to grave or mark. Scribe, scrifible, scriptui'e, scri^^ener, ascribe, scrip, describe, inscribe, prescribe, manuscript, postscript, transcriSe,^ subscriSe. Fis'cDS, a money-bag. The primary sense is a basket. Fisc, j^scal, con^scate. De'beo, (deb'itum,) to owe. The primary sense is to bind or press. Due, debt, debit, debtor, c?e6enture. Ve'ho, (vec'tum,) to carry. The primary sense is to bear off or drive. FeAicle, eonwea;, convey, convoy, inveigh. S3 6 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. Pher'o, (^s'pw,) to bear or carry. The primary sense is to lift and remove. MetajjAor, phosj^Aonis, periphery. Poled, {Tto'Ksa,) to sell. The primary sense is to go about and barter. Monopoly, monopolize, bibliopo^ist. T HI K T Y - S E C O N D STUDY. TEACHEKS. The word, teach, is from the Saxon word tcecan^ and means to lead or show. LATIN. Do'cEO, (doctum,) to teach. The primary sense is to lead or show. Doctor, (docile, doctrine, (document, doctrinal. Dis'co, to learn. The primary sense is take in or receive. Dwciple, c?iscipline. Sua'deo, (sua'sum,) to advise. The primary sense is to incite or rouse. Suasion, persuade, dissuade, disswasive. Tra'do, (tradi'tum,) to deliver. The primary sense is to hand down. Tradition, traitor, hetray. Ver'bum, a word — the written word. The primary sense is to bear or press. Fer6al, verb, &dverb, proverb, verbose. Lit'era, a letter. The primary sense is a mark. Letter, litera\, alliteration, illiterate, obliterate^ nnletterQ^. Paidaia, (rtatSa^a,) education. The primary sense is to lead or draw forth, as a child's mind. Pedagogue, pedant, pedaniie, ojalopedia, encyclopedia. DiDASCo, {8v8d(7xo),) to teach. The primary sense is to divide and find. Didactic, c?ic?actieally. Mathema, (fjiaO'y^fia,) knowledge or learning. The primary sense is what is learned. Mathematics, -poljtnathy. ScHOLE, (axo^ri,) leisure. The primary sense is freedom from business, leisure. School, scholar, scholastic. ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. 337 THIBTY-THIRD STUDY, The word, artist, is of Latin origin, and comes from a root signifying strength, and then skill. It arises firom muscular action. LATIN. Mtjsa, a muse. The primary sense is to hum, or move with a murmur. Muse, musiQ, amuse, museum., mv^icaX. Li'bek, (li'bri,) a book. The primary sense is hark, the material on which men wrote. fAbrsLrj, libel, librsLTian. Gbapho, {ypd^u,) to write. The primary sense is to streak or mark. Graphic, autograph, hiographj, ana.gram, ej^igram, engrave, graphite, Mthograph, orthographj, -pa,T&graph, telegraph, Hegesis, {rjyi^ici,) an explanation. The primary sense is to draw out and explain. Tj^egesis. Glu'pho, (yXv^co,) to carve or engrave. The primary sense is to cut in. Glyph, hieroglyphio. THI RT Y - F U RTH STUDY. LAWYERS. The word, lawyer, comes from two Saxon words, laga and wer, and means the set raan, laga signifving that which is set or laid. Jus, (ju'ris,) right, or law. The primary sense is straight, from extending. Just, ^'w5tice, justify, adjicst, injure, ^'wr isdiction. JuKO, to swear. The primary sense is an act of worship. Abjure, Sidjure, conjure, jury, juror, -perjure, perjury. 15 338 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. JuDioo, (judicatum,) to judge. The primary sense is to declare what is right. Judicial, adjudge, -pvejudice, judge, judiciary. Lex, (le'gis,) a law. The primary sense is set or laid down. LegaX, ^e^timate, loya]., il^e^al, iKe^itimate, Ze^islate, ^xi\ilege. THIKTY -FIFTH STUDY. The word, doctor^ is of Latin origin, and means one who teaches. LATIN. Medeor, to cure. MediciuQ, medieal, remedy, remec^eable, irremec?mble. Mor'bus, disease. The primary sense is to fall or sink. Morbid, morbosity, cholera-tnorbus. THIETY-SIXTH STUDY. AMUSEMENTS. The word, amusement, comes from the Latin through the French, and means to divert or turn aside the mind. LATIN. LuDo, (lu'sum,) to play. i^^ * "^ Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. *^ Treatment Date: Oct. 2006 * ^' ^^ "•'^^1!^'!° 0^ PreservationTechnologies \^ i' y** ^^ ^» * » N « '' a"^ a world leader in paper preservation ' vv *•♦ > *'V\ rv^ t^ 111 Thomson Park Drive V , *i*xO»f * ^ A,"^ i.'^K? Cranberry Township, PA 16066 <^^ % .^^ \ ^ *"■•• .^^ ^^..# Z^*-. %..<^* :Mm. %,.^ 11 ij£ >*=>• /^^.